p. 48 p. 48 p. 43 p. 52 p. 30 p. 16 p. 40 p. 25 p. 36 p. 14 p. 29 p. 37 p

Transcription

p. 48
p. 25
p. 48
p. 36
p. 43
p. 14
p. 52
p. 29
p. 30
p. 37
p. 16
p. 46
p. 40
p. 28
BRANCHES OF LIGHT
F
2
F
S PRING - SUMMER • 201 1
F
PLANTING HEART SEEDS IN OUR LIVING SOIL
BRANCHES OF LIGHT
F
3
F
S PRING - SUMMER • 2 0 1 1
F
BRANCHES OF LIGHT
F
4
F
BRANCHES OF LIGHT
F
5
F
F
E V E N T S & R E T R E AT S
MORE EVENTS
AUTHORS at HOLLYHOCK 2011
See Reviews in this Issue
• PERFORMANCE
Fri., Aug. 5
$20 7pm at
PARVATHY BAUL
Music and Dance from the Indian Baul
Tradition of Devotion
Can. Memorial
Contact: Dan Nesbitt 604-225-0035
Centre for Peace,
info: www.parvathybaul.mimemo.net
STEPHEN BATCHELOR Confessions of a Buddhist
Atheist, reviewed on p. 13.
Presenting at Hollyhock Oct. 7-12
16th & Burrard
tkts: Banyen
• TALK &
BOOKSIGNING
Wed., Aug. 31
$10 7:30pm at
ROBERT BRINGHURST A Story as Sharp as a Knife
reviewed on p. 34. Presenting at Hollyhock
Sept. 25-29
DAVID ABRAM
BECOMING ANIMAL : An Earthly
Cosmology
Author of the best-selling The Spell of the
Can. Memorial
Sensuous, ecologist, anthropologist and
Centre for Peace, philosopher David Abram says that for too
tkts: Banyen
long we've inured ourselves to the wild
intelligence of our muscled flesh, taking our primary
truths from technologies that hold the living world at a
distance. He draws readers ever closer to their animal
senses in order to explore, from within, the elemental kinship between the human body and the
breathing Earth. www.wildethics.org
RICK HANSON Stress-Proof Your Brain, reviewed on p. 49.
Presenting at Hollyhock Aug. 31-Sept.4
LEE HOLDEN Qi Gong for Health and Healing, reviewed on p. 17
Presenting at Hollyhock May 29-June 3
SUSAN PIVER The Wisdom of a Broken Heart,
reviewed on p. 51. Presenting at Hollyhock
Oct. 26-30, and at Banyen, Oct. 25
David Abram is also at Hollyhock Aug. 17-21.
....LOOK FOR THESE FALL EVENTS...
SRI AND KIRA Sept. 22 booksigning at Banyen. See ad p.2.
VESANTO MELINA Raw Food Revolution, Sept. 29 booksigning at Banyen.
SUSAN PIVER Wisdom of a Broken Heart, Oct. 25 booksigning
at Banyen, and at Hollyock, Oct. 26-30.
ANDREW HARVEY AND KARUNA ERICKSON Heart Yoga,
Oct. 27-30. Stay tuned for numerous events, including a
Banyen booksigning. Info: christina@inner sanctuary.ca
RUPERT SHELDRAKE Dogs That Know When
Their Owners are Coming Home, reviewed on
p. 47. Presenting at Hollyhock with Brother
David Steindl-Rast August 3-7
For complete info and registration, see
www.hollyhock.ca, call 800-933-6339 or pick up a brochure.
BRANCHES OF LIGHT
F
F
6
F
F
TALK &
BOOKSIGNING
Tues., May 10
Free 6:30-8 pm
at BANYEN BOOKS
DIVINE
JOKES AND
INVISIBLE
REALITIES
ANANDA
PROKOPOVA is a
Czech elder trained
from a young age
in the Art of Sound both as a
healing tool and a gateway to
higher consciousness. Her story is
one of a remarkable woman,
whose life has inspired many.
TALK &
BOOKSIGNING
Fri., May 13
Free 2-3 pm at
BANYEN BOOKS
floracopeia.com
for info on more
Vanc. events.
IN SEARCH OF THE
MEDICINE
BUDDHA
DAVID CROW
introduces the reader
to Tibetan and
Ayurvedic medicine
as taught to him by
leading Tibetan and Nepalese
physicians. He weaves together
Buddhist philosophy and Nepalese
culture, focusing primarily on
Sange Menla, the Medicine
Buddha .
MATRIX ENERGETICS
INTRODUCTORY
In this interactive, parTALK & DEMO
ticipatory
session,
Sun., May 15
RIMA LEVINE will give
Free 11:30-1 at
a brief introduction and
BANYEN BOOKS
demonstration of two modalities
for healing & transformation:
‘Matrix Energetics’ & ‘One Brain’
TALK &
BOOKSIGNING
Thurs., May 26
7:30pm
Free 6:30-8 pm
at BANYEN BOOKS
madhuriayurvedayoga.com
AN AYURVEDIC YOGA
PRACTICE
MADHURI’S work
fosters an understanding of the sister science to Yoga:
Ayurveda, which is
the world’s oldest
holistic healing system still in use
today. The 2+ hour DVD has yoga
classes for each body type: Vata
(air), Pitta (fire) or Kapha (earth).
BANYEN EVENTS
•INTRODUCTORY REDUCE STRESS USING
TALK & DEMO
QI GONG, QI YOGA & QI
Sun., May 29
MUSIC
Free 11:30-1 at
IQBAL ISHANI,
BANYEN BOOKS
producer
of Quick
www.QuickFixEn
Fix
Energy
System
ergy.com
DVD, will be presenting easy-toapply techniques
for relaxation, health & longevity.
TALK &
BOOKSIGNING
Thurs., June 2
Voice of Every Cell
SAMUEL AVERY's
6-7:30pm Free
model of consciousBANYEN BOOKS
ness makes difficult
See review p. 48 and subtle ideas
understandable, surprising you with the
implications. He describes how
experience in the physical world is
built not from objective reality,
but from experience within.
“Space and time—and the physical
world they define—are a structure
of consciousness.”
TALK &
ASK BABA LON!
BOOKSIGNING
Renowned esoteric literature
Sat., June 4
author LON MILO
Free 5:30-7 pm DUQUETTE (Low
at BANYEN BOOKS Magick: Its All In
Your Head,
Enochian Vision
Magick, etc.) wraps
his turban on and
transforms himself
into his magical alter
June 2-5 Talk &
ego, the mystic sage, “Baba Lon,”
Seminar info:
lonmiloduquette- as he answers questions from
vancouver2011.w truth-seekers, magicians, and
would-be wizards.
eebly.com
TALK &
BOOKSIGNING
Tues., June 7
Free 6:30-8 pm
at BANYEN BOOKS
The C. G. Jung Society presents
TALK
Fri., May 27
“THE SAILOR CANNOT
SEE THE NORTH”
$20 7:30 pm at
UNITY CHURCH,
Oak St. at 42nd
tkts: Banyen
The Psychospiritual Dilemma of
our Time
Jungian analyst
and author JAMES
HOLLIS (What
SEMINAR
Matters Most,
Sat., May 28
Finding Meaning in
$120 at
the Second Half of Life, etc.) asks:
MUSEUM OF
What are the sources of guidance
VANCOUVER
for a thoughtful person in our
Tkts: Banyen
world amid political fractionation,
animosity, divisive ideologies, and
“The sailor
numbing distractions—a time in
cannot see the
which the individual has an enornorth / but
mous summons to social, psychoknows the
logical, and spiritual integrity?
needle can.”
How can we show up, and stand
Emily Dickenson
for something real?
BUDDHA AND THE
QUANTUM—Hearing the
TALK &
RETURNING TO SACRED
WORLD
Vancouver author
STEPHEN GRAY
clarifies humanity’s
predicament and
offers extensive
‘field-tested’ tools
for awakening,
including: meditation; prayer as
understood in indigenous practice;
and visionary/teaching plants that
wisdom keepers say are here now
to help us awaken.
HUMMINGBIRD TATTOO
A Collection of Erotic Haiku
BOOKSIGNING
B.C. author and poet ELLERY
Thurs., June 9
Free 6:30-8 pm LITTLETON will
at BANYEN BOOKS introduce his new
book, and guide
audience members
in writing their own
haiku. The haiku is
an ancient Japanese
poetic form with a
robust strain of the erotic, though
Littleton’s poems are “more zenlike and relational.”
BRANCHES OF LIGHT
F
7
F
F
TALK &
YOU ARE LIGHT
BOOKSIGNING
8 Words Reveal Your Truest Self
Thurs., June 16 Seattle author and
Free 6:30-8 pm minister MONICA
at BANYEN BOOKS MCDOWELL teaches how to: *have
all the love, joy,
peace, and security
you desire; *thrive
during tumultuous times; *heal
through meditation; *identify 8
qualities of your Truest Self.
THE WAY OF THE HAPPY
WOMAN
TALK &
BOOKSIGNING
Millions of
Thurs., June 23 women trying to
Free 6:30-8 pm do it all, all the
at BANYEN BOOKS
time, end up
See review p. 52
feeling depleted
and defeated. In
this inspiring
evening, author
and yoga teacher SARA AVANT
STOVER shows women how to
connect with their innate happifor more Vanc.
ness through refreshingly simple
events:
practices that bring them back in
www.thewaysync with their own cycles and
ofthehappythose of nature.
woman.com
TALK &
BOOKSIGNING
Thurs., July 14
Free 6:30-8 pm
at BANYEN BOOKS
SEX AND TRANSCENDENCE
Author KEITH
SHERWOOD
explains how participants can
enhance their
experience of
unconditional love
and ecstatic sex by
enhancing the flow of sexual energy through their energy field.
Hollyhock presents
TALK &
BOOKSIGNING
Tues., Sept. 6
$18 7pm at
UNITY CHURCH,
5840 OAK ST.
Tickets: hollyhock.ca or 800933-6339
GANGAJI
Hidden Treasure:
Uncovering the
Truth in Your Life
Story
Author and spiritual
teacher GANGAJI offers an invitation to directly discover the peace
and lasting fulfillment that is alive
in the core of you own being.
Beginning with a period of silence,
Gangaji will speak from her essental realization and invite questions
and reports from participants.
Be with Gangaji at
Hollyhock Sept. 8-11.
See more EVENTS on
pages 2, 6, 10 & 53
www.banyen.com
for latest event info and updates and to
subscribe to our monthly e-newsletter,
BLOSSOMING
F
Music on CD
MUSIC
F
World Gems
THE ESSENTIAL SNATAM KAUR
Sacred Chants for Healing
by Snatam Kaur
HARAN
$20.75, CD. Sounds True. 62 minutes
$19.95, CD. Oy!hoo. 50 minutes
From one of the most recognized voices
in the world of devotional chant comes a
heartfelt collection of music for healing, strength,
and
inner
The
peace:
Essential
Snatam Kaur.
Immersed in
the kundalini
tradition
since birth, Snatam (whose name means
“universal”) has toured the world offering
inspiring and uplifting music to crowds
around the globe. Using crystalline vocals
and her gift of translating traditional
chants for modern audiences, she now
shares her favorite songs to help us journey to ecstatic heights and discover the
truth of who we are. The album includes:
F “By Thy Grace,” a song that gives glory to
the divine
F “Long Time Sun,” an Irish-inspired blessing played at the end of every kundalini
yoga class
F “Ra Ma Da Sa,” a seed mantra that taps the
energies of the earth, moon, sun, and infinite spirit to inspire healing
F “Ek Ong Kaar,” a song for fulfilling our destiny
F “Ong Namo,” a chant for tuning in to the
divine within.
With Snatam’s jeweled vocals floating
through a landscape of guitar, flute, violin,
harmonium, tabla, and other traditional
Indian instruments, this album offers a
blissful collection and testament to the
beauty and power of sacred sound.
Among Snatam Kaur’s popular CDs are
Liberation’s Door and Anand Bliss.
TREVOR HALL
by Trevor Hall
$18.25, CD. Vanguard. 52 minutes
Trevor Hall’s self-titled Vanguard debut
embodies a soulfulness, depth and passion
far
beyond
the artist’s 22
years.
His
youthful exterior belies the
depth and intensity of an
old
soul.
Trevor’s music is an unconventional
mix
of
acoustic rock
and reggae that serves as a vibrant landscape for his thought-provoking, inspiring
lyrics.
Some of his song titles give a hint:
“Internal Heights,” “My Baba (featuring
Krishna
Das),”
“Unity
(featuring
Matisyahu),” and “Who You Gonna Turn
To.” Singing with the soul of an old-time
rastafari, Trevor Hall sometimes rocks the
heavens, other times his tender rap lyrics
are just fresh from the heart of One Love.
“Humbly offered at the lotus feet of Sri
Baba Neem Karola Maharajji & Sri Nabani
Das Khypa Baul,” Trevor Hall is an album
many will love. The liner notes also include
all of Trev’s poetic lyrics.
by Pharaoh’s Daughter
Dubbed “a gilt-edged masterpiece.”
(Jewish Week) and “Best Middle East Peace
Plan” (Village Voice), Haran (“a road”) by Basya
Schechter’s group Pharaoh’s Daughter features
catchy songs that blend a Middle Eastern sound with
contemporary hooks and a folk/pop mentality. Easy
to dance to, it works for all audiences.
Blending a psychedelic sensibility and a panMediterranean sensuality, Basya Schechter leads her
band through swirling Hasidic chants, Mizrachi and Sephardi folk-rock, and spiritual
stylings filtered through percussion, flute, strings, and electronica. Her sound has
been cultivated by her Hasidic music background and a series of trips to the Middle
East, Israel, Egypt, Central Africa, Turkey, Kurdistan, and Greece.
With help from producer Fred Rubens, the album showcases the band’s signature
innovative Middle Eastern sound with modern-day grit and attitude. To be sure, the
force of this album rests firmly on Schechter’s exquisite compositions. Still, it is the incredible musicianship of the band that makes this gem shine. In addition to the
earnest vocals of leader Basya Schechter and her oud and saz playing, the album features stellar performances by core band members playing violin, bass, organ,
recorders, accordion, drums, and percussion. Topping it all off are exciting guest performances including Alan Kushan on santur, Adam Levy (of Norah Jones’s band) on
guitar, and others. This music is exquisite but edgy, authentic but contemporary,
and absolutely infectious. This is World Music at its best—intricate and nuanced,
blending swirling, syncopated seas of polyrhythm with beautiful, singable melodies.
Highlights include a Celtic-infused “Kah Ribon” with santur, Jason Lindner’s psychedelic organ over Schechter’s oud on “By Way of Haran,” Levy’s haunting guitar on the
gripping “Hagar,” and the rich, sensuous violin of Meg Okura on “Samai.”
SONGS AROUND THE WORLD
by Playing for Change
$23.75, CD. Hear Music. 46-minute CD + DVD
Playing for Change, with Grandpa Elliott and his
amazing harmonicaerobics, was one of the groups powering the Sunday morning gospel hour at the
Vancouver Folk Festival in 2010. When audiences see
and hear musicians who have traveled thousands of
miles from their homes, united in purpose and chorus
on one stage, everyone is touched by music’s unifying
power.
The album Songs Around the World “is a collective
statement from over 100 musicians spanning five continents. Many of them have
never met in person, but through their different cultures, these songs demonstrate
a profound human connection and willingness to unite.”
Classics such as “Stand by Me,” “One Love,” “A Change is Gonna Come,” and “Don’t
Worry” are presented in amazingly heartful performances which have actually been
cobbled together from musicians around the world. In addition, the DVD features
some of the songs in the making as well as the trailer to the Peace Through Music DVD
(available at playingforchange.com).
Playing for Change is a multimedia movement created to inspire, connect, and bring
peace to the world through music. The idea for this project arose from a common belief
that music has the power to break down boundaries and overcome distances between
people. No matter whether people come from different geographic, political, economic,
spiritual or ideological backgrounds, music has the universal power to transcend and
unite us as one human race. And with this truth firmly fixed in our minds, we set out to
share it with the world.
Bill Moyers called it a remarkable example of “the simple yet transformative power
of music... to touch something in each of us.” Variety acknowledged it as “a great showcase for just what incredible, thoroughly accessible popular music is being made
worldwide.”
“In the troubled world we live in, Trevor’s
music can only be described as a ray of
hope. With a strong spiritual undercurrent,
his message is undeniable, and will move
you to tears… Musically, there is a lot to
love, and his unique and powerful voice
and well-crafted songs only add to the intoxicating quality of this album—especially
when coupled with his profound message
of peace, love and unity. Listening to this album will cleanse the soul and lift the spirits—if you are receptive and not intimidated by what he has to say. Who would have
thought that a skinny white boy from South
Carolina could be capable of such depth?”
–Amazon reviewer
BRANCHES OF LIGHT
F
8
THE WIND THAT SHAKES
THE BARLEY
by Loreena McKennitt
$16.75, CD. Quinlan Road. 46 minutes
In a stirring return to her roots, Loreena
McKennitt has created a new album of traditional Celtic songs.
Every once and again there is a pull to
return to one’s own roots or beginnings,
with the perspective of time and
experience, to feel the familiar things you
once loved and love still.
The Wind that Shakes the Barley includes familiar “classics” such as “Down by the Sally
Gardens,” “The Star of the County Down”
and “The Parting Glass.” They are mixed
with lesser-known traditional songs, including “The Death of Queen Jane” and “As I
F
Roved
Out.”
There are two
instrumental
tracks, including a McKennitt
original called
“The
Emigration
Tunes,” which
refers to IrishCanadian history during the famine of the 1840s.
This has been a somewhat spontaneous
project, and it was one that I wanted to
accomplish close to home… In another
sense, it has been like ‘touching the
stone,’ going back to the roots of my
initial deep affection for Celtic music.
The simpler and more traditional
arrangements and haunting melodies of
that music led me to the broader history
of the Celts which in turn resulted in my
musical travel writing of recent years.
The album was recorded during the
summer of 2010 at Sharon Temple, a
handcrafted wooden building north of
Toronto.
It was a real joy to record our music in
a place that is so rich, both historically
and architecturally. There is a fascinating
interplay between architecture and sound;
visually and sonically, the Temple
inspired us all.
Some of McKennitt’s long-time musical
companions —violinist Hugh Marsh, cellist Caroline Lavelle, guitarist Brian
Hughes,
hurdy-gurdy
player
Ben
Grossman—were joined by a cast of other
accomplished players. Loreena built her
reputation—with some 14 million records
sold around the world on her own selfmanaged record label—by exploring the
rich history of the Celts and exploring
their roots in the Middle East and even
further afield.
IN THESE ARMS
A Song for All Beings
by Jennifer Berezan & Friends
$19.50, CD. Edge of Wonder.
70 minutes
Following on the success of her CD,
Returning, Berezan has created another
long playing,
layered composition where the
song “In These
Arms” carries
us through variations of tone
and mood—subtle and tender,
perfect for meditation and
heart-opening.
For the Buddha, the medicine to heal
the ills of the world is lovingkindness, the
cherishing of all living beings. He advised,
“Let your heart full of love pervade the
whole wide world, abounding, sublime,
without measure.” One of the surest ways to
invoke this love is through sweet melody
and caring voice. On In These Arms, a Song
for All Beings, ancient verses, new songs
and worldwide voices bless all beings, to
awaken the great heart of loving-kindness.
Artists from all over the world have collaborated in this production and the
sounds of electric guitar, piano, cello, and
sansuri blend with voice and spoken word
in English, Spanish, Arabic, Hebrew and
Portuguese to create a rich and uplifting
musical meditation. Jennifer Berezan’s
warm voice reminds us of the big-hearted
folk tradition from which she comes. The
Nuns of Unmun-sa Monastery, Korea, add
their age-old chanting and the mood is
both lyrical and profound.
F
THE POWER OF MUSIC
Prayerful Voices
THE YOGA SESSIONS: MOZART
by Dave Eggar Quartet
TIBETAN MANTRAS
FOR TURBULENT TIMES
$15.95, CD. White Swan. 60 minutes
For cellist Dave Eggar, the parallels between Mozart
and yoga reside in the sense of flow and grace we feel in
our bodies.
by Deva Premal and the Gyuto Monks of Tibet
$18.95, CD. White Swan. 70 minutes
Deva Premal and the Gyuto Monks of Tibet have created
a powerful, deeply moving mantra meditation album, offering eight Tibetan mantras chanted 108 times each. As Deva
notes, this album arose out of her “personal desire to chant
with the Gyuto Monks of Tibet. Their incredible voices, infused with such a deep immersion into the holy Sound, create a perfect tool for personal mantra practice.”
Mozart intersects with yoga in the depths of our bodies.
The flow and grace we experience at an energetic level
listening to Mozart, corresponds to the depths of our
practice.
Just as a master musician creates an effortless journey
between the phrases of each piece of music, so the yogi is able to accentuate each posture with a natural poise. This idea was the foundation of his album, The Yoga Sessions:
Mozart.
The idea of devoting Mozart to a yoga class happened nearly instantaneously between Eggar and producer David Schommer, founder of The Yoga Sessions series.
“David told me about his yoga series,” Eggar remarks, “and I had been thinking about
how to create music suited for the yoga experience. I go to class a lot, and I hear world
music, trance, and singer/songwriter material. I thought it would be an interesting
concept to record classical music intentioned to function in a yoga class. So I immediately went to work with Schommer and my longtime collaborator, violinist Rachel
Golub, to figure out exactly how this music would move with the format of a yoga class.
The salutations and flow parts were the most natural to pick pieces for,” he says.
“One of the interesting things we found was that slowing down minuet movements
elicited a very powerful emotional response. We started playing some pieces at half
tempo, and it was beautiful. For the piece ‘Vishranti’, for Savasana, and for the album
invocation, ‘Om’, we were presented with an opportunity to create something original, based on Mozart’s melodic structures.”
“Breath taking! A deliverance from the sedate.” —Bernard Holland, NY Times
Together we chose eight mantras that we felt to be most helpful in daily life… The
eight mantras offered here allow us to release all negative thoughts and address specific
problems which habitually cloud our basic purity.
Included are mantras for Compassion, Purification, Buddha, White Tara,
Perfection, Wisdom, Healing, and Prosperity. A traditional invocation by the Gyuto
Monks begins the album, and a traditional dedication of merit concludes it.
Deva is accompanied on cello by the amazing David Darling. Kit Walker (producer of Deva’s bestselling Love is Space and Embrace) plays keyboards and Manose, longtime and current accompanist to Deva Premal & Miten, is also featured, on bansuri
flute.
The handsome packaging includes notes from Deva and from the Gyuto Monks
on how to best use these mantras for a personal meditation practice. This album is
a jewel for anyone interested in Mantra Practice, as well as for those who simply want
to take a ride on a soulful, sound-healing trip with Deva Premal, the Gyuto Monks, and
three great musicians.
All of Deva’s proceeds from this CD are directed to the Gyuto Monastery in
Dharamsala, India and the Phowa Project.
CANTORIA
YOGA REVOLUTION
Meditative, Relaxing Prayers & Melodies from Ancient
Spirituality for Today’s Peaceful Presence
by Mark Fenster
$19.50, CD. Nutone. 60 minutes
Volume One
by Various Artists
The music of Yoga Revolution transports listeners to a
beautiful ethereal garden, as if they are peacefully practicing yoga on a warm sunny day, listening to a trickling
stream and soothing background music.
Yoga Revolution, the first CD in the Yoga Revolution series, features an incredible mix of original songs by wellknown pop stars and international recording artists, all brought together to promote the benefits of yoga, music and a healthy and balanced lifestyle, and to support
yoga and fitness programs for underserved youth. Contributing artists include Sarah
McLachlan, Ziggy Marley, Peter Gabriel, Michael Franti, Sheryl Crow, Krishna Das,
Anjelique Kidjo, Seal and Guru Singh, Donna De Lory, Anoushka Shankar and Sting.
Among the songs are “Love is My Religion,” “Long Time Sun,” “Bathe in These
Waters,” “Sea Dreamer,” and “Salala.” This album is truly a revolution in yoga music.
No longer are mantras the domain of the yoga class or just for quiet contemplation.
This album funks them up (without losing their beautiful essence) and will appeal
to a broad audience. It will certainly lift your spirits. See if you can put a vinyasa flow
to these tunes!
$17.95, CD. Autumn Song. 40 minutes
Birthed here in Vancouver, this lovely offering of melodic
prayers drawn from the Tanakh (aka the Old Testament)
and the Tawrat (poetic writings based on the Tanakh) flowers from its Jewish roots to warm and open the heart of any listener.
Imagine. A Universal connection that reunites us all in our Spiritual commonalities,
our Shared Glory, and we Celebrate!
Cantoria is … a father & daughter’s sacred musical Journey through seven multifaith prayers and their peaceful & joyful connection with our seven chakras…
A Heart and Mindful collection of beautiful vocal and instrumental music designed to
help us return to our kindred source of Love, Peace & Harmony.
Through this deeply harmonious music and the very beautiful liner notes, Mark and
Zoe Fenster invite us together to “see if we can perhaps rekindle our inter-connectedness and our similarities.” The spirit of “Namaste” pervades this heartful offering.
BEYOND
Buddhist and Christian Prayers
by Tina Turner, Dechen Shak-Dagsay & Regula Curti
In conjunction with our partners we hope to inspire thousands through the music,
provide free yoga and fitness classes to the public at over 1,000 participating studios
throughout North America and provide in-school yoga-based health enrichment
programming.
$19.50, CD. New Earth. 72 minutes
Whoever we may be, whatever religion we may belong to,
when we pray and our prayers come from the deepest of our
hearts, a transformation takes place and we find ourselves
“Beyond right and wrong.” We experience the immense
power of deep spirituality whenever we chant together
although each person is praying in his own tradition… May we encourage people
around the globe to sing their daily prayers. Singing takes you beyond, to a place where
love and compassion grow.
The Yoga Revolution CD is part of Earthtones’s Music with a Heart program, using
music and media to raise funds for and bring awareness to social causes. To learn more
about this project and others like it, go to www.EarthTones.org.
New Visions on DVD
On this CD, Beyond: Buddhist and Christian Prayers, we hear Tina Turner chanting
three Buddhist prayers and imparting the overall spiritual message, Dechen ShakDagsay singing Buddhist prayers, and Regula Curti singing Christian prayers.
“Nothing lasts forever, no one lives forever, the flower that fades and dies, winter
passes and spring comes, embrace the cycle of life, that is the greatest love.’’ After
three minutes of hallowed chants and orchestral overtures, those are the first words
you hear Tina Turner intone on her collaborative new album, Beyond.
Beyond is an album of Buddhist and Christian prayers set to spiritual music with
Turner joined by singers Dechen Shak-Dagsay (a Tibetan Buddhist) and Regula Curti
(a Christian). It’s a fascinating exploration of interreligious harmony. The music is immaculate, and, of course, there’s the novelty of hearing Tina Turner chanting prayers
and delivering spoken-word interludes. That’s not too surprising, though, given
Turner’s long association with Buddhism.
A lovely 36-page booklet of liner notes provides informative background and details on each of the prayers/chants, as well as the spirit of this project.
“Bringing together corresponding pieces from Christian and Tibetan Buddhist traditions, as has been done here, will allow listeners to share in these prayers, stirring
thoughts of deeper respect and peace in their lives.” —His Holiness the Dalai Lama
The bonus tracks include a guided loving-kindness meditation by Jack Kornfeld
and a portion of the proceeds go to support
F
SILENCE AT THE HEART OF THINGS
by Oliver Schroer
$24.95, DVD. Borealis. 72 minutes
projects in Burma, women in the Congo,
and other progressive causes.
Also by Jennifer Berezan is the very beautiful album, Praises for the World.
BRANCHES OF LIGHT
F
9
Silence at the Heart of Things is
a very beautiful documentary
about Oliver Schroer, Canadian
treasure and fiddler extraordinaire. In a career cut short by illness (he passed away in
2008 just a month after
the conNew on cert featured on
DVD
this
film), the artist recorded and produced more
than 100 albums, composed
some
1,000
pieces of music and inspired a generation of
young musicians.
F
The spirit of the film is high fidelity improvisation, playful devotion, and truly inspiring musical mentorship. We’re brought
into Ollie’s life to appreciate how he singlefiddledly brought the violin out of darker
ages and into higher musical dimensions
(though ever based on his classical foundations). Just watching
him —and listening, the
sound is exquisite—as
he plays with so many
young ones and inspires
such a playful, expansive
musicality is a real treat.
The
film
follows
Oliver in the last
months of his life as he
Oliver Schroer
collaborates with musicians who have come
from abroad to work with him. Through his
own words, the documentary explores
Oliver’s music and the unique voice he
brought to his instrument, a voice that
challenges traditional views of the fiddle.
F
Featuring magnificent excerpts from
Oliver’s last sold-out concert, Silence at the
Heart of Things is a joyful celebration of his
life’s work.
“Oliver Schroer was an extraordinary
artist and human being. The legacy of his
music and nobility of his spirit are gifts to all
of us.” —Loreena McKennitt
Music albums by Oliver Schroer include
Freedom Row (his last celebration album
recorded shortly before his death) as well as
the earlier, more meditative albums Camino
and Hymns & Hers.
DIRT! THE MOVIE
A Story with Heart and Soil
by Bill Benenson & Gene Rosow
$29.95, DVD. Common Ground.
80 minutes + 2 hours of bonus materials
DIRT! The Movie takes you inside the
wonders of the soil. It tells the story of
Earth’s most valuable
and underappreciated source of fertility—from its miraculous beginning to its
crippling
degradation. The opening
scenes of the film
dive into the wonderment of the soil.
Made from the same
elements as the
stars, plants and animals, and us, “dirt is very much alive.”
Though, in modern industrial pursuits and
clamor for both profit and natural resources, our human connection to and respect for soil has been disrupted.
Drought, climate change, even war are
all directly related to the way we are
treating dirt.
Narrated by Jamie Lee Curtis, the film
brings to life the environmental, economic,
social and political impact that the soil has.
But more than the lessons that it teaches,
DIRT! The Movie is a call to action. “The
only remedy for disconnecting people from
the natural world is connecting them to it
again.” What we’ve damaged, we can heal.
Dirt feeds us and gives us shelter. Dirt
holds and cleans our water. Dirt heals us
and makes us beautiful. Dirt regulates the
earth’s climate. Dirt is the ultimate natural
resource for all life on earth. Yet most
humans ignore, abuse, or destroy our most
precious living natural resource… If we
continue on our current path, Dirt might
find another use for humans, as compost
for future life forms.
The film offers an incisive and witty vision of a sustainable relationship between
Humans and Dirt through profiles of the
global visionaries who are determined to repair the damage we’ve done before it’s too
late. There are many ways we can preserve
the living skin of the earth for future generations, as the film demonstrates.
Adapted in part from the book Dirt! The
Ecstatic Skin of Earth by William Bryant
Logan, Dirt! The Movie received its world
premiere at the 2009 Sundance Film
Festival
More info/trailer: DirtTheMovie.org.
Art, Creativity & Music
MASTERING CREATIVE ANXIETY
24 Lessons for Writers, Painters, Musicians
& Actors from America’s Foremost
Creativity Coach
by Eric Maisel
$17.95, paper. New World Library. 246 pages
In his decades as a psychotherapist and
creativity coach, Eric Maisel has found a
T H E G R O U N D O F C R E AT I V I T Y
Earth as Art
SACRED EARTH
New in
Paperback
Places of Peace and Power
by Martin Gray,
foreword by Graham Hancock
$23.95, paper. Sterling. 288 pages, 9x10, colour photos
This luscious pictorial guide will call the pilgrim in you…
Get ready to “make the journey” of a lifetime.
Photographer and anthropologist Martin Gray spent the
last 20 years on an amazing pilgrimage: he visited 1,000 sacred sites in 80 countries around the world with a good
camera and his intuitive heart open. His journey unfolds
in a remarkable compilation of images that reveals just how devoutly pre-industrial cultures everywhere worshipped and respected our Earth. From the Western Wall to the
Great Mosque of Damascus, Mt. Olympus to Assisi, Tibet’s Potala Palace to Hawaii’s
Mauna Kea, Teotihuacán in Mexico to the Golden Temple in Amritsar, these are the
awe-inspiring places from which all the world’s great religions sprang, along with
our finest culture, art, and architecture. Gray’s stunning photographs and fascinating
text provide unique insight into why these powerful holy places—sites imbued with the
power to awaken feelings of transcendence, awe, and peace—are the most venerated
and visited sites on the entire planet.
Accompanying each photograph is an insightful commentary that takes us deep
into the history, mythology, and spiritual magnetism of the particular place. These
stone rings, pyramids, shrines, and temples are often situated in locations that were
discovered to possess special powers and energies by pre-industrial peoples who recognized the earth as a living and sacred being worthy of deep respect.
Maps adapted from the National Geographic Society show the locations of all the
sites presented, and a thorough appendix includes a comprehensive list of over 500 of
the world’s sacred sites. It is both an important record of sacred architecture as well as
a celebration of humankind’s spiritual impulse in all the magnificent variety of its expressions. It’s also a Great Places to See Before You Die book.
Sacred Earth is a visual meditation, a passionate prayer, and an expression of loving
gratitude. My purpose in creating this book has been to share the teachings I received as
a wandering pilgrim passionately in love with the earth.
See the author’s award-winning website at sacredsites.com.
THE MANDALA BOOK
Patterns of the Universe
by Lori Bailey Cunningham
$29.95, cloth. Sterling. 312 pages,
8x8, colour illustrations throughout
The mandala is an archetypal symbol of wholeness
that is replicated on a cosmic scale—not only in manifestations of art, architecture, and religion but also
throughout the natural universe. The mandala represents concepts and primal patterns upon which all
physical things are created. It is no surprise that we are
attracted to mandalas because they illustrate the core
of who and what we are.
The Mandala Book is a visual symphony of over 500 stunning images from nature
and civilization, all related to the mandalic patterns and shapes that are explored in
the text. Drawing from mathematics, history, science, and art, Lori Bailey
Cunningham takes you on a journey that comprises the infinitely small to the immeasurably grand, from prehistoric petroglyphs to present-day works of art.
Magnificently illustrated with mandala images of the awesome, artful flowering
of creation (from the tiniest to the vastest in scale), this unique book invites us to
“look with new eyes.”
This book is about me and you and everything in between…It’s also about shapes
and how they describe a very important part of what we are: connected elements
evolving from, and revolving around a unifying center—the mandala. Recognition of
patterns and shapes can profoundly affect how we see ourselves in relation to each
other and the world in which we live, to embrace ideas that unite us, not divide us. In
observing connections, we can establish associations that lead to kinship and the
possibility of peace.
F
challenges and fears
that plague creators
of every kind, as
well as teaching tales
that convey effective
approaches to creating fearlessly and
abundantly.
Eric Maisel is widely known as the creativity expert. He
coaches individuals
and trains creativity
coaches, and offers workshops. He is also
the author of Brainstorm, Coaching the
Artist Within, The Van Gogh Blues, and other books.
THE PRACTICE OF
CONTEMPLATIVE PHOTOGRAPHY
Seeing the World with Fresh Eyes
by Andy Karr & Michael Wood
$27.95, paper. Shambhala.
226 pages, 8x10, colour & b/w photos
This book teaches photographers how
to fully connect with the visual richness
present in their ordinary, daily experiences. According
to the authors,
photography is not
purely a mechanical process. You
need to know how
to look, as well as
where to point the
camera, and when
to press the button.
Then, as you develop your ability to see,
your appreciation and inspiration from
the world around you become enhanced.
Filled with practical exercises and techniques inspired by mindfulness meditation, this book teaches photographers
how to “see what’s in front of them.” It offers a system of training and exercises that
draws upon Buddhist concepts, as well as
upon insights of great photographic masters such as Alfred Stieglitz, Edward
Weston, and Henri Cartier-Bresson. There
is a series of visual exercises and assignments for working with texture, light, and
color, as well as for developing mindfulness
as a way of bringing the principles of contemplative photography into ordinary experience.
Andy Karr is a photographer and longtime Buddhist meditator and teacher.
After discovering Buddhist meditation,
Michael Wood began to work on synthesizing his meditation experience with a fresh
way of looking and seeing in his professional photography.
Interspersed with the satisfyingly broad and deep text—and fantastic images—are
apt quotes from a wide variety of sources. At the end of the book thirteen beautiful
mandalas are included to photocopy and color-in for fun or meditation.
From the most fundamental to the most grand, all things are composed of mandalas.
Each shares a quality of emptiness and contributes to the creation of one vast, infinite
mandala of which our finite minds cannot conceive…
Everything is connected; everything changes. Pay attention.
common thread behind what often gets labeled “writer’s block,” “procrastination,” or
“stage fright.” It’s the particular anxiety
that, paradoxically, keeps creators from doing, completing, or sharing the work they
are driven toward. This “creative anxiety”
can take the form of avoiding the work, declaring it not good enough, or failing to
market it—and it can cripple creators for
decades, even lifetimes.
BRANCHES OF LIGHT
F
10
But Maisel has learned what sets successful
creators apart. He shares these strategies here,
including artist-specific stress management;
how to work despite bruised egos, day jobs,
and other inevitable frustrations; and what
not to do to deal with anxiety.
Implementing these 24 lessons replaces the
pain of not creating with the profound rewards of free artistic self-expression.
Maisel’s book includes practical insights
and proven techniques for overcoming the
F
SPRING - SUMMER • 2 01 1
- photo by Andy Karr
• TALK & BOOKSIGNING
WITH ANDY KARR
The Practice of Contemplative
Photography
Tues., June 14
Free 6:30-8 pm at BANYEN BOOKS
See review above
F
LETTING THE WORD OUT
Adventures in Writing
CHANTS OF A LIFETIME
Searching for a Heart of Gold
by Krishna Das
RIP THE PAGE!
$20.95, Book+CD set. Hay House.
288 pages, colour photos + chanting CD
Adventures in Creative Writing
by Karen Benke
Chants of a Lifetime offers an intimate colBook
lection of stories, teachings, and insights
& CD
from Krishna Das, who has been called “the
chant master of American yoga.” Since 1994, the sound of his
voice singing traditional Indian chants with a Western flavor has
brought the spiritual experience of chanting to audiences all
over the world. He has previously shared tastes of his spiritual
journey through talks and workshops, but here he offers a
unique book-and-CD combination that explores his own checkered journey and creates an opportunity for just about anyone to experience chanting in a “one-to-one”
way. Included are great photos from Krishna Das’s years in India and also from his life
as a kirtan leader—and the CD that is offered exclusively in the book is designed
with intervals for listeners to chant along, just as they would in person. The idea—if
you do it, it works!—is for the listener to explore his or her own practice of chanting
and develop a deepening connection with the chanting experience.
It’s a sweet read. He describes meeting Ram Dass:
$17.95, paper. Shambhala. 246 pages, 7x9
Here are the ideas, experiments, and inspiration to unfold
your imagination and get your writing to flow off the page! This
is the everything-you-need guide to spark new poems and unstick old stories, including lists of big, small, gross-out, and favorite words; adventurous and zany prompts to leap from; dares
and double dares to help you mash up truths and lies into outrageous paragraphs; and letters of encouragement written directly to you from famous authors, including: Annie Barrows, Naomi Shihab Nye,
Lemony Snicket, C.M. Mayo, Elizabeth Singer Hunt, Moira Egan, Gary Soto, Lucille
Clifton, Avi, Betsy Franco, Carol Edgarian, Karen Cushman, Patricia Polacco, Prartho
Sereno, Lewis Buzbee, and C.B. Follett.
This is your journal for inward-bound adventures—use it to write, brainstorm, explore, imagine—and even rip!
“Rip the Page! is an invitation and a feast. Every page springs the imagination into
freedom, eagerness, curiosity, the spirit of experimentation, and the power to express
the abundant possibilities of both words and world.” —Jane Hirschfield, poet, author
of Nine Gates: Entering the Mind of Poetry
“Fun, sassy, and zany. It’s a great resource for writers of all ages—and for teachers
of creative writing—who want to put the zing back in their writing.” —Julia Alvarez,
author of Return to Sender
Karen Benke is a freewrite facilitator, creative writing coach, and poet-teacher in
the California Poets in the Schools program, where she specializes in leading creative
writing workshops for children seven to fourteen years old.
Up until then, everything I knew about spiritual life came from books. I’d read The
Gospel of Ramakrishna, Zen and Japanese Culture, and Autobiography of a Yogi and
hung on their every word, yet in my heart I didn’t know if what I was reading was really
true. After all, they were only books. I was doing hatha yoga and trying to meditate, but
walking into the room with Ram Dass made what I’d read real. Without a doubt, my
heart knew that there was something to live for.
In the winter of 1968, Krishna Das met Ram Dass (Be Here Now) and was enthralled
by the stories of his recent trip to India, where he met his guru Neem Karoli Baba.
Soon after, he left behind his dreams of being a rock ‘n’ roll star and was on his way
to India to meet this remarkable Being. In the three years he spent with Neem Karoli
Baba, Krishna Das’s heart was lit up by the practice of Bhakti Yoga—the yoga of devotion—and especially by the practice of kirtan (chanting the Divine Names).
Krishna Das returned to the West and, as he continued chanting, developed his signature style, fusing traditional kirtan structure with Western harmonic and rhythmic
sensibilities. He travels the world, leading call-and-response kirtans and sharing this
deep, experiential practice with thousands.
Among Krishna Das’s several great chant CDs are Flow of Grace and Heart Full of
Soul.
Poetry, Writing & Stories
LEAVINGS
Poems
by Wendell Berry
New in
Paperback
$15.95, paper. Counterpoint. 144 pages
No one writes like Wendell Berry.
Whether essay, novel, story, or poem, his
inimitable
voice
rings true, as natural
as the land he has
farmed in Kentucky
for over 40 years.
Following the widely
praised Given, this
new collection offers
a masterful blend of
epigrams,
elegies,
lyrics, and letters,
with the occasional
short love poem.
Alternately amused,
outraged, and resigned, Berry’s welcome voice is the constant in this varied mix. The book concludes with a new sequence of Sabbath
poems, works that have spawned from
Berry’s Sunday morning walks of meditation and observation.
We forget the land we stand on
and live from. We set ourselves
free in an economy founded
on nothing, on greed verified
by fantasy, on which we entirely
depend. We depend on fire
that consumes the world without
lighting it. To this dark blaze
driving the inert metal
of our most high desire
we offer our land as fuel,
thus offering ourselves at last
to be burned. This is our riddle
to which the answer is a life
that none of us has lived.
F
ENSOULING LANGUAGE
On the Art of Nonfiction and the Writer’s Life
by Stephen Harrod Buhner
$29.50, paper. Inner Traditions. 480 pages
Approaching writing as a sacred art, Stephen Buhner explores
the core of the craft in Ensouling Language: the communication of
deep meaning that feeds not just the mind but also the soul of the
reader. Tapping in to the powerful archetypes within language, he
shows how to enrich your writing by following “golden threads”
of inspiration while understanding the crucial invisibles essential to the art of both fiction and nonfiction, how to craft language with feeling and vision, employ altered states of mind to access the writing
trance, clear your work by recognizing the powerful sway of clichéd thinking and hidden baggage, and intentionally generate duende—that physical/emotional response
to art that gives you chills, opens up unrecognized aspects of reality, or simply resonates in your soul.
Berry’s themes are reflections of his life:
friends, family, the farm, the nature around
us as well as within us. He speaks strongly
for himself and sometimes for the lost heart
of the country. As he has borne witness to
the world for eight decades, what he offers
us now in this new collection of poems is of
perennial value.
To write your consciousness has to shift. You have to move from one reality into
another, from one kind of perception into another. You are changing states of mind. It is
this intentional act at the core of the craft that makes artists different from bankers or
grocery clerks. Artists, at will, move from one reality to another and it is out of that other
reality that their art comes.
TALKING INTO THE
EAR OF A DONKEY
Covering practical aspects of writing such as layering and word symmetry, the author also explores the inner world of publishing—what you really will encounter
when you become a writer. He then shows how to develop a powerful and engaging
book proposal based on understanding the proposal as a work of fiction—the map is
never the territory, nor is the proposal the book it will become.
This book, written using all the techniques discussed within it, offers a powerful,
experiential journey into the heart of writing. It is one of the most significant works
on writing published in our time.
“I can’t easily imagine a more useful book on the craft of writing… Covering all the
steps… Buhner brings all his inspired lunacy to bear, illustrating his passionate insights with lively stories and poems and with glimmering nuggets from other authors,
fashioning this instructive, how-to book into a breathing compendium of word magic.” —David Abram, author of Becoming Animal
Stephen Buhner’s other titles include The Secret Teachings of Plants.
Poems
by Robert Bly
$29.00, cloth. Norton. 112 pages
With poems ranging from the ghazal
form to free verse,
Talking into the Ear of
a Donkey is Robert
Bly’s richest and
most varied collection. In the title
poem, Bly addresses
the “donkey”—possibly poetry itself—
that has carried him
through a writing life
of more than six
decades.
REACHING OUT TO THE WORLD
New & Selected Prose Poems
by Robert Bly
$18.50, paper. White Pine. 200
pages
“What has happened to the spring,”
I cry, “and our legs that were so joyful
In the bobblings of April?” “Oh, never
mind
About all that,” the donkey
Says. “Just take hold of my
mane, so you
Can lift your lips closer to
my hairy ears.”
Among Robert Bly’s
many books of poems and
translations are Eating the
Honey of Words and The
Winged Energy of Delight.
Available for the first time, this
significant volume collects over
one hundred of Robert Bly’s
prose poems written over a period of five decades. It includes the
bulk of several landmark out-ofprint volumes as well as uncollected poems and new material.
Bly has been one of the leading
writers of the prose poem since
the reemergence of the form in
the 1960s.
Robert Bly
BRANCHES OF LIGHT
F
11
F
The Skin on a Horse’s Neck
Sometimes the skin of a horse’s neck
longs for a hoofless hand to stroke
its deep-toned muscles, as a cat
longs for a hand to touch the
thunderstorm hidden below its
silky hide. Have we praised
enough the swiftness with which
the skin sends out its messages,
the music that goes palm to palm,
stomach to stomach, foot sole to
foot sole.
The horse’s skin knows the
coolness of the rain in the next
county, knows when a hawk is
flying overhead, leaving its moving
shadow on the horse’s back.
F
CURLEWS, YOGA & THE MONKEY GOD
“Joyous, inspired meditations that
demonstrate Bly’s talent for conveying in
the simplest language the richness and
complexity of the universe around us.” —
Library Journal
Among the titles under which Bly published his prose poems were This Body is
Made of Camphor and Gopherwood and
What Have I Ever Lost by Dying?
LAST OF THE CURLEWS
by Fred Bodsworth,
illustrated by Abigail Rorer
$16.95, paper. Counterpoint.
176 pages, b/w illustrations
First published in 1954, Last of the
Curlews is a natural history classic and one
of the most beautiful,
heart-breaking-open
stories you will ever
read. Fred Bodsworth,
an
articulate
Canadian ornithologist, tells in the form
of a novel of a solitary
Eskimo curlew’s perilous nine-thousandmile migration from
its springtime mating
ground within the Arctic Circle to the tip of
South America and back again. Talk about
one of Creation’s Great Natural Athletes!
This “bird’s-eye-view” of how the migratory
flight of the last, or one of the last, of the
Eskimo curlews might have taken place is illustrated with beautiful drawings of curlews
and landscapes.
Wanton hunting and the destruction of
habitat brought this graceful and once plentiful shorebird to the brink of extinction by
the beginning of the 20th century.
With the skill of a trained naturalist and a
direct and elegant prose style, Bodsworth conveys the mechanics of the curlew’s remarkable
flight and its instinctive search for others of its
kind. The lone survivor comes to stand for the
entirety of a lost species, and indeed for all in
nature that is endangered.
The curlews leveled off close to the
cloud layer and flew toward the peak.
Flight was painful and slow. They flew
with bills open, gasping the thin air. Their
bodies ached...
They had been silent all day, for the
high altitude flight took all the energy their
bodies could produce, but now the male
called excitedly as he led the female
sharply downward between the walls of
cloud.
A must-read for birders and bird watchers
alike, this new edition includes a foreword
by poet W.S. Merwin and an afterword by
physicist Murray Gell-Mann.
Yoga & the Hindu Traditions
YOGA FOR EMOTIONAL BALANCE
Simple Practices to Help Relieve Anxiety
and Depression
by Bo Forbes
224 pages, 35 b/w photos
Emotional balance is within your reach—
when you cultivate the intelligence of both
your body and mind.
Bo Forbes, a psychologist
and
yoga
teacher, presents an
integrative approach
to healing anxiety,
depression,
and
chronic stress—a way
of balancing your
mind with your body.
In over twenty years
Yoga Stories
STORIES FROM THE YOGIC HEART
27 Inspiring Journeys
edited by Lisa Cherry
$22.50, paper. Yogic Heart Publishing. 256 pages
Stories From the Yogic Heart features 27 stories by renowned
and lesser-known yogis in the vein of Chicken Soup for the Soul.
Yogini Lisa Cherry spent six years collecting stories that, written
in first-person by such people as Sting, Mariel Hemingway,
Sonny Rollins, Amy Weintraub and many more, tell how yoga
practice has radically transformed their lives.
“My yoga practice has given me tools for facing and processing
aspects of the unconscious that otherwise could remain hidden
and frustrating for a lifetime. It has been a task in my practice of
yoga to feel the unlimited aspects of Self as well as to explore and challenge the
physical aspects — both pleasant and painful,” says Sting. “This challenge is emotional,
intellectual, psychological, physical, and spiritual.”
Equally as fascinating as the celebrities’ tales are stories by lesser-known yogis such
as Rabbi Joseph Gelberman, a 98-year old rabbi who was the first rabbi to seriously get
into yoga (he was introduced by none other than Swami Visnu Devananda and Swami
Satchidananda).
There are also stories by Amy Weintraub, author of Yoga for Depression, who pulled
herself out of her own deep, chronic depression with Kripalu Yoga; Adelheid Ohlig
who cured herself of terminal cervical cancer with a yoga she developed: Luna Yoga;
Danny Paradise, one of the first Western Ashtanga yogis; and Father Joe Pereira of
India, a 40 year student of Mr. Iyengar who tells his story of how, with the help of
Mother Teresa, he was able to help hundreds with AIDS and addictions through yoga.
Today, my yoga practice is absolutely as regular as my Mass, my Eucharist; my
celebration of the Mass and my practice of yoga are parallel. Yoga became my way of
life and will be to the end of my days.
At the end of each of the 27 stories is a “Reflection” page for readers to reflect on
possible similarities in their own lives.
“Beautiful stories which point to the power of yoga and meditation to bring genuine change to your life.” —Phillip Moffitt, author of Dancing with Life
Today this sacred practice, known for its
ability to promote health, creativity, and
spiritual awareness, is
alive and flourishing
in yoga studios.
Now
Harijiwan
Khalsa
offers
Kundalini Meditation,
a two-CD program to
help anyone tap into
the power of the ancient kundalini tradition. With guided practices and rare insights drawn from his 30 years of teaching
experience, Harijiwan invites listeners on a
transformative chakra journey to explore:
F Key concepts and terms to help build your
foundational knowledge of chakras and
kundalini
F Guided meditations with Harijiwan’s masterful gong accompaniment for clearing
out negativity
F A powerful mantra to help awaken all eight
chakras
“Kundalini practices allow you to cultivate
the capacity to expand your perspective and
experience each day with increased inspiration and joy,” teaches Harijiwan. With
Kundalini Meditation, listeners will have a
practical course to access and utilize their
own energy for elevation of consciousness
and healing.
HANUMAN
The Devotion and Power
of the Monkey God
by Vanamali
MYTHS OF THE ASANAS
The Stories at the Heart of the Yoga Tradition
by Alanna Kaivalya & Arjuna van der Kooij
$24.50, paper. Mandala.192 pages,
7x10, French flaps, 2-colour illustrations
Practitioners around the world reap the physical benefits of
yoga, assuming poses and frequently calling them by their
Sanskrit names. While many know that hanumanasana is named
for the deity Hanuman, few understand why this is the case.
Behind each asana and its corresponding movements is an ancient story about a god, sage, or sacred animal, much like
Aesop’s fables or European folktales. Myths of the Asanas is the
first book to collect and retell these ancient stories. The myths behind yoga’s spiritual tradition have the power to help students of all levels realize their full potential.
Meditating on the tolerance of trees while standing in tree pose can help one become
more tolerant. Learning how the disfigured sage Astavakra came to be the teacher of
a king can liberate us from anxieties about our external appearance and our self-imposed limitations. Marveling at Hanuman’s devotion to Ram can serve as a source of
spiritual strength and determination.
With more than sixty beautiful illustrations to frame the stories, Myths of the Asanas
will add a new dimension to your practice and study of yoga.
of clinical practice with clients suffering
from anxiety, insomnia, depression, immune disorders, chronic pain, and physical
injuries, Forbes found that when our body
is relaxed and balanced, our emotions also
become in tune. This observation inspired
her to introduce a blend of yoga and relaxation into her psychotherapy practice, with
positive results.
Yoga for Emotional Balance is part selfhelp and part yoga therapy. It explains
how our physical body and emotions are
interconnected and includes a questionnaire to help readers gauge their level of
anxiety or depression. A troubleshooting
chapter assists even the novice in practicing
yoga comfortably. Some of Forbes’s most
important teachings and practices include:
F restorative yoga sequences designed to balance anxiety and lift depression
F breath- and body-centered exercises to
calm your mind and energize your body
F simple ways to understand your emotional patterns
F an overview of the three main obstacles to
emotional well-being
F five tools for building emotional balance.
BRANCHES OF LIGHT
F
F
12
Rooted in classical yoga yet supported
by psychology and science, the techniques
in this book will help you create progressive
and lasting change. Endorsed by many of
the luminaries in western yoga, including
Richard Freeman, Leslie Kaminoff, Gary
Kraftsow, and Judith Lasater, this book is a
valuable addition to the canon.
“Bo Forbes’s voice throughout this book
is consistently inviting and gracious, deeply
and confidently knowledgeable. Readers
will feel hopeful as soon as they start to read
this book, even before beginning to practice
the remarkably accessible exercises.” —
Sylvia Boorstein, author of Happiness Is an
Inside Job
KUNDALINI MEDITATION
Guided Practices to Activate
the Energy of Awakening
by Harijiwan Khalsa
$23.00, 2 CDs. Sounds True.
2.25 hours
New on
CD
For thousands of years, the yogic technology of kundalini was veiled in secrecy and
passed only from master to chosen disciple.
F
This interpretive look at the stories of
Hanuman, one of the most beloved gods of
the Hindu pantheon,
contains 36 of the
most
important
Hanuman
stories
with commentary on
their
spiritual
lessons, yogic practices, and Vedic astrology.
Best known for his
role
in
the
Ramayana,
Hanuman’s playful
nature, amazing physical powers, and selfless devotion to Lord Rama have made
him one of the most beloved gods in the
Hindu pantheon. As a monkey, he symbolizes the ever-restless human mind. He
teaches us that, though everyone is born an
animal, anyone can attain the heights of
spiritual evolution through perseverance
and ardent discipline. Having perfected his
mind through bhakti (selfless devotion) to
obtain his powers, Hanuman embodies the
highest potential we can achieve.
Hanuman, who spent his entire life in
the service of others, is the epitome of
wisdom, self-control, devotion, valor,
righteousness, and strength. His
indispensable role in reuniting Rama with
Sita is likened by some to that of a teacher
helping an individual soul realize the
divine.
Rama himself describes Hanuman thus:
“Heroism, cleverness, strength, firmness,
sagacity, prudence, prowess, and power
have taken up their abode in Hanuman.”
In this book, Vanamali recounts 36 legendary Hanuman stories—from his birth
to his adventures in the Ramayana—and
reveals the spiritual lessons, yogic practices and perspectives, and even the Vedic
astrology aspects they contain. Vanamali
shows how Hanuman has the ability to bestow selfless devotion and strength to his
devotees and that following his example is
F
YOGA & BUDDHISM
for-word by his disciples and written down
two hundred years after his death. These selections from the
Buddhist
scriptures
deal with the search
for truth, the way of
contemplation,
life
and death, living in
community, and many
other topics, serving
as an excellent small
introduction to the
Buddha’s teaching.
Whether addressed
to monks and nuns,
householders,
outcastes, or thieves, the Buddha’s teachings
are characterized by one main concern:
conveying the reality of our bondage to suffering—and the supremely good news that
liberation is possible. It is a concern as relevant for people today as it was for the people of north India a millennium and a half
ago.
Yoga Anatomy
THE KEY MUSCLES OF YOGA: SCIENTIFIC KEYS
VOL. 1
Your Guide to Functional Anatomy in Yoga
by Ray Long, with illustrator Chris MacIvor
$39.95, paper. Bandha Yoga. 220 pages, 10x8, colour illustrations
This book offers a uniquely illustrated scientific approach to
understanding the practice of hatha yoga. Through four-color,
three-dimensional illustrations of major muscles, tendons, and ligaments (by illustrator Chris MacIvor), Ray Long describes the practice and benefits of hatha yoga.
Specific anatomical and physiological descriptions highlight the agonist, antagonist,
and synergist muscles that come into play with each pose. The Key Muscles of Yoga,
Volume I of the Scientific Keys series, describes the key muscles of hatha yoga and how
they are utilized. From beginners to experts, this book will become a constant companion.
Also by Ray Long, an orthopedic surgeon and longtime student of B.K.S. Iyengar, is
The Key Poses of Yoga.
THE KEY POSES OF YOGA: SCIENTIFIC KEYS VOL. 2
Your Guide to Functional Anatomy in Yoga
by Ray Long, with illustrator Chris MacIvor
$39.95, paper. Bandha Yoga. 213 pages, 10x8, colour illustrations
The way toward liberation is to train
yourself to live in the present moment
without waiting to become anything. Give
up becoming this or that, live without
cravings, and experience this present
moment with full attention. Then you will
neither cringe at death nor seek for
repeated birth.
Using detailed full-colour illustrations of the human musculoskeletal system, orthopedic surgeon and founder of Bandha
Yoga, Ray Long reveals the anatomical and physiological
truths at the core of 55 fundamental poses of yoga. He examines the form of these
poses from an anatomical perspective to reveal their unique function in the practice
of yoga.
A stunning duet of graphics and text, The Key Poses of Yoga illustrates the specific
groups of muscles that work together to create optimal form in a given pose. By activating these muscles, you can learn how to deepen and stabilize a pose to obtain
greater functional benefit. Demonstrating how muscles operate in the various categories of poses, the author helps you influence unconscious physiological responses
with conscious biomechanical actions. Experience muscle awakening and increased
body awareness as you engage more and more of your muscle groups during your
yoga practice. This book will become your practice companion as you integrate the
science and art of yoga poses for maximum physical and spiritual benefit.
Also by Ray Long are The Key Muscles of Yoga as well as the Yoga Mat Companion
Series (4 volumes).
the surest path to attracting the blessing of
Rama.
Greatest among monkeys,
With the effulgence of a hundred thousand
suns,
Capable of removing all troubles…
O powerful Hanuman!
Who crossed the ocean so easily,
Do thou remain in my mind,
And allow me to accomplish everything.
—Hanuman Stotra
Mataji Devi Vanamali lives at her ashram
in Rishikesh, on the Ganges, in India.
Buddhism
THE HEART OF THE REVOLUTION
The Buddha’s Radical Teachings
of Forgiveness, Compassion,
and Kindness
by Noah Levine,
foreword by Jack Kornfield
$19.99, paper. HarperCollins. 224 pages
The Buddha’s teachings are not a
philosophy or a religion; they are a call to
action and invitation to revolution.
Noah Levine, also
author of Dharma
Punx and Against the
Stream, is the leader
of the youth movement for a new
American Buddhism.
In Heart of the
Revolution, he offers
a set of reflections,
tools, and teachings
to help readers unlock their own sense
of empathy and compassion. Lama Surya
Das declares Levine to be “in the fore
among Young Buddhas of America, a rebel
CONFESSION OF A
BUDDHIST ATHEIST
by Stephen Batchelor
THE BUDDHA SPEAKS
A Book of Guidance
from the Buddhist Scriptures
edited by Anne Bancroft
$17.00, paper. Shambhala. 176 pages, French
flaps
Written with the same brilliance that
made Buddhism Without Beliefs a classic,
Confession
of
a
Buddhist Atheist is
Stephen Batchelor’s
account of his 37-year
journey
through
Buddhism, which culminates in a groundbreaking new portrait of the historical
Buddha.
Batchelor came of
age near London in
the 1960s. Like other
seekers of his time,
instead of going to college he set off to explore the world. Settling in India, he eventually became a Buddhist monk in
Dharamsala, the Tibetan capital-in-exile,
and entered the inner circle of monks
around the Dalai Lama. He later moved to a
monastery in South Korea to pursue intensive training in Zen Buddhism. Yet the more
Batchelor read about the Buddha, the more
he came to believe that the way Buddhism
was being taught and practiced was at odds
with the actual teachings of the Buddha
himself.
Charting his journey from hippie to
monk to lay practitioner, teacher, and interpreter of Buddhist thought, Batchelor
reconstructs the historical Buddha’s life,
locating him within the social and political
context of his world. In examining the ancient texts of the Pali Canon, the earliest
record of the Buddha’s life and teachings,
Batchelor argues that the Buddha was a
man who looked at human life in a radically new way for his time, more interested in
the question of how human beings should
live in this world than in notions of karma
and the afterlife. According to Batchelor,
the outlook of the Buddha was far removed from the piety and religiosity that
has come to define much of Buddhism as
we know it today.
I no longer think of Buddhist practice in
terms of gaining proficiency in meditation
Here is the core of the Buddha’s teaching
in his own words, as it was memorized word-
F
New in
Paperback
$18.00, paper. Doubleday. 302 pages
with both a good cause and the noble heart
and spiritual awareness to prove it.”
Despite being an acclaimed Buddhist
teacher, Levine doubted whether he could
ever release the anger deep within. After
many years he finally realized the truth of
this essential Buddhist belief—compassion
is a natural quality of the heart that is often
lying dormant, waiting to be uncovered.
Levine now reveals the tools that helped
him embrace his true
Buddha nature. The practices he describes in this
book are not a quick fix
but a map to a hidden treasure. Free yourself from
the unnecessary suffering
of life and join the rebelNoah Levine lion fueled not by hatred
but by forgiveness, compassion, and kindness.
“You can feel it in the very sentences—
Levine’s earnest drive to share what he’s
learned, to bring us along into the open
heart of revolution. This is a terrific new
take on the old teachings—and I believe
him. I want to join.”—Natalie Goldberg, author of Writing Down the Bones
“A passionate and timely appeal to overcome self-centredness through love and
compassion, combined with eminently
practical meditations to help you do so.” —
Stephen Batchelor, author of Confession of a
Buddhist Atheist
BRANCHES OF LIGHT
F
13
F
and acquiring “spiritual” attainments. The
challenge of Gotama’s eightfold path is, as
I understand it, to live in this world in a
way that allows every aspect of one’s
existence to flourish: seeing, acting
working, etc. Each area of life calls for a
specific way of practicing the Dhamma.
Meditation and mindfulness alone are not
enough. Given the task of responding to
the suffering that confronts me each time I
open a newspaper, I find it immoral to
relegate the demands of this life to the
“higher” task of preparing oneself for a
postmortem existence (or non-existence).
Both controversial and deeply personal,
Confession of a Buddhist Atheist is fascinating,
deeply knowledgeable, and persuasive—an
essential Buddhist book.
THE BEGINNER’S GUIDE TO
INSIGHT MEDITATION
by Arinna Weisman & Jean Smith
$19.50, paper. Wisdom. 268 pages
Insight Meditation is the fastest-growing
school of Buddhist practice in North
America. And while a
number of good
teachers have offered
books in this area,
this book is the only
primer for newcomers
to
Insight
Meditation.
And
comprehensive—and
comprehensible!—it
is. The Beginner’s
Guide to Insight
Meditation
offers
everything the new practitioner needs to
know to get started, including the fundamentals of meditation practice, the
Buddha’s basic teachings, the teacher-student relationship, descriptions and extracts
of important texts, a listing of North
American Insight Meditation centers and
resources, a glossary, and answers to frequently asked questions.
Arinna Weisman, a practicing teacher
who is lineage heir of Ruth Denison, joins
with Jean Smith to provide clear explanations of the Buddha’s teachings on freedom
and happiness with their personal stories
highlighting some of the challenges and insights of practice. They offer advice about
going on retreat and help in choosing a
teacher and a sangha (practice community), as well as suggestions for further reading.
One of the remarkable aspects of Insight
Meditation—also known as Theravada
(“Teaching of the Elders”) Buddhism, or
Vipassana (“insight meditation,” in the
Pali language of the Buddha’s time)—is
that this path is very simple. It is not
always easy, but it is possible... May we
find
Grace to live with an open heart and
humor amid the turbulence of life’s
changes
Presence that illuminates our lives and
guides us in truth
Compassion to hold all life’s pain and
suffering.
“A wonderful support to those new on
the path.” —Sharon Salzberg, author of
Lovingkindness
NO BEGINNING, NO END
The Intimate Heart of Zen
by Jakusho Kwong
$19.95, paper. Shambhala. 230 pages
In No Beginning, No End, Zen master
Jakusho Kwong-roshi shows us how to treasure the ordinary activities of our daily lives
through an understanding of simple
Buddhist practices and ideas. The author’s
F
spontaneous, poetic, and pragmatic teachings—so reminiscent of his spiritual predecessor
Shunryu
Suzuki (author of
Zen Mind, Beginner’s
Mind)—transport us
on an exciting journey into the very
heart of Zen and its
meaningful
traditions.
Because
Kwong-roshi
can
transmit the most intimate experience in
the most accessible
way, we learn how to ignite our own vitality,
wisdom, and compassion and awaken a feeling of intimacy with the world. It is like having a conversation with our deepest and wisest self.
Don’t you feel greatly relieved to know
that you don’t have to think about
anything and yet you are vividly alive
even without thinking? (One thought
arising once in a while is no problem.)...
Everything is simple and direct, and there
appears to be much more space from
which to live.
The author was originally inspired to
study Zen because of zenga, the ancient art
of Zen calligraphy. Throughout this book,
he combines examples of his own quirky
style of calligraphy, with less-known stories
from the Zen tradition, personal anecdotes—including moving and funny stories
of his training with Suzuki-roshi—and his
own lucid and inspiring teachings.
We believe that we can step into the
same place twice, because we try to
solidify our changing world so that our
conditioned self can feel a sense of
security. Actually, the whole river is
moving, and the entire environment, both
river and shore, is changing as well. It’s
only the fabrication of our minds that we
are actually stepping into the same spot
twice. But the truth of impermanence is
stronger than our mind-fabrications can
ever be, and as a result there is plenty of
suffering, or loss, that will appear when
we ignore this clear fact.
THAT BIRD HAS MY WINGS
The Autobiography of an
Innocent Man on
Death Row
by Jarvis Jay Masters
New in
Paperback
That Bird Has My Wings is the astounding
memoir of death row inmate Jarvis
Masters—a Buddhist
meditator mentored
by Pema Chödrön.
Offering scenes from
his life that are at
times poignant, revelatory, frightening,
soul-stirring, painful,
funny, and uplifting,
That Bird Has My
Wings tells the story
of the author’s childhood with parents addicted to heroin, an
abusive foster family, a life of crime and imprisonment, and his eventual embracing of
Buddhism.
Jarvis Jay Masters has taken an extraordinary journey of faith. Strangely enough, his
moment of enlightenment came behind
the bars of San Quentin’s death row. In this
compelling memoir, Masters takes us from
the arms of his heroin-addicted mother to
an abusive foster home, on his escape to the
illusory freedom of the streets and through
lonely nights spent in bus stations and juvenile homes, and finally to life inside the
THE END OF SUFFERING
F
Joseph Goldstein & Jack Kornfield
ABIDING IN MINDFULNESS VOL. 3
On Dhamma
by Joseph Goldstein
18 hours
New on
CD
This is the third and final volume in Joseph
Goldstein’s Satipatthana Sutta Series.
In the words of the Buddha, the four foundations of mindfulness (the four satipatthanas) are
“the direct path for the purification of beings, for
the surmounting of sorrow and lamentation, for
the disappearance of dukkha (suffering) and discontent, for acquiring the true method, for the realization of Nibbana.” Within
the quintessential discourse called the Satipatthana Sutta, we find
the Buddha’s seminal teachings on the practice of meditation.
On Abiding in Mindfulness Volume 3: On Dhamma, esteemed
teacher Joseph Goldstein presents the culmination of his landmark series with a 16-CD audio curriculum that reveals the
deeper insights of this vital sutta—and how it serves to pragmatically inform and guide your own daily practice.
The fourth foundation of mindfulness instructs us in mindfulness of dhamma, or the “categories of phenomena” that we experience. Having looked at the first two of these traditional categories (the hindrances and the aggregates) in Abiding in
Mindfulness Volume 2, Goldstein now takes us into the three remaining categories known as the six sense-spheres, the seven factors of awakening, and the four noble truths.
GUIDED MEDITATIONS FOR SELF HEALING
Essential Practices to Relieve
Physical and Emotional Suffering
and Enhance Recovery
by Jack Kornfield
New on
CD
$23.00, 2 CDs. Sounds True. 1.75 hours
Meditation brings you into a deep communion with
your own body and heart—but what happens when you
are sick or in pain? With Guided Meditations for SelfHealing, Jack Kornfield guides you through meditations created specifically to ease physical and emotional suffering and activate a powerful capacity for
restoring yourself to wholeness. Join this leading meditation
teacher and psychologist for three essential practices that tap the
healing power of attention:
F Healing Presence—how to use the earth itself as your foundation to support you in self-diagnosis and restoration
F The Healing Temple—guided visualization to your inner sanc-
After four decades studying and practicing the
Sattipatthana Sutta, Joseph Goldstein concludes
that the seeds of all the Buddha’s teachings are contained with this revered text.
In nearly 18 hours of in-depth teaching, he
guides us in discovering with exactitude and precision the process by which suffering arises in our
minds and lives—and the possibilities for each of us
to experience freedom here and now.
Program Highlights:
F The Buddha’s teaching on dependent origination
F Freeing ourselves from mental fetters
F The four hallucinations and the re-training of our perception
F Opening to the wisdom that discerns truth
F Effort vs. relaxation on the path to awakening
F Realizing the end of craving
F The four aspects of mindfulness
F The stages and practice of equanimity
F Developing a wiser relationship to the world.
F Eighteen hours of in-depth instruction with Joseph Goldstein,
including poetry, teaching stories, practical exercises, and much
more.
Included is a study guide with glossary.
Also by Joseph Goldstein are One Dharma and Insight
Meditation.
tuary, encountering the great healer, and receiving the necessary gifts for true recovery and blessing
F The Healing Power of Love—directing the luminous spirit of loving-kindness to all the places
in your body and spirit that are in need.
We are conditioned to approach healing as an
act of control, in which we judge what is wrong
with us and impose a change. The way of awareness teaches us how to turn toward that which
is injured in us with a caring and fearless attention, so we may open the door to true healing
at every level of our being. On Guided Meditations for SelfHealing, Jack Kornfield brings you three potent practices to
bring compassionate energy where it is needed in your body, psyche, and spirit—and to awaken the “master healer” within you.
Among the many other titles by Jack Kornfield are The Wise
Heart and Guided Meditations for Difficult Times (2CDs).
The Jewel of Liberation continues with guidance in
managing our troubles, the “weeds” that arise even
as we cultivate the seeds of abiding happiness. Our
retreat culminates with an inquiry into the “laws of
life,” the understandings we must have if we are to
experience freedom independent of our circumstances.
THE JEWEL OF LIBERATION
Essential Teachings on the
End of Suffering
by Jack Kornfield
New on
CD
$99.00, 10 CDs. Sounds True. 10 hours
It is possible to find genuine happiness and liberation in the ups and downs of your own human
life. We can all sense how it is possible for our own
capacity for greater compassion and freedom to
grow. “If this were not possible,” said the Buddha,
“I would not ask you to do so.”
For four decades, Buddhist meditation teacher Jack Kornfield
has shared practical instructions for awakening the wise and
compassionate heart in the midst of all we experience. The Jewel
of Liberation presents 10 pinnacle dharma talks (teaching sessions) hand-selected by Jack from his personal collection to illuminate the pathways out of suffering and into the natural freedom that is both our shared birthright and our greatest gift to
the world.
Meditation is the practice of awakening itself; it is the
fundamental tool the Buddha offered to quiet the mind and open
the heart. We begin our retreat with an examination of the art of
meditation and how it empowers us to see things clearly and be
gracious with the flow of this ever-changing life.
walls of San Quentin State Prison. Using the
nub and filler from a ballpoint pen (the
only writing instrument allowed him in solitary confinement), Masters chronicles the
story of a bright boy who turns to a life of
crime, and of a penitent man who embraces
Buddhism to find hope in this ultimately inspirational story.
BRANCHES OF LIGHT
F
14
The sure heart’s release is found nowhere else but
in our own direct experience—for it is who and what
we are… The world so much needs people who are
free in this way, unafraid to love every being.
A few highlights:
F Meditation as the art of “taking your seat halfway between heav-
en and earth”
F Tending the garden of the heart
F Compassion, the antidote to fear and despair
F “The One Who Knows”—Ajahn Chah’s description of our in-
nate wisdom and presence
F “Enlightenments” and the infinite doorways to freedom
F The three laws of impermanence and the secret treasures they
hold
F That which sustains lasting changes in our lives
Ten hours of Jack Kornfield … The Jewel of Liberation: here is
his invitation for each of us to “be a lamp of freedom for yourself
and for all.”
Masters has written his remarkable story
as a cautionary tale for anyone who might
be tempted to follow in his footsteps, and as
a plea for understanding to a world that too
often ignores the plight of the forgotten
members of society. His personal story dramatically reminds us all that freedom and
opportunity are not to be taken for granted,
F
and that no matter what their neighborhood, no matter what their race, every
child matters.
“Brave, heartbreaking, redemptive and
wise. Jarvis Jay Masters has turned his life
into remarkable good medicine.” —Jack
Kornfield, author of A Path with Heart
Check out his website at freejarvis.org.
F
B R E AT H , P R A C T I C E & T H E B A R D O
solute honesty, delightful humor, and real
insight.” —Tsultrim Allione, author of
Feeding Your Demons
Thich Nhat Hanh
PEACE IS EVERY BREATH
VIVID AWARENESS
A Practice for Our Busy Lives
by Thich Nhat Hanh
The Mind Instructions
of Khenpo Gangshar
by Khenchen Thrangu
$24.99, cloth. HarperCollins. 148 pages, calligraphies
In his travels around the world, Thich Nhat Hanh has
seen a growing unhappiness among many people. He’s seen the
hectic pace of our day-to-day lives taking a deep toll on our “ease
of well-being.” In response, he sat down to write Peace Is Every
Breath, a book that makes the core teachings of Buddha accessible for everyone. In this gentle jewel of a book, Thich
Nhat Hanh does not suggest that we escape from reality and put
our busy lives on hold, far from it. Instead, he
provides the insight and tools we need to incorporate the practice of
mindfulness into our every waking moment. He shows us how we can
transcend the mad rush of our days and discover within the here and
now our own innate ability to experience inner peace and happiness.
Offering personal anecdotes, meditations, “Gathas for Daily
Practice,” and advice for mindfully connecting with our present experience, Thich Nhat Hanh guides us around potential pitfalls along
the way. We do not need to escape reality to harness the joy and peace
Thich Nhat
that is possible with every breath we take—the power of mindfulness
Hanh
can heal us from the suffering caused by the many stresses that surround us. Including original calligraphy by Thich Nhat Hanh, Peace Is Every Breath is
filled with seasoned wisdom-presence and practical advice.
In the summer of 1957, the revered
Buddhist teacher and scholar Khenpo
Gangshar foresaw the
difficulties that would
soon fall upon Tibet
and began teaching
in a startling new way
that enabled all those
who heard him to use
the coming difficulties as the path of
Dharma
practice.
The teaching consisted of the essential
points of mahamudra and dzogchen, both view and practice,
presented in a way that made them easy for
anyone to use, even in the most difficult of
circumstances.
Khenchen Thrangu Rinpoche was one of
the grateful recipients of these teachings,
which he regards as among the most important he has ever been given. He transmits
them here, for the benefit of all of us who
strive to practice in challenging times. They
include contemplations on the ephemeral
nature of both joy and suffering, meditations for resting the mind, and guidance for
cultivating equanimity in any situation.
This book, Peace is Every Breath, is a continuation of The Miracle of Mindfulness and
Peace Is Every Step in that it’s a short book, easy to read, and very easy to put into
practice. I guarantee that you can be in touch with real peace and joy many times each
day, even if you live a very full schedule. Allow this book to be your companion…
Thich Nhat Hanh is a Vietnamese Buddhist Zen Master, poet, scholar, and peace activist. He is author of many books, including Being Peace and The Art of Power.
OUR APPOINTMENT WITH LIFE
Sutra on Knowing the Better Way to Live Alone
by Thich Nhat Hanh
$13.00, paper. Parallax. 80 pages
These instructions are not just for academic study; they focus on practice. They are a
way to tame the greed, aversion, and delusion in your mind and bring yourself mental
peace and happiness so that you will be able
to help yourself and others. I ask you to
please put them to good use.
Our Appointment with Life is an easily accessible translation
and commentary on the Sutra on Knowing the Better Way to Live
Alone, the earliest teaching of the Buddha on living fully in the
present moment. In his contemporary interpretation of this ancient teaching, Thich Nhat Hanh explains that “to live alone”
doesn’t mean to isolate oneself from society. It means to live
in mindfulness, free from worries about the past and the future, and to look deeply and discover the true nature of all
that is taking place in the present moment. We enjoy life as we
live it right now. If we know how to live alone, we can live in harmony with others and
create true community. In his signature gentle and clear style, Nhat Hanh reminds us
that our appointment with life is in this very moment, and there is nothing that needs
to get in our way. This revised edition features an all-new introduction by the author.
Among Thich Nhat Hanh’s many other books are Being Peace and Old Path, White
Clouds.
Tibetan Buddhism
INTO THE HEART OF LIFE
by Jetsunma Tenzin Palmo
$20.95, paper. Snow Lion. 250 pages
The real test of our Buddhist practice
happens not on the cushion or in the protected space of retreat but moment-tomoment in daily life,
particularly when we
find ourselves in uncomfortable
situations. How do we respond? In this book,
one of the most respected Western figures of contemporary
Buddhism, Jetsunma
Tenzin Palmo, offers insights gleaned
from more than forty years of engagement
with Buddhist practice. Her perspective is
vast, with a well-grounded understanding of
how the timeless Buddhist teachings apply
to the demands and challenges of modern
life.
Down-to-earth,
approachable,
and
deeply informative, this collection of talks
and dialogues covers a wide range of top-
ics, along with pragmatic advice on how we
can enhance the quality of our lives.
Jetsunma offers us a way to transform them
into a rich journey, developing more sanity,
fulfillment, wisdom and compassion along
the way. As with her previous book,
Reflections on a Mountain Lake, Into the
Heart of Life is written for a general audience and presents practical advice that can
be applied whether or not one is a
Buddhist.
With each being we meet, our first
feeling is, “May you be well and happy.”
It doesn’t matter whether it’s someone we
know or don’t know, or even someone we
dislike. May you be well and happy. We
can all generate that sense of good will. If
we generate that, then slowly, slowly,
everything we do in our life is transformed
into practice.
We have this lifetime—this is what we
have. How are we going to use it? Are we
going to use it skillfully, or are we just
going to waste it? It’s up to us… What we
do with the circumstances we find
ourselves in is up to us.
“One of the true yoginis of our time, a
woman who has dedicated her life to
Buddhism... Tenzin Palmo’s is a voice we
need to hear, a woman who has fully experienced what she speaks about with an ab-
BRANCHES OF LIGHT
F
15
“These instructions are exceptionally
concise and easy to follow. Khenchen
Thrangu Rinpoche received this distillation
of the essential points of Mahamudra from
the renowned master Khenpo Gangshar,
and he credits them with saving his life.
They could save your life too—giving you
the tools to stabilize the mind even in the
most terrifying and challenging of circumstances.” —Pema Chödrön, author of
Taking the Leap
FIRST INVITE LOVE IN
40 Time-Tested Tools for
Creating a More Compassionate Life
by Tana Pesso, with Penor Rinpoche
Those who read and, more importantly,
try out the compassion exercises as outlined
by Pesso and her
teacher,
the
late
Tibetan
Buddhist
teacher
Penor
Rinpoche, may find a
marked increase in
empathy and good
will. Most of the practices in First Invite
Love In are inner visualizations which involve bestowing possessions on others, acknowledging the pain of people and
animals, or picturing strangers as nurturing
mothers in a past life. The authors emphasize that this is a secular guidebook for anyone who would like to live more compassionately, wisely, and with an open and
inviting heart.
Expanding the heart to have compassion
for people who have been unfair or hurt
F
F
you: Think about someone who has done
an injustice to you that still makes you
hurt or angry when you think about it.
Then imagine the negativity that is in this
person’s mind and the ways that this
negativity is hurting their chance to have a
happy and peaceful life. Now imagine that
you can take this negativity out of their
mindstream and replace it with
compassion and loving kindness. If you
can, think this way about each and every
person you feel has acted badly toward
you.
Prior to undertaking each of the 40 exercises readers are instructed to “first invite
love in,” an elegant opening sequence
which involves identifying and accessing a
spiritual support figure. Building on the
compassionate inner meditations are chapters that apply the practices to strangers encountered in daily life. These are simple
gestures limited to a friendly smile or, at the
most, some kind words.
The authors include countless examples
of people from all spiritual paths, faiths,
and religions who have experienced terrible hardships or even themselves created
hardships and suffering for others, but who
have turned their minds towards love and
compassion and found peace and happiness.
Each chapter ends with thought exercises aimed at expanding the heart.
“The short exercises presented here will
benefit anyone who is able to practice
them.” —Sakyong Mipham, author of
Turning the Mind into an Ally
BARDO TEACHINGS
The Way of Death & Rebirth
by Lama Lodü,
foreword by Kalu Rinpoche
$18.50, paper. Snow Lion.
Bardo Teachings gives readers a precise
and vivid description of the way of death
and rebirth. It contains a wealth of
heretofore untranslated material on the
Tibetan presentation
of the process of dying, the nature of the
intermediate state after death, and the
process of taking rebirth. This modest
but carefully produced book presents
the essence of the
Tibetan Book of the Dead in a digestible
form.
“Bardo Teachings is remarkable because it
reveals a significant portion of the secret
tantric path. This is genuine tantra—not a
potpourri of Western self-help instructions
and fragments of Eastern thought… A
teaching on how to traverse the stages of
death without fear, it is as true a guide to
tantric Buddhism’s view of life and death as
can be found in print.” —San Francisco
Chronicle
Lama Lodü Rinpoche is the director of
Kagyu Droden Kunchab in San Francisco
and was appointed as its resident lama in
1976 by His Holiness the Gyalwa Karmapa
and His Eminence Kalu Rinpoche.
F
L I B E R AT I O N T H R O U G H M I N D F U L N E S S & P I L G R I M A G E
MINDING CLOSELY
Pema Chödrön & Chögyam Trungpa
The Four Applications of Mindfulness
by B. Alan Wallace
$26.95, cloth. Snow Lion.
320 pages, 2 colour photos
The ability to sustain close mindfulness is
a learned skill that offers profound benefits
in
all
situations.
Minding Closely explains the theory and
applications of the
practice the Buddha
called the direct path
to
enlightenment.
These simple but
powerful techniques
to cultivate mindfulness will allow anyone, regardless of tradition, beliefs, or lack
thereof, to achieve genuine happiness and
freedom from suffering. By closely minding
the body and breath, we relax, grounding
ourselves in physical presence. Coming face
to face with our feelings, we stabilize our
awareness against habitual reactions.
Examining mental phenomena nakedly, we
sharpen our perceptions without becoming
attached. Ultimately, we see all phenomena
just as they are, and we approach the
ground of enlightenment.
Bringing in his experience as a monk,
scientist, and contemplative, Alan Wallace
offers a rich synthesis of Eastern and
Western traditions, along with a comprehensive range of meditation practices interwoven throughout the text. The meditations
are
systematically
presented,
beginning with very basic steps, and then
gradually built upon to encourage the reader to consider, investigate, contemplate,
and meditate on some of the most challenging questions imaginable. Wallace
stresses that the process of discovering the
answers experientially is essential. The goal
of these practices is the radical healing that
results when mental obstacles are overcome
and the fundamental nature of experience
is witnessed. This insight catalyzes an irreversible transformation.
“A comprehensive and rich teaching that
combines skillful instruction and scholarly
knowledge. Minding Closely draws on wisdom from both Theravada and Vajrayana
traditions to offer a systematic and practical
approach to liberation through mindfulness.” —Jack Kornfield, author of The Wise
Heart
B. Alan Wallace has taught Buddhist
meditation and philosophy worldwide since
1976 and has served as interpreter for numerous Tibetan scholars and contemplatives, including the Dalai Lama. Among his
other books are Embracing Mind and The
Attention Revolution.
TO A MOUNTAIN IN TIBET
by Colin Thubron
$22.00, paper. Random House. 227 pages
This is the account of a journey to the
holiest mountain on earth, the solitary peak
of Kailas in Tibet, sacred to one-fifth of
humankind. To both
Buddhists
and
Hindus it is the mystic heart of the world
and an ancient site of
pilgrimage. It has
never been climbed.
Even today, under
Chinese domination,
the people of four religions circle the
mountain in devotion to different gods.
F
TAKING THE LEAP
Freeing Ourselves from
Old Habits and Fears
by Pema Chödrön
New in
Paperback
Abiding with our own energy is the
ultimate nonaggression, the ultimate
maitri (loving-kindness).
In this pithy, inspiring book, portions of
which have been adapted from the audio program
Getting Unstuck, Pema Chödrön presents the Buddhist
concept of shenpa—translated as “getting stuck” or
“getting hooked”—and shows us how we can liberate
ourselves from it. Shenpa is that irritating sensation that arises in
moments when life suddenly becomes disappointing, difficult, or
painful. Something within you tightens, shuts down. That’s shenpa.
After we tighten, we instinctively start to blame ourselves or others.
We might get angry and lash out in words or actions. Or we might
reach for a cigarette, a drink, or some other substance or action to
numb our pain. Chödrön shows us the way out of these habitual reactions that keep us locked in cycles of suffering.
The crucial point is that we can relate with our life just as it is right
now, not later when things improve. We can always connect with
NATURAL AWARENESS
Guided Meditations and Teachings
for Welcoming All Experience
by Pema Chödrön
New on
CD
As a child, did you ever sit under a favorite tree,
immersed in the wonder of a single, precious leaf? As
our days grow more complex, teaches Pema
Chödrön, these vibrant and wholehearted moments
may begin to elude even seasoned meditators. But it
doesn’t have to be that way.
With Natural Awareness, this celebrated teacher guides us
through Buddhism’s Four Foundations of Mindfulness to bring
us to a surprising destination: the effortless state of presence
known as “non-meditation.” It’s a journey back to the unabashed presence and delight of the “Child Mind” that lies
within all of us. Along the way, you’ll learn how to:
WORK SEX MONEY
Real Life on the Path of Mindfulness
by Chögyam Trungpa, edited by Carolyn Rose
Gimian & Sherab Chödzin Kohn
Sometimes we view spirituality as an escape from ordinary life, using spiritual practice as a way to get away
from the intensity and conflict of existence. In these
teachings drawn from talks given in the early 1970s,
Trungpa reveals this view to be an illusion. Everyday
life is intimately linked to meditation, contemplation, and the search for genuine spiritual experience,
he teaches, and everyday life is inevitably connected
with work, sex, and money. He examines these aspects of our ordinary life in relationship to the construction of our ego or selfimage, how karma arises in connection with them, and how we
can use chaos and uncertainty as the basis for making wise choices in our livelihood, finances, and relationships.
Work, sex, and money are examined as general principles
and as specific areas of interest. The topic of sex is presented in
Colin Thubron reached it by foot along
the Karnali River, the highest source of the
Ganges. His journey is an entry into the culture of today’s Tibet, and a pilgrimage in
the wake his mother’s death and the loss of
his family. He undertakes it in order to
mark the event, to leave a sign of their passage. He also explores his own need for solitude, which has shaped his career as a
writer—one who travels to places beyond
his own history and culture, writing about
them and about the journey. To a Mountain
in Tibet is at once a powerful travelogue, a
fascinated encounter with alien faith, and
an intimate personal voyage.
It is a haunting and beautiful book, a rare
mix of discovery and loss. In its evocation of
landscape and variety of exotic peoples, of
mythic and spiritual traditions foreign to
BRANCHES OF LIGHT
F
16
the openness of our minds. We can use our days to wake
up rather than go back to sleep. Give this approach a
try. Make a commitment to pausing
throughout the day, and do that whenever you can.
Taking the Leap presents the “four
Rs” of working with shenpa: recognizing
it, refraining from acting out against
ourselves or others, relaxing with the
underlying feelings, and resolving to Pema Chödrön
make this our way of life. With her
characteristic warmth and encouragement, Pema offers
teachings and practices that readers can immediately
put to use in their daily lives.
“With anecdotes from her teachers and examples from her
own and others’ lives, Chödrön demonstrates that people can
stop their suffering and access their natural intelligence, warmth
and openness. Among her strengths are compassion for the difficulty of human existence and her willingness to acknowledge
her own failings.” —Publishers Weekly
Among her other books: When Things Fall Apart and The
Places that Scare You.
F Work with the body, emotions, thoughts, and sense
perceptions as your objects of focus
F Tune in to your natural cycles of attention and effortless “non-meditation” awareness
F Embrace the inevitable “meditator’s struggle knot”
(it means that your practice is working!)
F Open a heartful space with others to listen, speak,
and connect more authentically
F Master a wealth of Ani Pema’s favorite practices for
riding life’s emotional storms
“We’ve been training our minds for a lifetime to
flee—to escape to anywhere but here.” With this encouraging
offering, Pema Chödrön shows us how to stop running and come
home to the abiding freedom waiting for us right here, right
now.
Among Pema Chödrön’s books are Taking the Leap and When
Things Fall Apart.
the context of relationships and communication as a
whole. The discussion of money looks at how we view
the economics of livelihood and money as “green energy” that affects our lives. The discussion of work includes general principles of mindfulness and awareness in how we conduct everyday life as well as
discussion of ethics in business and the work place.
The discussion is always informed by a meditative or
contemplative approach to life—one that engages life
rather than remaining separate from it.
This popular and, we might say, rather primitive notion of spirituality is based on searching for happiness,
a sense of security… The attitude of maintaining oneself in permanent happiness is actually the expression of ego or
confused, neurotic mind. It is the neurotic desire to maintain
myself, me, my whole being, as a solid entity, as ego. This approach could be called spiritual materialism.
Chögyam Trungpa (1940–1987) is the author of many books,
including Shambhala: Sacred Path of the Warrior and Smile at
Fear.
our own, it is a spectacular achievement
from our greatest living travel writer, an
artist of formidable literary gifts, uncanny
intuition, and wondrous insight.
“In To a Mountain in Tibet, what seems
striking is his understanding of the power
of silence… Thubron has, as always, thoroughly researched his subject, so his descriptions of shadowy Buddhist shrines and
wildly various religious supplicants are interspersed with eloquent accounts of
Tibet’s place in the imaginings of the West
and its own welter of myth and history, as
well as colourful views of the flora and fauna of a landscape that can at times seem alluringly pristine, at others as alien as a distant planet.” —New York Times
F
There is in all things an inexhaustible
sweetness and purity, a silence that is a
fountain of action and joy. It rises up in
wordless gentleness and flows out to me
from unseen roots of all created being.
—Thomas Merton
F
T H E TA O
Taoism, Ch’i
& the Martial Arts
TAOISM
An Essential Guide
by Eva Wong
This reliable guide to the spiritual landscape of Taoism not only introduces the important events in the
history of Taoism, the
sages who wrote the
Taoist texts, and the
various schools of
Taoist thinking, but
also gives the reader
a feel for what it
means to practice
Taoism today.
The book is divided into three parts:
The History of
Taoism traces the development of the tradition from the
shamans of prehistoric China through the
classical period (including the teachings of
the famous sage Lao-Tzu), the beginnings
of Taoism as a religion, the rise of mystical
and alchemical Taoism, and the synthesis of
Taoism, Buddhism, and Confucianism.
Systems of Taoism explores magical sects,
divination practices, devotional ceremonies,
internal alchemy, and the way of right action.
Taoist Practices discusses meditation, techniques of cultivating the body, and rites of purification, ceremony, and talismanic magic.
Before the light of the spirit can be
gathered and circulated, it must be born
and developed.... To let the original spirit
emerge, the knowledge spirit (shih-shen)
must be tamed. The knowledge spirit is the
mischievous, analytical, scheming mind. It
is attached to worldly things and is
responsible for violent mood swings, and
thus prevents us from seeing the Tao. To
cultivate the original spirit, one must first
overcome the knowledge spirit and then
use it to help the original spirit to develop.
Simultaneously the practitioner must
prepare her body for conception of the
immortal fetus. This involves strengthening
and softening the skeletal system,
regulating all the functions of the body,
and gathering, conserving, and
transforming generative, vital, and spirit
energy. In other words, the lower and
intermediate stages of internal alchemy
must have been completed before the
original spirit can emerge.
TAOIST SHAMAN
Practices from the Wheel of Life
by Mantak Chia & Kris Deva North
$19.95, paper. Inner Traditions.
160 pages, full colour throughout
Thousands of years ago the immortals
known as the Shining Ones shipwrecked on
the Chinese coast.
Passing their shamanic
practices—such as ecstatic flight and how to
find power animals
and spirit guides—on
to the indigenous people, they also taught
them the wisdom of
the Medicine Wheel.
From
the
Taoist
Medicine Wheel came
the principles of yin
and yang, the five elements, the eight
forces, the Chinese zodiac, and the I Ching.
The Taoist Medicine Wheel can also be
found at the foundation of traditional
Chinese medicine and the esoteric sexual
practices of Taoist Inner Alchemy.
F
Cultivating Qi
THE QI HEALING KIT
Energy Practices for
Health & Vitality
by Lee Holden
F A DVD (93 minutes) with two daily qi gong ses
Multimedia
Learning
Kit
$34.50. Sounds True.
DVD, 2 CDs, 20 cards, 51-page workbook
To the dedicated qi gong practitioner, the
body is a wellspring of health and vitality. Qi gong
(literally “energy practice”) is a way to tend to the body with understanding, compassion, and love.
With The Qi Healing Kit, Lee Holden immerses us in the key
practices of qi gong and Taoist meditation for self-healing, stress
and pain reduction, energy enhancement, emotional balance, and
spiritual insight. Designed to help us access the full potential of our
natural healing abilities, this multimedia program includes:
F 2 CDs (2¼ hours) featuring The Healing Sounds Practice for detoxification and mind-body harmony and the Microcosmic Orbit Meditation to infuse you with life-force energy and boost immunity
QI GONG FOR HEALTH
AND HEALING COURSE
A Complete Training Course to
Unleash the Power of Your
Life-Force Energy
by Lee Holden
Multimedia
Learning
Kit
$170.00. Sounds True. 6 CDs (6 hours),
5 DVDs (5 hours), 140-page workbook, 35 cards
The qi gong masters say that looking for happiness
in the outside world is like trying to catch the wind in
a net. True fulfillment, tranquility, and joy must be
cultivated from within. It was for this reason the ancient sages first developed the art of qi gong—or working with
life-force energy to bring forth healing and wisdom. Qi Gong for
Health and Healing immerses you in a comprehensive training
course in the essential techniques of qi gong. Your instructor is
Lee Holden, a protégé of Mantak Chia who makes ancient ‘magic’ available to everyone.
Qi Gong for Health and Healing contains everything you need
to create and sustain a customized practice rooted in centuries
of tradition. Five DVDs provide your qi gong workouts, with six
hours of foundational exercises for morning, evening, self-healing, emotional balance, and spiritual qi gong. Six CDs complement the video instruction offering a series of qi-infusing guid-
CULTIVATING QI
An Introduction to Chinese
Body-Mind Energetics
by Jun Wang
$18.95, paper. North Atlantic. 80 pages, 7x9, b/w photos
While Chinese acupuncture and herbalism enjoy
widespread popularity in the West, traditional
Chinese exercise techniques—with the exception of
qi gong—have rarely been taught outside China.
This book is designed to change that. Written by Jun
Wang, a doctor of Chinese medicine, Cultivating Qi
draws on classic Chinese texts to introduce these
body-mind healing exercises to Western readers.
In simple, accessible language, Wang presents three specific
qi exercises: the Yijin Jing, a popular form of calisthenics as-
In Taoist Shaman, Master Mantak Chia
and Kris Deva North explain the shamanic
principles of the Taoist Medicine Wheel,
how it is oriented on the five elements
rather than the four directions, how it relates to the twelve animals of the Chinese
zodiac and the trigrams of the I Ching, and
how it aligns with the eight forces of the
pakua. Through illustrated teaching stories,
the authors show how the energetic principles of each of the eight forces are reflected
in the eight immortals. Guided shamanic
meditations based on the Medicine Wheel
teach readers how to journey to Heaven’s
Garden to meet new spirit guides, create
personal power fields for protection and
healing, clear karmic influences, and explore scared sexuality with the “Wheel of
Love.”
Mantak Chia, Inner Alchemy and Qi
Gong master, founded the Universal
Healing Tao System in 1979. He is the author of many books including Healing Love
through the Tao.
BRANCHES OF LIGHT
F
17
sions, using gentle movement, breathwork, and
simple acupressure to activate your powers of re
juvenation and healing
F 51-page workbook with energy self-assessments,
overviews of each practice in the program, jour
naling exercises, and additional instruction in
qi gong and self-healing
F 20 qi cards with wisdom insights, quotations, and tips to peel
back the surface of everyday thinking and see life in a new way.
We’d all enjoy greater self-sufficiency when it comes to our
health. The Qi Healing Kit gives you an empowering set of skills
to adventure into the miracles of your body, mind, and spirit for
vitality on all levels of your being.
Note: Portions of this program have been excerpted from Qi
Gong for Health and Healing.
Also by Lee Holden are Qi Workout AM/PM (DVD) and Your
Body of Light (8CD).
ed meditations. The beautiful deck of qi cards gives
you on-the-spot inspiration along with practice
themes and pointers. The workbook features energy
self-assessments, a glossary of acupressure points, practice overviews, and tips for “qi gong cross-training”—or
combining exercises to address specific areas of concern. All of these tools support the primary goals of qi
gong: increasing the flow of life-force energy, boosting
immunity, and clearing out stress.
People who regularly practice qi gong report remarkable results, from starting every day full of vitality,
to overcoming serious illness, to spiritual awakening.
“One thing is certain,” explains Lee Holden, “The more you engage in the practice of qi gong, the greater your return will be.”
Qi Gong for Health and Healing gems:
F Qi gong for self-healing—simple acupressure techniques for activating your body’s healing points
F Emotions as energy—qi gong movements and meditations to
balance and heal emotions
F The Healing Sounds Practice—detoxify your major organ systems while cultivating mental calm
F Meridians and the microcosmic orbit—learn how to circulate
energy throughout the body as you open to spiritual insights.
sociated with both Chinese Buddhist and Daoist traditions; Taiji Neigong, a series of 34 movements
adapted from the Wu-Hao style of Taiji Quan; and
the “Six Healing Breaths,” which combines spoken
sounds with movements associated with the six major
vital organs of Chinese medicine.
Written for beginner students of Chinese medicine
as well as laypersons, healthcare practitioners, and
martial artists, Cultivating Qi includes clear explanations of Chinese medical terminology—and provides
the original Chinese characters for more advanced
students—as well as step-by-step instruction in the
three exercises. Accompanied by 100 photographs,
these exercises are suitable for all ages and activity levels, and
most of them take no more than 10 to 15 minutes to complete.
THE HEALING ENERGY OF SHARED
CONSCIOUSNESS
A Taoist Approach to Entering the
Universal Mind
by Mantak Chia
128 pages, colour illustrations throughout
Western science now recognizes the three
“minds” associated with the three tan tiens
of Taoism: the observing mind centered in
the brain, the conscious mind centered
in the heart, and the
mind of awareness centered in the lower abdomen. By unifying
the three minds—what
in Chinese is called
Yi—we can transform
the energy around us
into positive loving energy and be empowered to manifest our
F
goals and dreams. This can lead to a more
balanced, less negative way of life and offers
a way to gain inner peace, wholeness, and
happiness as well as the ability to heal yourself and others.
In The Healing Energy of Shared
Consciousness, Master Mantak Chia shows
how to fuse the three minds and form the
Protective Sacred Circle of Fire, which creates a seal around us allowing in only good
energy and intentions. He explains step-bystep how to perform the World Link meditation practice to connect with global and
universal energy for inner peace, happiness,
and healing. Accessible even for those who
have never worked with the Universal
Healing Tao, this practice offers a way to
unite people all over the world in a form of
shared consciousness that amplifies collective loving energy to benefit the world.
Mantak Chia founded the Universal
Healing Tao System in 1979. He is the author of more than 35 books including Taoist
Cosmic Healing.
F
BodyMind Healing
HEALING
F
Sleep & Pain Relief
Healing Energies,
Healing Herbs
RADICAL HEALING
Integrating the World’s Great Therapeutic
Traditions to Create a New Transformative
Medicine, Revised 2nd Edition
by Rudolph Ballentine
$25.50, paper. Himalayan Publishers.
626 pages, 144 b/w illustrations
In this second edition of Radical
Healing—expanded and updated—Dr.
Ballentine offers a
comprehensive vision of self medical
care—one that integrates the holistic healing traditions of Ayurveda,
Homeopathy,
Traditional
Chinese Medicine,
and other herbal
medicinal
traditions. He emphasizes and explains
the importance of
understanding and maintaining the connection between the healing and spiritual
traditions of which they are a part.
Included are a new preface geared toward alternative medicine’s growing audience; further insight into the spiritual core
of the major holistic healing traditions; an
expanded Self-Help Index for the prevention and treatment of more than 100 common ailments, disorders, and illnesses; and
an up-to-date reference list to guide further
study.
Like Deepak Chopra and Andrew Weil,
Rudolph Ballentine is a medical doctor who
became intrigued by the workings of mindbody medicine and looked beyond the West
in his search for understanding. Drawing
on thirty years of medical study and practice, Dr. Ballentine has accomplished a singular feat: integrating the wisdom of the
great traditional healing systems—especially Ayurveda, Homeopathy, Traditional
Chinese Medicine, European and Native
American herbology, nutrition, psychotherapy, and bodywork. Melded together, the profound principles buried in these
systems become clearer and stronger, and a
new level of effectiveness becomes possible.
Healing and reorganization are accelerated
and deepened—physically, emotionally,
and spiritually. The result is… radical healing.
Radical Healing harnesses nature’s medicinals—plants and other natural substances—with commonsense essentials such
as diet, exercise, and cleansing, as well as
the most profound principles of spiritual
and psychological transformation. In Dr.
Ballentine’s synthesis, illness is an opportunity for growth that can go far beyond recovery. Through radical healing old habits
and attitudes that supported the development of disease fall away, to be replaced by
the clarity that comes with a whole new way
of being in the world.
Also by Rudolph Ballentine is Diet and
Nutrition: A Holistic Approach.
DOCTORS ARE MORE HARMFUL
THAN GERMS
The Truth about Chronic Illness
by Harvey Bigelsen, with Lisa Haller
$18.95, paper. North Atlantic. 144 pages
Most people would consider a knife
wound to the stomach a serious health risk,
but a similar scalpel wound in an operating
room is often shrugged off. In Doctors Are
More Harmful Than Germs, Dr. Harvey
Bigelsen explains how today’s medical doc-
THE YOGA OF SLEEP
THE SUBTLE ENERGY BODY
Sacred and Scientific
Practices to Heal Sleeplessness
by Rubin Naiman
New on
CD
We’re in the midst of an epidemic of sleeplessness, with
half of adults struggling with insomnia and a host of health
risks associated with inadequate rest and sleep. Yet we’re all
aware of the benefits of good sleep, from vibrant health to
better productivity to happier relationships, and more.
On The Yoga of Sleep, Dr. Rubin Naiman integrates effective sleep science with time-honored sacred perspectives to help us reclaim the full potential of our nightly journeys. This practical two-CD course begins with a discussion
of “the lost art of sleep,” which examines common disorders and how to promote
natural, healthy sleep.
Naiman shares techniques for managing agitated minds, letting go at day’s end, optimizing your “sleep setting” (or environment), and more. We then join him for five
guided practices including:
F Rituals and rhythms—a contemplation on the essential elements of healthy sleep
F A mindful surrender to sleep—meditation, relaxation, and hypnotic techniques for
a smooth transition to sleep
F Coming to—the sacred art of awakening.
Dr. Andrew Weil has called his colleague Dr. Naiman a true pioneer in integrative
sleep and dream medicine. On The Yoga of Sleep, Dr. Naiman invites us to open the
“gracious gift” each night presents, and return to the deep serenity that lives at our
core.
NATURAL PAIN RELIEF
Book
& CD
How to Soothe & Dissolve Physical Pain
with Mindfulness
by Shinzen Young
$17.25, Book+CD set. Sounds True.
80-page-paperback + 1.25-hour audio-CD
There’s a new/old way toward relief for the millions of
North Americans who suffer with chronic and acute pain:
mindfulness. This time-honored practice is well known for
promoting relaxation, developing concentration, and changing perception—and these benefits are the very ones that
can liberate us from pain.
On Natural Pain Relief, meditation teacher Shinzen Young
draws on his 20 years of scientific research on meditative states to create an easy, effective practice for pain relief. His approach, recommended by many doctors, is
now available in a new integrated book-and-CD set. With him, listeners will learn how
to:
F “Step outside” of pain as they learn to focus attention and awareness with meditation,
deconstructing pain into manageable pieces
F Enjoy “breath pleasure,” a physiological tool to soothe the nervous system, improve
circulation, boost energy, and promote overall healing
F Release anger, fear, or resentment—negative emotions that actually amplify pain
F Work with pain as an unexpected gateway to liberated states of experience, and much
more
The newest treatment for pain is one of the oldest, most effective strategies for
pain-free living: meditation. With Natural Pain Relief, listeners have access to this ancient “medicine” that can treat pain effectively, often without surgery or drugs.
Includes four guided meditations for working with pain.
tors overprescribe surgery and ignore its
long-term health implications. Any invasive
medical
procedure, he argues—
including colonoscopies and root
canals—creates
inflammation in
the body, leading
to serious and
long-lasting
health problems.
Inflammation,
according to Dr.
Bigelsen, is the
real cause of all
chronic disease
(persistent
or
long-lasting illness). Noting that Western
medicine has yet to “cure” a single chronic
disease, Bigelsen points to a new paradigm:
one that treats each patient as an individual
(rather than as a set of symptoms), avoids
further damage to the body through
surgery, and looks for the root cause of
chronic disease in past damage done to the
BRANCHES OF LIGHT
F
18
patient’s body—whether caused by a bad
fall or a scalpel. Provocatively written and
radical in its approach, Doctors Are More
Harmful Than Germs challenges readers to
rethink everything they believe about illness
and how to treat it.
Harvey Bigelsen, MD, helped found the
American Holistic Medical Association
(AHMA) in 1978, and three years later
helped to write the Arizona law allowing alternative medical practitioners to be licensed and judged by their peers rather
than by mainstream doctors.
“This small book is a gem, containing
much more than a critique of the current
American medical system. The cure of inflammation and disease resides in simple,
non-toxic approaches that release tension,
reduce inflammation, and allow self-regulation to cure. For those who have ears to
hear and eyes to see, Doctors Are More
Harmful Than Germs provides a great philosophical foundation: keep it simple and
safe!” —C. Norman Shealy, MD, President,
Holos Institutes of Health
F
The Complete Guide
by Maureen Lockhart
$35.95, paper. Inner Traditions. 384 pages,
8x11, colour illustrations throughout
This global study of the psycho-spiritual
body and its central role in the esoteric and
spiritual traditions
of the world explains the nature,
purpose,
and
functions of the
subtle body.
Ancient traditions of both the
East and West
have long maintained that the human being is a
complex of material and nonmaterial systems, or energy bodies. The “subtle body” is an energetic, psycho-spiritual entity of several layers of
increasing subtlety and metaphysical significance through which the aspirant seeks
knowledge of the self and the nature of
God. In many traditions, the component
parts of the subtle body serve as a map of
the different levels of consciousness.
The practices and disciplines that
evolved from an awareness and understanding of the subtle body, and how the
material and nonmaterial work together,
form a coherent system of psycho-spiritual
transformation that is central to numerous
and extremely diverse spiritual practices—
including those of the Gnostics, Sufis,
Native Americans, Vedic seers, Chinese,
and Greeks. The subtle body plays an essential part in more recent traditions such
as Anthroposophy and Gurdjieff’s Fourth
Way and the cutting-edge science of Ervin
Laszlo’s research into the Akashic field. But
the benefits of understanding the role of
the subtle energy body are not confined
solely to the spiritual plane.
The energetic bodies provide a coherent system of life-affirming principles and
practices for the diagnosis and treatment
of the whole person that is not only part of
many traditional healing systems, such as
Acupuncture and Ayurveda, but also is
forming the basis for a synthesis of traditional and contemporary healing practices
that could lay the foundation for the medicine of the future.
Maureen Lockhart was a homeopath,
naturopath, and yoga teacher in India and
the Far East for two decades.
CRYSTALLINE ILLUMINATION
The Way of the Five Bodies
by Katrina Raphaell
$21.95, paper. Aurora Press.
Crystalline Illumination is a practical
guide to embracing the potential of a new
millennium. Katrina
Raphaell once again
guides us into uncharted territory as
she presents her
fourth crystal book
introducing
The
High Human and
the activation of five
subtle high bodies.
Included are five new
crystal
layouts,
colour photographs,
the practical use of
grid patterns, sacred geometry, original
THE ENERGIES OF LIFE
F
F
Energy Healing
THE ENERGY CURE
Unraveling the Mystery of Hands-On Healing
by William Bengston
$18.95, paper. Sounds True. 288 pages, b/w photos
With The Energy Cure, Dr. William Bengston presents
evidence that challenges us to totally rethink what we
believe about our ability to heal. Drawing on his scientific research, unexpected results, and mind-bending
questions, Bengston invites us to follow him along his
35-year investigation into the mystery of hands-on
healing, and to discover a technique that may activate
your healing abilities. Part memoir and part instruction, this provocative book explores:
F Bengston’s paradigm-shifting experimental results and why they
seem so difficult for some medical practitioners to accept
F Image cycling—a unique preparation method for a hands-onhealing treatment
F Why traditional Western medicine isn’t always best, the value of
HANDS-ON HEALING
A Training Course in the
Energy Cure
by William Bengston
New on
CD
Does hands-on healing work, and can it be
taught? Like many scientists, Dr. William Bengston
would once have dismissed this phenomenon as an
example of the power of suggestion. But after 35
years of extraordinary research, Dr. Bengston has
demonstrated time and again that hands-on healing works—even on some conditions that have no conventional
treatment. With Hands-On Healing, he brings you an in-depth
training course in the method that produces reliable results in
the laboratory—and can trigger profound transformation and
healing for those who learn it.
At the core of Bengston’s hands-on healing method is a unique
ENERGY HEALING FOR
BEGINNERS
Ten Essential Practices for Self-Care
by Ann Marie Chiasson
skepticism, the strengths of energy medicine, and more.
In his early twenties, Bengston received hands-on
healing ending his chronic back pain.
A self-proclaimed rationalist, he began a 35-year investigation that has
made him one of today’s leading researchers into the mystery and power
of energy medicine.
“Astounding! Is energy healing truly possible? Can cancer be cured? Is
there a miracle waiting to be born Dr. William
Bengston
within each of us? The story of
William Bengston’s astonishing proof
offers a resounding ‘yes’ to all three questions. This assures us
that to trust in the power within is not only desirable, but intelligent. The Energy Cure is the place where hope meets evidence.” —Cyndi Dale, author of The Subtle Body
process he calls “image cycling.” Requiring no preconceptions, beliefs, or inherent psychic gifts, this
learnable skill circumvents our conscious limitations in order to access a deeper source of healing
intelligence that we all possess. With detailed instruction, competency-building exercises, and playful strategies for getting your own ego out of the way,
Dr. Bengston guides you through each step toward
mastery of this powerful technique.
Skeptical scientists and energy practitioners
alike have been astonished by the consistent, measurable success of Dr. Bengston’s healing method. Yet even after
decades of study, he theorizes that we have only glimpsed a tiny
fraction of our potential. With the program Hands-On Healing,
he invites you learn a powerful technique to ignite your own abilities—and to join him in an ever-expanding experiment to chart
our untapped capacity for healing.
ternal balance and disperse accumulated stress
F Toe Tapping—a grounding practice to open and
New on
DVD
balance your vital energy field
F Sacred Touch—a key practice for directing healing
energy to the areas where it is most needed.
How many people go to the doctor feeling sick or
out of balance, only to come away with no answers
about what’s wrong?
$19.95, DVD. Sounds True. 67 minutes
We know that we need to exercise to keep our
physical body fit—but what can we do to keep our energetic body healthy and strong?
With Energy Healing for Beginners, you will learn
foundational self-care exercises for this essential aspect of your wellness and vitality. Presented by Ann
Marie Chiasson, a mind-body physician who teaches
these practices at Dr. Andrew Weil’s Arizona Center
for Integrative Medicine, this instructional DVD
provides step-by-step guidance in ten key techniques, including:
F Full-Body Sensing—how to perceive and diagnose imbalances
in your own energetic field
F Abdominal Breathing—a natural way of breathing to restore in
techniques and the latest crystal information available on the planet.
Some of the gems in this book:
F Introducing specific High Body colour rays,
placement points and associated crystals
and stones
F Work with Magenta stones to motivate creative intelligence in your High Mind
F Learn how to create the Double Hexagonal High Heart-Grid and balance your inner male and female polarities
F Develop willpower and strong physical and
emotional immunities with Chartreuse
Crystals
F Discover the giant hexagonal iron crystal
at the centre of our earth and other geometrical signatures in nature
F How to wake up your Eyes in the Knees and
Eyes in the Feet to circulate greater cosmic
force throughout all of your energy systems.
Katrina Raphaell is author of the Crystal
Trilogy: Crystal Enlighenment (1985),
Crystal Healing (1987) and The Crystalline
Physicians have been taught to look at problems
from only the physical level, but the solutions are
often found in our energetic anatomy, where most of
our issues originate.
Energy Healing for Beginners provides simple and
potent practices to improve your vitality, strengthen your immune system, and take charge of your health.
“Dr Chiasson combines her knowledge as a medical doctor
with her passion for energy medicine and indigenous healing
practices.” —Andrew Weil, author of Spontaneous Healing
Transmission (1989). Known as a pioneer in
her field, Katrina founded The Crystal
Academy of Advanced Healing Arts in 1986
and has since taught thousands of students
around the world the art, theory and practice of Crystal Healing. Her new book,
Crystalline Illumination (2010), embodies
the last thirteen years of crystal research.
WHAT TO DO
WHEN YOU CAN’T
DECIDE
Useful Tools for Finding
the Answers Within
by Meg Lundstrom
$19.50, paper. Sounds True. 308 pages
You’re at a fork in the road. Now what? It
may surprise you, but according to Meg
Lundstrom, you already have the answer—if
you just know how to tap your inner-guidance
system. With What to Do When You Can’t
Decide, she teaches us three effective divining tools for accessing our innate wisdom:
BRANCHES OF LIGHT
F
19
F“Pendling,”a
method that uses a
handheld instrument
F The Chits,” an easy
pen-and-paper
technique
F “Muscle testing,” an
on-the-spot technique that allows
your fingers to “do
the talking.” Bypassing the conscious mind to access your deeper subconscious intelligence,
these techniques can help you make reliable decisions, end second-guessing, and
enhance the flow in your life. The book includes many practical exercises, a troubleshooting guide, and advanced techniques for deciding what to do in any
situation.
If you’ve never divined before, this book
lays out the landscape so you can choose
F
what works for you and attain precise,
useful results in a short time. If you’ve
dipped into divining now and then—
maybe you have a pendulum sitting in a
drawer somewhere—you’ll learn
systematically how to improve your results
so that you move fully and exuberantly
through the world, even when the going
gets rough. And if you’re already
accomplished at divining, the creativity of
divining experts interviewed for this book
may inspire you to try new approaches
and lines of questioning.
The emphasis in this book is on
decision-making in the moment. It is not
fortune-telling… This book is about
decision-making for you alone, not for
others.
Meg Lundstrom first discovered divining
on a trip to India: over the next 20 years, she
studied its power for decision-making and as
a spiritual path. She is also co-author of The
Power of Flow, a book on synchronicity.
WOMEN’S HERBS,
WOMEN’S HEALTH
by Christopher Hobbs & Kathi Keville
$29.95, paper. Book Publishing Company.
366 pages, 8x9, b/w photos
Written by two acclaimed practicing
herbalists, Women’s Herbs, Women’s Health
provides scientific
information on
how herbs work
and which herbs
are best for treating a variety of female conditions
using
both
Western
and
Chinese
herbs.
Recipes for specific herbal preparations are included. The book describes how
to use each of 25 important herbs, what side
effects to watch out for, how to prevent osteoporosis and heart disease, how to use
herbs to keep hormones in balance, and
provides multiple case studies and personal
stories.
The authors thoroughly explore the causes of conditions of particular concern for
women, including heart disease, osteoporosis, and mood disorders, as well as menstrual and reproductive issues. And they offer
an introductory section on how to use herbs
to address the underlying conditions of disease, relieve discomfort, and achieve better
health.
“Presents current information, clinical
studies, and controversial subjects in an intelligent manner, making it particularly
valuable for the contemporary woman.
Christopher and Kathi have created a wonderful resource, one that is infused with the
history of herbalism and colorfully garnished with the essence of who they are.” —
Rosemary Gladstar, author of Herbal
Healing for Women
Bodywork & Movement
EXPLORING BODY-MIND
CENTERING
An Anthology of Experience and Method
edited by Gill Wright Miller, Pat Ethridge,
and Kate Tarlow Morgan
$27.95, paper. North Atlantic.
470 pages, 7x9, b/w photos
Movement, touch, sound, and visualization combine with anatomical knowledge,
awareness, and intention to form the basis
of Body-Mind Centering, a somatic method
developed to balance and integrate the
body and mind. Based on the work of
F
BODYWORK & MOVEMENT
Movement
Craniosacral Therapy
THE BODY IN MOTION
CELL TALK
Its Evolution and Design
by Theodore Dimon
Transmitting Mind into DNA
by John Upledger
108 pages, 7x10, colour illustrations
Craniosacral therapy (CST) has become an important
modality in treating trauma and promoting wellness. With
its gentle approach to working with the spine, the skull and
its cranial sutures, diaphragms, and fascia, CST has proven
equally useful for physical therapists, massage therapists,
naturopaths, chiropractors, and osteopaths. One reason
for its success has been its underlying theory, as explained
by CST pioneer John Upledger. According to Upledger,
bodily tissues and cells have individual memories, and
traumatic memories can be stored in these cells and tissues. Cell Talk, written for the layperson, explores this concept in depth and shows
practitioners how to use it in healing their patients.
The book offers simple strategies for treating disease and dysfunction by communicating with these cells to uncover the memories and then follow the healing
path they suggest. Upledger blends the scientific aspects of cell biology with insights
into the nature of inner consciousness, in the process uncovering the deep links between physiology, energy, health, and healing. Fascinating case studies—from people
rescued from serious ailments to “talking” with AIDS cells—show how these ideas can
be turned into useful medical treatment. Anecdotes from the author’s personal and
work life add an intimate, human touch to this helpful book.
Also by John Upledger: Your Inner Physician and You and other books.
In The Body in Motion, author Theodore Dimon confronts a
simple yet crucial task: to make sense of our amazing design.
This comprehensive guide demonstrates the functions and
evolution of specific body systems, explaining how they cooperate to form an upright, intelligent, tool-making marvel, capable of great technological and artistic achievement.
Enhanced with 162 beautifully rendered full-color illustrations, the book opens with an introduction to the origins of
movement, leading the reader on a journey through time
and evolution—from fish to amphibian, quadruped to primate—showing how humans became the preeminent moving beings on the planet.
Delving deeper into our upright support system, The Body in Motion clearly describes the workings of the hands and upper limbs; the pelvic girdle; the feet and lower limbs; breathing; the larynx and throat musculature; and more. Central to the book
is the idea that it is our upright posture that makes it possible for us to move in an infinite variety of ways, to manipulate objects, to form speech, and to perform the complex rotational movements that underlie many of our most sophisticated skills. These
systems, Dimon argues persuasively, have helped us build, invent, create art, explore
the world, and imbue life with a contemplative, spiritual dimension that would otherwise not exist.
This guide has been written for students and professionals in the field of human
movement—from educators, bodyworkers, and clinicians to actors, dancers, and yoga
students and teachers.
Theodore Dimon (dimoninstitute.org) is a widely recognized expert in the Alexander
Technique, a practical method for improving ease and freedom of movement, balance,
support, and coordination. Also by Dimon is Anatomy of the Moving Body
FOUNDATIONS OF CRANIOSACRAL
BIODYNAMICS
The Breath of Life and Fundamental Skills, Volume 1
by Franklyn Sills
389 pages, 8x11, b/w illustrations
NO-RISK ABS
Biodynamic Craniosacral Therapy (BCST) is commonly
seen as the spiritual approach to craniosacral therapy
(CST); in fact, BCST as taught by Franklyn Sills, the pioneer in the field, is quite different from conventional CST.
Biodynamic work is based on the development of perceptual skills where the practitioner learns to become sensitive to subtle respiratory motions called primary respiration and also to the power of spontaneous healing. Through the Breath of Life,
which, Sills asserts, echoes the Holy Spirit in the Judeo-Christian tradition, bodhicitta
in Buddhism, and the Tai Chi in Taoism, students of BCST learn to enter a state of
presence oriented to the client’s inherent ability to heal.
In Foundations in Craniosacral Biodynamics, Sills offers students and practitioners
an in-depth, step-by-step guide to the development of perceptual and clinical skills
with specific clinical exercises and explorations to help students and practitioners
learn the essentials of a biodynamic approach. Individual chapters cover such topics
as holism and biodynamics; mid-tide, Long Tide, Dynamic Stillness and stillpoint
process; the motility of tissues and the central nervous system; transference and the
shadow; shamanistic resonances; and more.
Drawing on developments in the field since the publication of his groundbreaking
first textbook Craniosacral Biodynamics, Sills provides illuminating discussions of theory and practice and a wide range of exercises and explorations used in accredited
training courses.
A Guide to Working Out Safely
by Blandine Calais-Germain
160 pages, 8x10, colour illustrations throughout
Presenting a new type of abdominal exercise program
designed with the body’s anatomical relationships in mind,
Blandine Calais-Germain reveals the 6 underlying principles for working the abs efficiently, 7 exercises to get you
ready, and the 16 most effective and safest abdominal exercises for a flat belly. Pointing out that ab exercises are not
without risk, she reviews the most common abdominal exercises, such as crunches and leg lifts, and explains how to
avoid injury to the neck, lower back, pelvic floor, diaphragm, prostate, and internal organs as well as how to protect these vital structures with appropriate abdominal work.
Exploring this often misunderstood region of the body in her trademark anatomical
style, Calais-Germain details the muscular structures that make up the abs, revealing that
strength alone is not the sole factor in a flat stomach. Including tips to get rid of belly
fat—both superficial fat and deeper visceral fat—this book reveals how to get great abs,
lose weight, gain strength, and build your core, all without hurting yourself.
Blandine Calais-Germain is the author of the bestselling Anatomy of Movement, The
Female Pelvis: Anatomy and Exercises, and Anatomy of Breathing. In addition to being a
dancer and a dance teacher, she is a certified physiotherapist.
Bonnie Bainbridge Cohen, Exploring BodyMind Centering features 35 inspired essaysdemonstrating various situations—
from medical illness to blocked
creativity—in
which the application of Body-Mind
Centering
produces transformative results.
Real-life experiences, exercises,
and case stories
describe and illustrate how this practice can be merged with
other disciplines including the arts, education, medicine, and yoga.
The essays are in four sections:
F Experiencing Body-Mind Centering: Systems
and Development: a “way in” for those
meeting BMC for the first time
F Practicing Body-Mind Centering: Case Studies: writings that demonstrate different
concerns and approaches within the BMC
somatic discipline
F Applying Body-Mind Centering: a Presence
F
Across Practices illustrates the breadth of
this work
F Embodying Mind-Body Centering: Being and
Doing: essays which invite the reader to see
a larger, more global picture.
An invaluable resource for body therapists
and those interested in movement, this book
is ideal for readers who are exploring the creative process of moving and healing.
The book concludes with a biography of
Cohen, a profile of the School for BodyMind Centering, and a history of BMC.
Gill Wright Miller is a professor of dance.
Pat Ethridge is a licensed acupuncturist and
bodyworker. Kate Tarlow Morgan graduated from the practitioner and teacher training programs at the School for Body-Mind
Centering in 1991.
TRIGGER POINT THERAPY FOR
LOW BACK & HIP PAIN
A Self-Treatment Workbook
by Sharon Sauer & Mary Biancalana
$25.95, paper. New Harbinger.
208 pages, 8x10, diagrams
Working closely with trigger point pioneers Janet Travell and David Simons,
BRANCHES OF LIGHT
F
20
Sharon Sauer developed a range of trigger
point therapy treatment protocols for many
areas of the body.
Trigger Point Therapy
for Low Back & Hip
Pain presents her
protocols for lumbar,
buttock, and iliosacral pain. These
gentle
techniques
are easy to learn and
administer at home.
They include compression, stretching,
and a range of motion exercises for the
muscles that refer pain to the lower back
and hip areas.
The book includes an overview of myofascial trigger point therapy, describing the basic process of treatment. It also includes an
index of all pain and dysfunction symptoms
pertaining to the hip and lower back, including pain, numbness, weakness, or restricted range of motion in specific areas,
which will enable readers to find the muscles most likely to be the cause of the specific symptoms presented. Although the book
is geared toward readers wishing to use the
F
techniques for self-care, one chapter details
how health care professionals can add
these techniques to their practices.
THE COMPLETE BOOK OF
TRADITIONAL REIKI
Practical Methods for Personal and
Planetary Healing
by Amy Rowland
272 pages, 8x10, 83 b/w illustrations
Reiki practitioners direct universal energy into the physical body through hands-on
and
energy-field
healing to support
the client in recovering health and reclaiming well-being.
An easy-to-learn form
of energy medicine,
Reiki is becoming
commonplace
in
such
conventional
settings as hospitals,
hospices, and psychotherapy practices because it relaxes, relieves stress, reduces and
eliminates pain, accelerates healing, and
F
helps support the gentle restoration of the
body’s natural balance. It is a unique healing art in that it can be learned by anyone,
with no special knowledge of anatomy needed.
The Complete Book of Traditional Reiki
takes the reader step by step through a traditional Reiki level I class. It discusses
Reiki’s origins and purpose, describes the
attunement process by which a student is
imbued with the power to channel life-force
energy, and gives complete instructions for
the basic and advanced healing hand positions. The first book to serve as a teaching
manual, an extensive reference work for
students, and compelling reading for
those considering taking a Reiki class, this
updated edition includes new information
on the history of Reiki and the Reiki principles and features never-before-published
photographs and a translation of the Usui
Memorial in Japan, a tribute to the founder
of Usui Reiki.
Amy Rowland began her studies in 1987
with Rev. Beth Gray, a Reiki Master trained
by Mrs. Hawayo Takata, and the first
Westerner to teach and practice Reiki outside Japan. Rowland is also author of Reiki
for the Heart and Soul and Intuitive Reiki for
Our Times.
Food, Nutrition & Healing
THE COMPASSIONATE DIET
How What You Eat Can Change
Your Life and Save the Planet
by Arran Stephens
& Eliot Jay Rosen
$19.99, paper. Rodale.
160 pages, 40 colour illustrations
What can we do to allay global warming,
contend with world hunger, be healthier,
and live longer? In
The Compassionate
Diet, Nature’s Path
founder and CEO
Arran Stephens,
who has been at
the leading edge
of the organic
food
movement
for decades and a
vegetarian his entire adult life, answers these complex questions in
the simplest terms: eat vegetarian.
A balanced and natural vegetarian diet is
neither a fad nor a passing trend. It has been
part of many cultures
over untold millennia.
The Compassionate Diet
distills the history, philosophy, and core benefits of eschewing meat
in an engaging, nonArran Stephens
judgmental fashion.
A sense of compassion and humanity has animated Stephens’s
life’s work, and it drives this book. The vegetarian lifestyle has innumerable benefits,
but for Stephens, eating a plant-based diet
is first and foremost an expression of
compassion for animals, for ourselves,
and for the planet. This elegant and completely approachable book is a beautiful
guide that illustrates the rich gifts that compassion yields.
Arran Stephens and his wife are the
founders of Nature’s Path Organic Foods,
North America’s largest organic breakfast
foods company, which has been named
among Canada’s Best 100 Employers. He
lives with his family in Vancouver.
FOOD, GLORIOUS FOOD!
F
Cooking and Eating at Tassajara
The real joy of work is in providing for yourself and
your family, in working to benefit your community. We
could be baking and cooking for one another. I’d like
THE TASSAJARA BREAD BOOK
by Edward Espe Brown
168 pages, 7x9, two-colour illustrations
The book that started a generation baking, hailed by
The Washington Post as “the bible for bread baking,” The
Tassajara Bread Book was first published in the autumn
of 1970, and was one of the first books Banyen ever carried. Its earthy, open-minded philosophy of life infuses
113 fabulous recipes for breads, pastries, desserts, and
more. Ed’s warmth and the subtle humor in the line
drawings that meander through the book are a delight.
As Mollie Katzen, author of the popular Moosewood Cookbook
says, “This is the first cookbook I ever bought for myself, back
when it was first published. To this day, I consider it to have been
a major influence not just on my cooking and baking, but on my
attitude and philosophy about food in general.”
Tassajara is a Zen practice centre deep in the Santa Cruz mountains, and Ed Brown was chief cook and bread baker there. His writing draws readers into that ordinary magic of wet dough, sticky
hands, sweet smells, and warm, crusty satisfactions to share. For this
beautiful new edition, he reflects on the widespread influence of
the book, offers five new recipes—and a bread baker’s social vision:
to see a bakery every few blocks. Skip the trucks.
No one out of walking distance of
fresh bread and pastries. Sure it’s
hard work, but it is also loving what you
do, in companionship with flour and
water, sugar and butter; loving what you
do, which nourishes your spirit and
others’ stomachs, and provides convivial
space for neighbours to get together. . . .
Much love to all of you out there who have been Edward Brown
baking, whether it’s large or small, commercial or
home-based. Please continue your warm-hearted efforts.
“Like thousands of cooks of my generations, I have in my
kitchen an ancient volume of The Tassajara Bread Book, its cover gritty with flour, its spine cracked from use, its pages stained
with molasses, and dog-eared with decades of perusal. It is the
book that taught me how to make bread and its simple wisdom
has been present in every loaf I have baked. I will recommend
it with enthusiasm to a new generation of cooks.” —Steve
Raichlen
yourself what’s what; to go beyond getting it right; to
making food alive with your aliveness.
THE COMPLETE TASSAJARA COOKBOOK
Recipes, Techniques, and Reflections from the
Famed Zen Kitchen—Over 300 Vegetarian Recipes
by Edward Espe Brown
This lovely kitchen guide includes revised and updated material previously published in Tassajara
Cooking, The Tassajara Recipe Book, and Tomato Blessings
and Radish Teachings—all now out of print.
544 pages, 7x9, over 200 two-colour line drawings
Tassajara, the California spa/Zen retreat center, has
long been renowned for its gourmet vegetarian cuisine. In this comprehensive book, one of Tassajara’s
most well-known and beloved cooks, Ed Brown, presents hundreds of recipes using fresh, whole foods;
detailed notes on preparing seasonal ingredients;
and, perhaps most important, inspiration for cooking with joyful intention and attention. Presented with humor and warmth,
this book is full of wonderful insights into living a life that celebrates simple food.
I came to see my task as empowering people to cook, not just
to follow recipes, but to cook—to see, smell, taste, touch, and to
know one’s experience closely enough to act on it, to bring
forth food… The basic principles still seem apt and relevant:
placing emphasis on awakening one’s own capacity to respond
to circumstances; to be inspired by the ingredients; to know for
“With profound-yet-playful regard for his subject matter, Ed
Brown has consistently graced us with the practical poetry of
his delicious cooking. This tome ties it all together beautifully,
bringing new meaning to the word essential. In our modern era
of rapid media images and flashing-light information, The
Complete Tassajara Cookbook will provide a glowing sense of
calm—hefty with substance, light with spirit, and rich with the experience of a master.” —Mollie Katzen, author of Moosewood
Cookbook
Also by Ed Brown is the crusty, beloved Tassajara Bread Book.
we are—we can still create a thriving and
sustainable way of life for all. The
restorative powers of both the human body
and the Earth are immense.
THE FOOD REVOLUTION
How Your Diet Can Help Save
Your Life and Our World
by John Robbins
$23.95, paper. Conari. 480 pages
John Robbins’s Diet for a New America,
which sold over a million copies since 1987,
was an early version
of this book. It’s now
called The Food
Revolution—here in
a new edition with a
new introduction by
the author—and it
will help us find our
way through the
maze of information about food
choices and the
food industry. This
powerful and provocative exposé of the political, economic, and social realities of our
current food system—from the heir of the
Baskin-Robbins ice cream dynasty who
walked away from that world—challenges
and inspires individuals to accept responsibility for our choices and to take action for
positive change.
We are human beings, flawed but
learning, stumbling but somehow making
our way toward wisdom, sometimes
ignorant but learning through it all to live
with respect for ourselves, for each other,
and for the whole Earth community.
I have written The Food Revolution in
the belief that—wounded and human as
BRANCHES OF LIGHT
By compiling the unique aspects of these three books
into one volume, I hope to present a complete approach
to cooking—one that gives you recipes to follow, and
also allows you to experiment, explore, and reflect upon
the joys of cooking, as well as the value of being
transformed in the process.
F
21
A leading voice in the world for restoring
humanity to its proper relationship with
food, the Earth, and health, Robbins presents compelling new information regarding
the fields of nutrition, heart disease and cancer, agribusiness, and bioengineering. He
discusses the latest discoveries about the relationships between diet and longevity, aging, and vitality. Armed with powerful statistics, fascinating viewpoints, and incisive
exposés, he argues for adopting a vegetarian diet for personal well-being as well as
for the well-being of the planet.
“The Food Revolution will change your life
and the lives of those you love. Thoughtful,
penetrating, impeccably researched, it will
make you laugh, then cry, then pass it on to
your loved ones.” —Marianne Williamson,
author of A Return to Love
“Packed with political dynamite, this book
will change your life. Forthright and fearless,
thoroughly researched and engagingly presented, this is must reading for everyone
who eats.” —Joanna Macy, author, Coming
Back to Life
Also by John Robbins are Healthy at 100
and The New Good Life.
F
RAWLICIOUS
Delicious Raw Recipes for Radiant Health
by Peter & Beryn Daniel
218 pages, 7x9, colour photos
No longer on the outermost fringe of the
food world, the raw food diet is becoming
increasingly
mainstream as its health
benefits have become clearer and
celebrities such as
Demi Moore become
enthusiastic converts.
Eager to show that a
diet that includes a
high percentage of
raw foods is not difficult to achieve, chefs
Peter and Beryn Daniel created this beautiful, accessible cookbook and guide to raw
kitchen basics. Rawlicious introduces readers to a lifestyle that marries long-term
health benefits and higher energy levels
with delicious and simple raw recipes.
When we eat what nature intended—
natural whole foods in their original
pristine state, untampered with by
industry—our bodies heal themselves. Our
bodies are designed to regenerate, but
without the proper building blocks and
nutrients they cannot… We need to reach
for a deeper level of healing. When we
truly nourish the body, the body stays
healthy.
F
F O O D , R E C O V E R Y, I N S P I R AT I O N
Rawlicious covers a broad spectrum of
recipes and raw principles, from basics like
stocking your raw kitchen, juicing, salad
preparation, and making smoothies, to more
advanced, gourmet dishes. Full-color photos
throughout will inspire readers to get into
their kitchen, and clear, easy instructions to
144 recipes will encourage them to stay. In
South Africa, where Rawlicious was published
in August 2009, readers have enthusiastically
embraced the book as their “kitchen bible,”
their primary raw food resource above all
others. Clean design and clear explanations
of raw food principles and recipes make this
one of the most inviting raw recipe books on
the market. The new edition offers both U.S.
and metric measurements for an international audience.
“Rawlicious is inspiring, easy to follow,
and full of valuable information. What if
you could start taking more responsibility
for your health and learn how to prepare
delicious, fresh, raw foods at home? This
book is a great place to start. I sure am
Rawlicious!”
grateful
—Terces
for
Engelhart, founder of Café Gratitude
RAW FOOD FOR REAL PEOPLE
Living Vegan Food Made Simple
by Rod Rotondi
$18.50, paper. New World Library.
186 pages, 7x9, colour photos
Many have touted the health and energy
benefits of raw foods, but few have presented recipes and
instructions for
making
raw
food
appealing—and satisfying—to everyone. Chef Rod
Rotondi
demonstrates
that going raw
isn’t hard — in
fact, it’s fun,
easy, and more
delicious than
you’ve ever imagined. You will learn all the
fundamentals of preparing your own raw
foods at home, including setting up your
raw kitchen, transitioning to raw foods,
sprouting, dehydration, and raising your
kids on raw foods. Best of all, he offers a
wealth of recipes for smoothies, breakfast,
appetizers, soups, salads, dressings, entrées,
and decadent desserts. Rod demonstrates
that the best—and utterly delectable—way
to go green and get healthy is to eat fresh
food in its natural state.
Included are contributions by the foremost authorities on raw-food nutrition:
Brian Clement, Gabriel Cousens, Compton
Rom Bada, and Robert O. Young
World traveler and culinary eclectic Rod
Rotondi uses his unique perspective to
translate world cuisine into delicious, simple, and affordable raw and vegan offerings. Rod serves delicious raw and vegan
food at his Los Angeles restaurant Leaf
Organics and through catering and packaged products.
Also available is Raw Food for Real People,
a 3 DVD series by Rod Rotondi.
Recovery
ORDINARY RECOVERY
Mindfulness, Addiction, and the
Path of Lifelong Sobriety
by William Alexander,
foreword by Kevin Griffin
The key to ongoing freedom from alcoholism or any other kind of addiction is
Mindful Eating, Mindful Life
WOMEN, FOOD AND GOD
New in
Paperback
An Unexpected Path to Almost Everything
by Geneen Roth
$17.00, paper. Simon & Schuster. 224 pages
$36.99, 4 CDs. Simon & Shuster. 5 hours, unabridged
No matter how sophisticated or wealthy or broke or enlightened you are, how you eat tells all.
If you suffer about your relationship with food—you eat too
much or too little, think about what you will eat constantly or try
not to think about it at all—you can be free. Just look down at
your plate. The answers are there. Don’t run. Look. Because when
we welcome what we most want to avoid, we contact the part of
ourselves that is fresh and alive. We touch the life we truly want
and evoke divinity itself.
Since adolescence, Geneen Roth has been dangerously overweight and dangerously underweight. She has been plagued by feelings of shame and self-hatred and she has
felt euphoric after losing a quick few pounds on a fad diet. Then one
day, on the verge of suicide, she did something radical: she dropped
the struggle, ended the war, stopped trying to fix, deprive and shame
herself. She began trusting her body and questioning her beliefs. It
worked. And losing weight was only the beginning.
She wrote about her discoveries in When Food Is Love, which gave
many women their first insights into compulsive eating and changed
Geneen Roth huge numbers of lives for the better.
Now, after more than three decades of studying, teaching and writing about what drives our compulsions with food, she adds a profound new dimension to her work in Women Food and God. She begins with her most basic concept:
the way you eat is inseparable from your core beliefs about being alive. Your relationship with food is an exact mirror of your feelings about love, fear, anger, meaning,
transformation and, yes, even God. But it doesn’t stop there. Geneen shows how going beyond both the food and feelings takes you deeper into realms of spirit and soul
to the bright center of your own life.
With penetrating insight and irreverent humor, Roth traces food compulsions from
subtle beginnings to unexpected ends. She teaches personal examination, showing
readers—with very useful exercises—how to use their relationship with food to know
and love themselves better.
Packed with revelations on every page, Women Food and God is a knock-your-socks-off
ride to a deeply fulfilling relationship with food, your body... and almost everything else.
SAVOR
Mindful Eating, Mindful Life
by Thich Nhat Hanh, with Lilian Cheung
Despite countless numbers of fad diets, weight loss plans and
annual spending of $50 billion on weight loss efforts, practically all fail. In Savor, world-renowned Zen master Thich Nhat
Hanh and Harvard nutritionist Dr. Lilian Cheung offer a new
paradigm for ending the weight battle once and for all.
Drawing on the scientific expertise of Lilian Cheung in obesity
prevention and nutrition and Thich Nhat Hanh’s rich experience in teaching mindfulness, this book applies mindfulness
practice to help us better understand our motivations for and
obstacles to staying healthy. As we become more aware of our perceptions, feelings, incentives, and obstacles that prevent us from taking action, we realize—in the living
present—what we need to do individually to change our patterns of behavior.
Offering practical tools, including personalized goal setting, a detailed nutrition
guide, and a mindful living plan, the authors help us to uncover the roots of our habits
and then guide us as we transform our actions. Savor teaches us how to easily adopt
the practice of mindfulness and integrate it into eating, exercise, and all facets of our
daily life, so that being conscious and present becomes a core part of our being.
It is the awareness of the present moment, the realization of why we do what we do,
that enables us to stop feeling bad and start changing our behavior. Savor not only
helps us achieve the healthy weight and well-being we seek, but it also brings to the
surface the rich abundance of life available to us in every moment.
Among Thich Nhat Hanh’s many other books are Peace is Every Breath and The
Miracle of Mindfulness.
F
vine energy to enter through the wound of
alcoholism or any other addiction.
In early recovery, I was desperate to
understand how I had gotten into such a
mess and was happy to hear that perhaps
I really wasn’t at fault. I learned, in time,
that there is no fault in this business!
There is only responsibility and that is
mine and mine alone.
Ordinary Recovery is a revised edition of
Alexander’s book Cool Water, with a new
foreword, a new preface by the author, updates throughout the book, and a new resources section.
Inspiration & Self-Help
THE HERON DANCE
BOOK OF LOVE AND
GRATITUDE
edited & illustrated by
Roderick MacIver
86 pages, 9x7, watercolor illustrations
My goal is to live the truly religious life
and express it in my music.
—John Coltrane
In The Heron Dance Book of Love and
Gratitude, Roderick MacIver uses text and
pictures to encourage readers
to discover that
“all-transcendent meaning”
in their daily
lives. This wise
and comforting
book celebrates
the open heart
and the beauty
and mystery that surround us through a
wide array of voices and perspectives.
MacIver weaves inspirational poetry and
prose with his shimmering nature watercolours to create a book that invites readers to discover—and honour—love and
gratitude.
These beautiful quotes from men and
women span time and geography, but share
a sense of hard-won wisdom. Henry Miller
finds unexpected late-life solace in embracing the simple quality of trust. Gabriel
García Márquez muses, “If I knew that this
would be the last time you pass through
this door, I’d embrace you, kiss you, and
call you back for one more.” Helen Keller
says, “God is in me as the sun is in the color and fragrance of a flower.” Visually very
satisfying, this jewel of a book is equally rewarding when sampled or read cover to
cover as a respite from the pressures of
modern life.
Roderick MacIver is a Canadian-born watercolor artist who founded Heron Dance
(www.herondance.org), a nonprofit organization that celebrates the human connection to nature through art and words.
THE SCIENCE OF MIND
right before us, here and now, in the ordinary and perfect present moment. The
problem is that addictions are often the
result of our efforts
to escape living in the
present in the first
place.
Bill
Alexander’s unique
approach uses mindfulness (a nonjudgmental awareness of
our moment-to-moment experience),
story, and medita-
BRANCHES OF LIGHT
F
22
tion to help alcoholics and others learn to
come back to the present moment and
find healing there. Emerging scientific research suggests that mindfulness can help
prevent addiction relapse.
Himself a recovering alcoholic and a Zen
student, William Alexander uses anecdotes,
suggestions, and personal stories to illustrate the higher power that can be found in
everyday life. In chapters like “Psychedelic
Cheeseburgers and Shimmering Pines,”
“How to Cook Brown Rice,” and “I May Not
Be Much, but I’m All I Ever Think About,” he
shows how practicing Ordinary Recovery—
sobriety based on mindfulness—can allow di-
F
The Complete Edition
by Ernest Holmes
$28.50, paper. Tarcher/Putnam.
640 pages, 7x9
This is one of the most potent books of
the 20th century. Presenting life-changing
ideas in straightforward language, with
universal principles
and a simple practical
philosophy that apply
to all people, at all
times, in all places,
Ernest Holmes’s The
F
Science of Mind has helped millions to live
better, happier lives.
Ernest Holmes wrote two different editions of his magnum opus, in 1926 and
1938. While they shared some of the same
material, they are two different books. Now
they’re both in one volume, with a new introduction.
Everything our thought rests upon is
either retarded or quickened by the power
of that thought. Everyone is a law unto
himself, under the great law of cause and
effect governing all things.
When we constructively praise and
creatively bless, life abounds with love,
peace and joy. Let goodness shine forth.
Let us learn to see that everyone is an
evolving Christ. Let us so live and think
that we may retire at night in peace,
knowing that no harm can come to the
soul; that we may rise in the morning
renewed in body and in mind, with a
brighter outlook, a happier expectation
and a clearer joy, looking upon all with
love, condemning none and blessing even
those who seek to injure us.
Ernest Holmes’s seminal works, written
well before the world was engaged in the
revolution in mind and brain research,
helped establish the beginnings of the inner spiritual movement and became the
basis for one of the U.S.’s major religious
denominations, the United Church of
Religious Science. The Science of Mind contains the fundamentals of Holmes’s teachings and is a primary sourcebook, reminding us that it is possible for human beings to
be, in Jean Houston’s words, “active and creative citizens in a Universe and Innerverse
richer than all previous imaginings.”
In her foreword to the 1998 edition, Jean
Houston wrote, “This is a book for the ages.
It contains the distilled wisdom of many
eras, many cultures, and one great soul... If
I were to state the essence of the teaching of
The Science of Mind, it would be that the
core of each human being is the Original
Creative Genius of the Universe.”
EXCUSES BEGONE!
How to Change Lifelong,
Self-Defeating Thinking
Habits
by Wayne Dyer
New in
Paperback
$17.95, paper. Hay House. 288 pages
In Excuses Begone! Wayne Dyer maps out
how we can change lifelong, self-defeating
thinking patterns that
prevent us from living
at our optimal levels
of success, happiness,
and health. We may
know what to think
but find it challenging to actually change
those thinking habits
that go back to childhood.
Dyer presents a
compendium of conscious and subconscious excuses employed
by virtually everyone, such as I’m too old or
too young… If I changed it would create
family dramas… I can’t afford the things I
truly want… I’ve always been this way…
According to Dyer, we can toss out our tired
old excuses and put them to rest once and
for all. To show how this can be done, Dyer
presents specific questions readers can apply to any excuse. He then proceeds
through the steps of a new Excuses
Begone! paradigm. Through this process
old excuses, habituated ways of
thinking, will fall away…the joy of
releasing them will resonate throughout
your very being. When you eliminate
EXCUSES BEGONE!
F
New from Deepak Chopra
REINVENTING THE BODY,
RESURRECTING THE SOUL
How to Create a New You by Deepak Chopra
$17.00, paper. Crown. 304 pages
Revisiting the connection between health and consciousness,
Deepak Chopra now takes the process a step further, showing
how the body is actually a reflection of the mind, “a symbol in
flesh and blood of everything you think and feel.” From early
childhood, each of us has been inventing our bodies and ourselves—through beliefs, habits, conditioning, and our responses
to everyday stress. But we have done this unconsciously, which is
why we may end up feeling unfulfilled. Reinventing the Body,
Resurrecting the Soul reconnects readers to their ideal self and
guides them step-by-step through a remarkable process of renewal. “If you want to change
your body in the present, you must transform the mind you inherited from the past.”
You cannot evolve to a higher existence unless the body is invited to become part of the
journey. Life is meant to be a complete experience. People keep struggling with problems
both physical and mental, never suspecting the root cause: that the link between body and
soul has been severed. I wrote this book in the hope of restoring that bond.
Filled with techniques and approaches based on recent research, this book gives
readers some powerful tools.
You are inventing your body in every moment of life. Why not take control and
reinvent it from the highest level?
Among Deepak Chopra’s many other books are The Third Jesus and Life After Death.
THE SHADOW EFFECT
Illuminating the Hidden Power
of Your True Self
by Deepak Chopra, Debbie Ford
& Marianne Williamson
New in
Paperback
The shadow is a part of our unconscious mind consisting
of repressed qualities (could be weaknesses as well as
strengths) and dark (i.e. unconscious) instincts. “Everyone
carries a shadow,” Jung wrote, “and the less it is embodied in
the individual’s conscious life, the blacker and denser it is.”
Now three popular teachers, Debbie Ford, Marianne Williamson, and Deepak
Chopra, join forces in this remarkable exploration of the dark side—the emotions
and traits we are most afraid of and instinctively hide. When we reject or refuse to
acknowledge this part of our nature we become susceptible to those emotions and
traits negatively impacting us. The truth is the shadow makes its presence known
whether we want it to or not. The difference is that if uninvited our dark side has the
potential to hurt us and our loved ones at any moment. By embracing our shadow,
however, we embark on an incredible, rewarding journey. This journey to wholeness,
far from frightening, is empowering. By uncovering who we really are, the totality of
our being, we access hidden strengths, boundless courage, and a much clearer vision
of our lives.
The shadow exists within all of us. But far from being scary, our dark side holds the
promise of a better, more fulfilling life. Until we are able to face our dark side, we will
continue to hurt ourselves and those closest to us and fall short of our potential.
Combining the wisdom of three experts, The Shadow Effect is a practical and profound
guide to discovering the gifts of our dark side.
The Shadow Effect is an exploration and toolkit which has arisen out of the research
that led to a DVD also called The Shadow Effect, which is also available.
the need to explain your shortcomings
or failures, you’ll awaken to the life of
your dreams.
This book represents Dyer’s effort to help
anyone whose self-defeating thoughts are
persistently present, learn how to discard
those old thinking habits, and discover the
infinite possibilities of life.
The old, habituated ways of thinking
will melt away as you experience the joy
of releasing excuses and the absurdity of
hanging on to them. There are no excuses
worth defending ever, even if they’ve
“always” been part of your life.
Among Wayne Dyer’s many other popular books are Inspiration and The Power of
Intention.
RADICAL SELF-FORGIVENESS
The Direct Path to True Self-Acceptance
by Colin Tipping
$22.99, 2 CDs. 1.75 hours
Most of us have plenty of experience with
self-blame and guilt but we are often at a
BRANCHES OF LIGHT
F
23
loss when it comes to
forgiving
ourselves.
According to Colin
Tipping, this is because our idea of forgiveness usually requires a victim and a
perpetrator, which is
impossible when we
play both roles at the
same time. Tipping’s
Radical
Forgiveness
method allows us to
navigate this dilemma for deep and lasting
healing.
With Radical Self-Forgiveness, he presents
a definitive manual for gaining freedom
from excessive inner criticism and self-sabotaging beliefs. What’s “radical” about
Colin Tipping’s approach to forgiveness?
“It’s not about telling ourselves a new story
about something that happened,” he says.
“It’s about creating a profound shift at the
spiritual level.” Based on techniques from
Tipping’s forgiveness workshops, here is a
practical guidebook for resolving our
deepest internal wounds.
F
Tipping offers a spiritual guide for quieting one’s own oppressive critic and healing
self-inflicted wounds. The first part offers a
number of exercises that help readers explore all the characters, or “tapes,” operating in our minds. We learn that radical selfforgiveness means looking afresh at what
you have done that you feel guilty about
and then opening up to a new view based
on the spiritual reality that everything happens for a reason.
In the second part, Tipping focuses on
practicalities and uses work sheets to explore the five stages of radical self-forgiveness: telling the story, feeling the feelings, collapsing the story, reframing the
story, and integrating the shift. Tipping’s
techniques can be used in a wide variety of
circumstances, including applying self-forgiveness to money issues, weight loss, and
health issues. While the author expresses
genuine compassion and guidance for the
journey of self-forgiveness, his book is most
suitable for readers intent on seriously
working through the steps he provides.
Also available—Radical Self-Forgiveness
Practices. On this companion audio program, Colin Tipping presents exercises,
techniques, and guided practices for selfforgiveness and self-acceptance.
Colin Tipping is also the author of
Radical Forgiveness.
A COURSE IN WEIGHT LOSS
21 Spiritual Lessons for
Surrendering Your Weight Forever
by Marianne Williamson
$29.95, cloth. Hay House. 298 pages
$36.95, 4 CDs, 4 hours
What is the connection between spirituality and weight loss? Marianne Williamson
answers that question, sharing 21 spiritual lessons to help
you surrender your
weight forever. These
lessons form a holistic paradigm for
weight loss, addressing the spiritual,
emotional, and psychological elements
involved in what
Williamson refers to
as “conscious weight
loss.” If you are a food addict, a compulsive
eater, or someone who for any reason sees
food as the enemy, this book is for you.
A Course in Weight Loss addresses the
true causal root of your weight-loss issues:
a place within you where you have forgotten
your divine perfection. This forgetfulness
has confused not only your mind but also
your body, making you reach for that which
cannot sustain you and reject that which
does. As your mind reclaims its spiritual intelligence, your body will reclaim its natural
intelligence as well.
These lessons will take you on a deep, sacred journey. One step at a time, you will
learn to shift your relationship with yourself—and your body—from one of fear to
one of love. And you will begin to integrate
the various parts of yourself—mind, body,
and spirit—to become, once again, and in
all ways, the beautiful and peaceful person
you were created to be.
F
SELF-EMPOWERMENT & PSYCHOLOGY
New from Dan Millman & Caroline Myss
everything from intuition to sexuality, making money to
the meaning of service, predestination to paying attention to the present. The result is an extraordinarily lucid guide to nothing less than life and how to live it.
THE FOUR PURPOSES OF LIFE
Finding Meaning and Direction
in a Changing World
by Dan Millman
$19.50, cloth. New World Library. 144 pages
Remember the rules in the school of life—it’s not
about right or wrong, but about choices and
consequences.
In his first work of new teachings in 12 years,
teacher Dan Millman (The Way of the Peaceful
Warrior) faces life’s fundamental
questions: Why am I here? What am I
meant to do? What Millman comes to understand is the primary human need for direction
and purpose. Here, in his wonderfully straightforward and relatable way, he shares fresh, realistic techniques anyone can use to learn, find, fulfill, and attend to their four-fold life purpose.
Dan Millman
Writing with special consideration for those
in transition or at a crossroads, such as graduation, raising a family, health challenges, career upheaval, or impending retirement, Millman simply and beautifully addresses
PEACEFUL WARRIOR
New on
DVD
A Movie That Changes Lives
by Dan Millman
$25.00, DVD. Universal. 2 hours + features
Based on allegedly actual events chronicled in Dan
Millman’s classic The Way of the Peaceful Warrior, the
film Peaceful Warrior takes the audience on a shamanic spiritual journey in 20th century Berkeley,
California—and often in a gas station—where Nick
Nolte plays a grizzled yet quite affecting non-guru
named Socrates.
Synopsis: Dan is a top gymnast at U.C. Berkeley yet
despite his many successes he feels empty and incomplete. Plagued by dreams of failure Dan is unable to sleep and
finds himself wandering the streets in the early hours of the
morning. When he stops at an all night gas station and service
mart he meets a man of unconventional wisdom who begins to
instruct him on the process of clearing his mind of all the useless garbage it contains.
Our hero is ultimately forced to confront how he is living for
DEFY GRAVITY
Healing Beyond the
Bounds of Reason
by Caroline Myss
$29.95, 4 CDs. 4 hours, unabridged
Caroline Myss draws from her years as a medical intuitive to show how healing is not only physical; it is
also a mystical phenomenon that transcends reason.
Inspired by people who overcame a wide array of
physical and psychological ailments—from rheumatoid arthritis to cancer—Myss delves into the works
of the great mystics to gain a deeper understanding
of healing’s spiritual underpinnings. Based on these studies,
Defy Gravity demonstrates how conventional and holistic medicine often falls short in times of need. Both systems rely upon a
logical approach to curing illness when there is nothing reasonable about the emotional, psychological, or spiritual influences
behind an ailment.
Healing requires far more of us than just the participation of
our intellectual and even our emotional resources. And it
certainly demands that we do more than look backward into the
FINDING INNER COURAGE
by Mark Nepo
$21.95, paper. Conari. 302 pages
$34.99, 7 CDs. Simon & Schuster.
7 hours, unabridged
It seems deeper forms of nakedness are
required the closer we get to what matters.
Yet only in such raw moments do I feel
most truly myself.
The word courage comes from the Latin
cor (core, heart), Nepo explains in this
The Four Purposes of Life provides insights and answers
to help bring your life into sharper focus. He helps us understand that we are here to fulfill four fundamental purposes:
Learning Life’s Lessons; Finding Your Career and Calling;
Fulfilling Your Hidden Life Path; and Attending to This
Arising Moment. Millman distills decades of exploration and experience into a concise map of what we’re here to accomplish on
our life’s journey.
Among Dan Millman’s other books are The Life You Were Born
to Live and The Laws of Spirit.
pride, for competition, for recognition—yet he’s miserable inside. Socrates works with Dan, helping him to
tune his inner self and to live in the moment. Dan suffers a life-threatening motorcycle accident that appears
to doom his Olympic hopes, but Socrates helps him discover that living in the moment, giving in to the power
of focus on the present, can result in overcoming seemingly impossible obstacles.
Peaceful Warrior is a rare film that both entertains and
teaches without sacrificing one for the other. The characters are believable, the performances are strong, and
the gymnastic footage is breathtaking. Scott Mechlowicz
plays gymnast Dan Millman and Nick Nolte delivers
one of his best performances in years as the mysterious
Socrates, garage attendant and “New Age” Zen Master.
This film stands nobly as a tool for introducing young people to a journey toward self discovery well worth taking.
Director Victor Salva had the good sense not to push the story
over the top, but instead to let his actors and situations grow logically into a practical demonstration of spiritual growth.
dead-end archives of our past. Healing is, by definition,
taking a process of disintegration of life and transforming
it into a process of return to life.
New in
Paperback
Among Marianne Williamson’s other
books are Return to Love and The Age of
Miracles: Embracing the New Midlife.
When my seeking ended and my practice began, I
came to understand that what we all need, even more
than a happy feeling, is a clear purpose—a meaningful
goal or mission that connects us with other human
beings. As Viktor Frankl wrote in his book Man’s Search
for Meaning, this fundamental need for purpose and
direction may be as important to our psychological
growth as eating is to our biological survival.
Integral to this mystical healing approach is the engagement of the soul, which we experience through
exploring our seven shadow passions, building an empowered inner self around our seven inherent graces,
and learning how to work with the mystical laws that
govern it. This knowledge holds the key to understanding what it means to defy gravity and break through the
boundaries of ordinary thought.
“It is rare that an author and teacher as accomplished
and influential as Caroline Myss would, with each book,
discover whole new vistas, and then report back to us with her
legendary clarity and passion. With Defy Gravity she has done it
again. Anyone in need of healing—healing from illness, anxiety,
fear, or heartbreak—will find enormous help in this book. It is a
tonic made of light and wisdom.” —Elizabeth Lesser, author of
Broken Open: How Difficult Times Can Help Us Grow
Among Caroline Myss’s other books are Sacred Contracts and
Invisible Acts of Power.
lovely, heartfelt meditation. If to find our
way to the core is to
face the lion, then to
stand by our core is
to be the lion, he
says. Nepo, a poet,
philosopher
and
teacher,
believes
there are two paths to
manifesting courage:
going within and
knowing oneself, and
turning
outward,
steadfastly facing life, allowing oneself to be
vulnerable to experiences. The cost of not
BRANCHES OF LIGHT
F
24
doing so is numbness, or living death, Nepo
believes, and he sees courage as an ongoing
series of choices.
We need to consider the art of softening
habitual routines back into meaningful
practices. We need to discern when the
rigid ones just need to be broken so our
heart can once again breathe. For if we
can learn the mysterious art of navigating
our patterns, those rivers will guide us to
our core.
In a book filled with verbal images, stories
and analogies, including the archetypal tale
of Jacob wrestling with the angel, Nepo also
relates his own experiences surviving cancer
(18 years so far!) and overcoming certain
F
F
fears. Finding Inner Courage is work from
the heart that helps us find our own
courage and experience how connection to
our own core connects us to all of humankind, as well as to nature and spirit itself.
If you want to learn about healing, it
helps to know of suffering. The strong live
in the storm without worshipping the
storm. This is what it means to stay in
conversation with life.
He relates stories of ordinary people,
political activists, artists, and spiritual
teachers from all traditions—people who
are summoning the best of who they are
in all kinds of moments, great and small.
I invite you to inhale these stories, to
let them fill your lungs and circle your
heart, to let them empower you to stand
more firmly by your core and a little taller
in the world.
Also by Mark Nepo are The Book of
Awakening and The Exquisite Risk—both
highly recommended.
Psychology, Therapy
& Dreams
THE MINDFUL WAY
THROUGH ANXIETY
Break Free from Chronic Worry
and Reclaim Your Life
by Susan Orsillo & Lizabeth Roemer
$18.95, paper. Guilford. 306 pages
You can’t just “get over” anxiety. In fact,
the very things most people do to try to feel
better—avoiding
feared
situations,
pushing worry out of
mind—only
make
the problem worse.
Leading
psychologists Susan M. Orsillo
and
Lizabeth
Roemer present a
powerful new alternative that can help
you break free of
anxiety by fundamentally changing how you relate to it.
With clarity and compassion, this book describes clinically tested mindfulness practices specifically tailored for anxiety in its
many forms. Learn step-by-step strategies
for gaining awareness of anxious feelings
without letting them escalate; loosening
the grip of worry and fear; and achieving a
new level of emotional and physical well-being. Free audio downloads of mindfulness
exercises plus other resources are available at the authors’ website, www.mindfulwaythroughanxietybook.com
“Potentially of great benefit to anyone
suffering from anxiety in this era of relentless drivenness, social isolation, stress, and
perpetual digital distraction. The authors’
wise counsel based on their own clinical experience and research, coupled with vivid
stories of their own and other people’s
lives, provide compelling evidence for why
mindfulness is so important in reclaiming
your life, and effective guidance in how to
go about it in meaningful and very practical ways.” —Jon Kabat-Zinn, co-author of
The Mindful Way Through Depression
LITTLE WAYS TO KEEP CALM
AND CARRY ON
Twenty Lessons for Managing Worry,
Anxiety, and Fear
by Mark Reinecke
$17.95, paper. New Harbinger. 126 pages
“Keep calm and carry on” is a phrase that
was featured on a British poster produced
F
HEALING EMOTIONS & DREAMING FREE
during World War II.
This practical reminder to set anxiety
aside has become a
mantra for thousands
of people who suffer
from everyday worries, fears and frustrations, but exactly how
to keep calm remains
a difficult question
for most of us, including those who suffer from clinical anxiety.
Little Ways to Keep Calm and Carry On is a
pocket-sized book that readers can turn to
in the very moment they are experiencing
anxiety. It’s an on-the-spot emergency kit
and features twenty short lessons and techniques for understanding and calming
anxiety, worries and fears.
There are two kinds of worry:
productive and unproductive.
Unproductive worry can be very
unpleasant and is accompanied by high
levels of anxiety and loss of focus on even
simple tasks.
The difference between productive and
unproductive worry is simple. Productive
worry results in an action plan, whereas
unproductive worry just causes you to
mull a problem over without coming to a
solution.
Identify whether or not the problem
truly has a solution you can implement. If
you do not have any influence or control
over the outcome, you have to relinquish
control and let the thought “float away.”
Author Mark Reinecke—a psychiatry professor and psychologist—has created these
lessons out of years of anxiety research and
personal experience treating sufferers.
Drawn from cognitive behavioral therapy
(CBT), each short lesson includes a quote,
an explanation of how the anxiety-reducing technique works, and an activity or reflection for the reader. Helpful for anyone
who needs a little help relieving everyday
anxiety on the spot. The techniques also
help in developing resilience and learning
to move past stressful moments with grace.
Healing the Wounds
OVERCOMING TRAUMA THROUGH YOGA
Reclaiming Your Body
by David Emerson & Elizabeth Hopper
Survivors of trauma—whether abuse, accidents, or war—can
end up profoundly wounded, betrayed by their bodies that
failed to get them to safety and that are a source of pain. In order to fully heal from trauma, a connection must be made with
oneself, including one’s body. The trauma-sensitive yoga described in this book moves beyond traditional talk therapies
that focus on the mind, by bringing the body actively into the
healing process. This allows trauma survivors to cultivate a
more positive relationship to their body through gentle breath, mindfulness, and
movement practices.
Overcoming Trauma through Yoga is a book for survivors, clinicians, and yoga instructors who are interested in mind/body healing. It introduces trauma-sensitive yoga, a
modified approach to yoga developed in collaboration between yoga teachers and
clinicians at the Trauma Center at Justice Resource Institute, led by yoga teacher
David Emerson, along with physician Bessel van der Kolk.
The book begins with an in-depth description of trauma and post-traumatic stress
disorder (PTSD), including a description of how trauma is held in the body and the
need for body-based treatment. It offers a brief history of yoga, describes various styles
of yoga commonly found in Western practice, and identifies four key themes of trauma-sensitive yoga.
Chair-based exercises are described that can be incorporated into individual or
group therapy, targeting specific treatment goals, and modifications are offered for
mat-based yoga classes. Each exercise includes trauma-sensitive language to introduce the practice, as well as photographs to illustrate the poses. The practices have
been offered to a wide range of individuals and groups, including men and women,
teens, returning veterans, and others. Rounded out by valuable quotes and case stories, the book presents mindfulness, breathing, and yoga exercises that can be used by
home practitioners, yoga teachers, and therapists as a way to cultivate awareness, tolerance, and an increased acceptance of the self.
“In this landmark book the authors offer survivors a gentle, step-by-step mindful
yoga that is tailored for their specific needs… This well conceived book is a tremendous resource for therapists and yoga teachers. By engaging the wisdom of their bodies, it is a great companion and guide… a gift for those taking the hero’s journey of
recovery and vibrancy.”
—from the foreword by Peter Levine, author, Waking the Tiger: Healing Trauma
David Emerson is the director of yoga services at the Trauma Center (traumacenter.org). Elizabeth Hopper works as the associate director of training at the Trauma
Center.
THE EMOTIONALLY ABSENT MOTHER
A Guide to Self-Healing and Getting the Love You Missed
by Jasmin Lee Cori
$18.00, paper. The Experiment. 226 pages
EMOTIONAL FREEDOM
Liberate Yourself from
Negative Emotions and
Transform Your Life
by Judith Orloff
New in
Paperback
$22.95, 3 CDs. Random House.
3 hours, abridged
Picture yourself trapped in a traffic jam
feeling utterly calm. Imagine being unflappable and relaxed
when your supervisor
loses her temper.
What if you were
peaceful instead of
anxious? What if your
life were filled with
nurturing relationships and a warm
sense of belonging?
This is what it feels
like when you’ve
achieved emotional
freedom.
Synthesizing
neuroscience, intuitive medicine,
psychology, and subtle energy techniques, psychiatrist Judith Orloff maps the
elegant relationships between our minds, bodies,
spirits, and environments.
Judith Orloff
With humor and compassion, she shows you how to
Was your mother too busy, too tired, or too checked-out to
provide you with the nurturing you needed as a child? Men and
women who were “undermothered” as children often struggle
with intimate relationships, in part because of their unmet need
for maternal care. The Emotionally Absent Mother will help you
understand what was missing from your childhood, how this relates to your mother’s own history, and how you can fill the
“mother gap” by:
F Examining the past with compassion for yourself and your
mother
F Finding the child inside of you and learning to mother yourself
F Opening to the archetype of the Good Mother
F Allowing friends and loved ones to provide support, guidance, and other elements
of good mothering that you missed.
Through reflections, exercises, and clear explanations, psychotherapist Jasmin
Lee Cori helps adult sons and daughters heal the wounds left by mothers who failed
to provide the essential ingredients that every child needs. She traces perceived personal “defects” back to mothering deficits, relieving self-blame. And, by teaching today’s undermothered adults to cultivate the mothering they missed, she helps them secure a happier future—for themselves and their children.
“Effortlessly intertwines neuroscience with clinical acumen in a lovely work of extraordinary depth. In her compelling, heartrending analysis of the importance of
motherhood, Cori has created a work as significant as Alice Miller’s The Drama of the
Gifted Child. Easily accessible and very useful, it is a must-read for parents-to-be, those
in the helping professions, and adults who have been wounded by a negligent parent.”
—Kate Crowley, Specialist in Infant Mental Health, U. of S. Cal.
Jasmin Lee Cori is a psychotherapist who specializes in working with adults who experienced childhood abuse and neglect. She is the author of numerous articles and
four previous books, including Healing From Trauma.
identify the most powerful negative emotions
and how to transform them into hope, kindness, and courage. Compelling patient case
studies and stories from her online commu-
BRANCHES OF LIGHT
F
25
nity, her workshop participants, and her own
life illustrate the simple, easy-to-follow action
steps that you can take to cope with emotional vampires, disappointments, and rejection.
F
F
A mistake is only a mistake when you
don’t learn from it. Be aware that even
with the best intentions, emotions can
sometimes discombobulate us. They know
just how to catch us off guard if we’re not
centered… Through all the emotional
twists and turns of life, a sense of humor
has been my salvation.
Emotional Freedom is a road map for those
who are stressed out, discouraged or overwhelmed as well as for those who are in a
good emotional place but want to feel even
better. As Dr. Orloff shows, each day presents
opportunities for us to be heroes in our own
lives: to turn away from negativity, react constructively, and seize command of any situation. Orloff’s “native tongue is intuition, that
invisible, unspoken language that peers into
the poetry of things,” and her writing is wonderfully engaging.
“A must-read for anyone who’s tired of
feeling frustrated, lonely, jealous, or emotionally tense. Dr. Orloff shows you how to
achieve a lightness of being and feel more
positive and peaceful. Highly recommended.” —Deepak Chopra
Judith Orloff is also author of Positive
Energy, Dr. Judith Orloff’s Guide to Intuitive
Healing, and Second Sight.
ACTIVE DREAMING
Journeying Beyond Self-Limitation
to a Life of Wild Freedom
by Robert Moss
$25.95, cloth. New World Library. 224 pages
As the success of the recent film Inception
shows, dreams are a source of perennial fascination.
Robert
Moss has advanced
our understanding of
the
phenomenon
with his visionary
and
down-to-earth
synthesis of contemporary
dreamwork
and
seasoned
shamanic methods.
His “active dreaming” involves re-entering dreams, exploring
their
possibilities, and directing the subconscious
to illuminate and solve problems.
Practical magic for living the “life of your
dreams,” active dreaming is a way of being
fully of this world while maintaining constant contact with another world, the worldbehind-the-world, where the deeper logic
and purpose of our lives are to be found.
Active Dreaming offers three core areas of
practice: talking and walking our dreams
to bring energy and guidance from the
dreamworld into everyday life; shamanic
lucid dreaming; and conscious living.
Active dreamers are choosers. They
learn to recognize that whatever situation
they are in, they always have choice. They
choose not to buy into self-limiting beliefs
or the limited models of reality suggested
by others. Active dreamers learn to grow a
dream of possibility, a dream strong
enough to take them beyond fear and
despair to a place of freedom and delight.
Based on Moss’s decades of teaching, the
techniques he shares are road-tested, powerful, and even playful. Readers learn to understand and utilize synchronicity, shared
dreaming, children’s dreams, and healing
dreams. The examples Moss shares encourage readers to face fears and tap into dormant power. The result is the freedom to
choose—and then revel in—the life of their
dreams.
Among Robert Moss’s other books are
The Three “Only” Things and Dreamgates.
F
Midlife Passages
& ElderWisdom
PASSAGES IN CAREGIVING
Turning Chaos into Confidence
by Gail Sheehy
No one really expects it, but at some time
or another, just about everyone has been—
or will be—responsible for giving care,
for a sustained period, to someone close
to them. Having
chronicled
many
major turning points
in her books, as well
as reported on everything from politics
to sexuality, Gail
Sheehy knows firsthand the trials,
fears, and rare joys
of caregiving. In Passages in Caregiving, she
shows you how you will get through this,
and you will do the right things.
Providing invaluable advice and guidance, this book examines the arc of caregiving from the first signs of trouble.
Sheehy answers the most important questions to consider: How serious is it? What do
I ask the doctor? How will this be paid for?
What are our options? At the same time she
offers new tips and strategies that you won’t
find anywhere else.
Most important, however, Passages in
Caregiving points out that you don’t have to
be alone in this process. Included are
countless resources and names of advocacy
groups that are there to help even the most
complicated of situations.
This empathetic, well-researched guide
to an unfamiliar, often scary role to which
boomers are being initiated, outlines eight
stages of caregiving from “Shock and
Mobilization” to “The Long Good-Bye.”
Caregivers need knowledge and support,
and this resourceful manifesto provides it,
including practical steps to take, strategies
for each point of care, likely obstacles for
both patient and caregiver, and a lucid explanation of what’s to come:
My intention is to illuminate the
challenges and rewards inherent in the
caregiving passage—to identify universal
patterns in the chaos and give the journey
a form that makes sense.
Sheehy achieves her goal ably, providing
a steady beacon during a time of great sadness and overwhelming responsibility.
Also by Gail Sheehy are Understanding
Men’s Passages and New Passages.
THE LONGEVITY PROJECT
Surprising Discoveries for Health and
Long Life from the Landmark
Eight-Decade Study
by Howard Friedman & Leslie Martin
$32.50, cloth. Penguin. 248 pages
Based on the most extensive study of
longevity ever conducted, The Longevity
Project exposes what
really impacts our
lifespan—including
friends, family, personality, and work.
With
questionnaires that help you
determine where
you are heading on
the longevity spectrum and advice
about how to stay
healthy, this book
MIDLIFE & JUNG
F
especially since 2006 when the honey
bee genome was published, offering new
insights into how vital the bee’s instincts
and the life of the hive as a whole could
be in serving and educating human beings
and in healing some of the ills of
humankind.
THE ART OF AGEING
Inspiration for a Positive and
Abundant Later Life
by John Lane
$20.95, paper. Chelsea Green. 128 pages, b/w drawings
“No young man believes he shall ever die,” observed
William Hazlitt. Yet ageing remains a natural part of life and
it is precisely the impermanence of life that renders it so precious. Knowing that it is brief requires us to appreciate each
moment of beauty and waste no opportunity for learning
and love. The Art of Ageing has been written to help us
achieve these ends. However this aim has become much
more difficult on account of our culture’s marginalization of
the elderly and its glorification of the years of youth. A consequence of this bias is that ageing has become the major fear of a generation despite
the calculation that by 2040 there will be more people over sixty-five years of age than
children under five.
Advanced age can replace the shallowness of inexperience with a depth of
understanding and complexity of being; and restless speed with the serenity of
untroubled leisure. Now there is time for experiment and creativity, time for exploring
out different potentials, time to live in accordance with our dreams, time to be
ourselves. And as well as this freedom to find a wide range of new interests, ageing has
something else to offer: the value of modesty. When the 93 year old cellist Pablo Casals
was asked why he continued to practice his instrument for three hours a day, he wryly
replied: “I’m beginning to notice an improvement.”
John Lane shares his own experience and insights, offers advice on how to make the
most of ageing, and how we can celebrate its positive gifts. He includes the stories of
a variety of people who have enjoyed creative and productive lives well into their
eighties and nineties. Lane is a painter, writer, and educationalist—and 80 years old
when we wrote the book.
“This is a book which, whilst denying neither the frustrations and limitations of our
physicality nor the terrible bittersweetness of our mortality, reveals the creativity, the
passion, the adventure and the profound joy that can come when our elder years are
fully lived and savoured.” —Marian Van Eyk McCain, author of Elderwoman
Also by John Lane are Timeless Beauty and The Spirit of Silence.
changes the conversation about living a
long, healthy life.
Friedman and Martin draw on an eightdecade-long Stanford University study of
1,500 people to find surprising lessons
about who lives a long, healthy life and
why. The authors learned, for example,
that people don’t die simply from working
long hours or from stress, that marriage is
no golden ticket to old age, and the happyall-the-time types may peter out before the
serious plodders. If there’s a secret to old
age, the authors find, it’s living conscientiously and bringing forethought, planning,
and perseverance to one’s professional and
personal life. Individual life stories show
how different people find the right balance
in different ways, depending on their personalities and social situations.
Many of our findings can help people
rethink the potential long-term effects of
their parenting decisions, as well as
promote their whole family’s future health,
happiness, and well-being.
We found that those who are healthier
tend to be happier, and those who are
happier tend to be healthier—but not for
the reasons you might first imagine!... Our
research yielded powerful suggestions for
cultivating not only a long life but also a
successful, meaningful, and productive
life.
Lively despite the huge volume of material from 80 years of study, and packed
with eye-opening self-assessment tests,
The Longevity Project “is a compelling and
objective assessment of character traits associated with longevity. Only a handful of
studies in this field last long enough to give
meaningful results, and even fewer remain
significant after their primary investigators
have passed away. Friedman and Martin
have resurrected a remarkable achievement
with surprising conclusions. I learned a lot
from this book.” —Andrew Weil, author of
You Can’t Afford to Get Sick
Jungian, Archetype
& Shadow Work
BEES, HONEY AND THE HIVE
Circumambulating the Center: A Jungian
Exploration of the Symbolism
and the Psychology
by Frith Luton
$30.00, paper. Inner City.
204 pages, b/w photos & illustrations
The symbolism of bees, honey and the
hive intertwine, but at the core is the imagery of the circumambulation of the
centre. For bees, this
is a dynamic in the
service of the queen
bee and the preservation of the hive. In
depth psychological
terms, circumambulation is linked with
mandala symbolism
or the archetype of
inner order, an archetype that Jung said was perhaps the most
important.
This work explores the alchemical union
of opposites through symbolism related to
the life and nature of the bee. Some particular opposites associated with bees, honey
and the hive include those of love and war,
sweetness and bitterness, the individual and
multiplicity, light and dark, order and
chaos, industry and laziness, earth and heaven/the sky, sun and moon, spirit and matter, fertility and sterility, regeneration and
death
The author brings together her practical
experience as a beekeeper and insights
gained in her work in depth psychology,
particularly through an appreciation of
Jung’s final work, Mysterium Coniunctionis:
An Inquiry into the Separation and Synthesis
of Psychic Opposites in Alchemy.
Scientists are now honouring this pivotal
role of the bee in nature in a different way,
BRANCHES OF LIGHT
F
26
F
Frith Luton was a beekeeper for ten
years and now has a private Jungian analytic practice in Melbourne, Australia.
WRITING IN THE SAND
Jesus and the Soul
of the Gospels
by Thomas Moore
New in
Paperback
Here Thomas Moore examines the
Gospels using a new approach based on a
fresh reading of
the original Greek
texts and the newly
discovered
gospels, employing depth psychology and an “archetypal
eye.”
Speaking of contemporary “Gospel
decline,” he writes:
I would like to
show people of
other traditions,
those who have
abandoned the Christian way, and those
who have no spiritual allegiances how
valuable these texts are for all of us. You
don’t have to be a believer to be a
follower. You don’t have to be Christian
to make the Gospels an important source
of your spiritual life and practice. You
only have to read these texts for their
spiritual insight and for the spiritual path
they offer.
Moore shows that Jesus’ teachings are
challenging in a way that is far different
from the moralism often associated with
him. Writing in the Sand sets forth how we
can today live the way of life that Jesus represents, showing that Jesus is a vibrant figure whose teachings can be meaningfully
integrated into our 21st century intellectual and spiritual lives. Moore also unravels
the mystery of Jesus in the past and present,
from the hidden and coded texts of the
Gospels, and the result will enlighten and
delight readers.
There are two ways to be spiritually
secure: One is to attach to a fixed and
uncomplicated teaching… Another is to
be open to life, ever deepening your
understanding and giving up all
defensiveness around your convictions.
Jesus represents this second approach.
“Through his study of some of the most
pertinent passages of the Bible, Moore offers readers a long-awaited, modern, practical application of the scripture, and illustrates the 21st century relevance of Jesus’
visionary philosophy.” —Deepak Chopra,
author of The Third Jesus: The Christ We
Cannot Ignore
A Roman Catholic and Jungian psychotherapist, Thomas Moore is the author
of many books including Care of the Soul.
F
E C S TAT I C M Y T H & T H E C O M PA S S I O N AT E L I F E
And Back Again, return to community,
the performance of identity, and the confirmation in and of the Soul.
A combination of practical knowledge,
imaginative insight and passionate storytelling gives Shaw’s book its persuasiveness
THE POWER OF THE CRONE
Myths and Stories of the
Wise Woman Archetype
by Clarissa Pinkola Estés
Dear brave souls, I warmly invite you to
New on
come be at the fireside with me and the
CD
Dangerous Old Woman and the Power of
the Crone. Who is the crone? She is the
most dangerous, the most radical, the most revolutionary
woman in existence. Whether in fairy tales or in
consensual reality, the old one goes where she wants to
and she acts as she wishes; she lives as she chooses. And this is all as it should be. And no
one can stop her. Nor ought they try.
Living a Compassionate Life
with Karen Armstrong
THE CASE FOR GOD
by Karen Armstrong
This is the power of the Crone, ready to assist each of us to “fulfill the callings of the souls
on this earth—with verve, with style, with critical insights, with wisdom, and with love.”
Stories, poems, and blessings include:
The Littlest Giantess
The Orcharder Who Tried to Deform the Trees
Backwoods Woman… When the Old Woman Comes to Shake You Awake
Don’t Make Creator Too Small
The 13 Phases of the Cycle of Life-Death-Life
The Unrepentant Trees
El Mano and the Monster
When ‘The Great They’ Say ‘Stop Acting Up’
The Girl Who Had No Story
The Checker-Barked Cherry Tree
Jack and the Beanstalk
The Sitar Player
The Rhymer’s Advice
Father Bring Me Fire
Gratitude is an Emotion of the Heart
Also by Clarissa Pinkola Estés are the legendary Women Who Run with the Wolves as
well as the first volume in this audio series, The Dangerous Old Woman.
Ecstatic Myth and the
Grace in Wildness
by Martin Shaw
$20.50, paper. White Cloud. 270 pages
Written by a man who spent four years living in a tent in the wilds of Wales and over
a decade facilitating
wilderness
rites-ofpassage for others, A
Branch
from
the
Lightning Tree features four texts and
commentaries—
Welsh,
Russian,
Siberian
and
Norwegian
myths
that explore the
process of leaving
what is considered
safe and predictable
and journeying out into wild, uncertain areas of nature and the psyche in search of
new insights. The four stories have at their
center a man, woman, and adolescent.
The core of these stories is paradoxical in
nature, far from the clumsily perceived
‘hero’ myths, and point towards Trickster,
or Coyote, as a way of existing in a world ambivalent to the insights of what you could
call traditional knowledge.
Shaw insists that without a renewed attention to myth and the initiation process
we are only partially equipped to re-establish a complementary relationship with the
living world.
A Branch from the Lightning Tree is unique
in the field of myth and ritual in several ways:
1. It carries an ‘in-the-field’ narrative of several hundred men and women who have
gone out into wild places to fast for four
days and nights in a place that is indigenous to them. This is part of a growing
mood to get to the bones of initiatory experience, rather than the cultural affectations.
The stories illustrate both the grandeur and
struggle of this often subtle process.
2. Focusing on both men and women’s
movement into wildness as part of the
bigger awareness of climate change and
ecology, it presents the old stories as keys
into any debate on these issues. The ability to think metaphorically/mythologically loosens the grip of literalness, and can
‘re-enchant’ our perspectives.
3. As a wilderness teacher Shaw has noticed that the real point of crisis that is
emerging is the return to community,
rather than the time out in the wild. Shaw
reasons that rites-of-passage require three
stages following an initial Call to the Soul:
Going out of the Village, and the severance
from ordinary life and the stepping into the
image-laden language of myth, story, ritual;
Into the Forest, baring the soul to extraordinary forces, receiving the sacred
wound, bonding with the living world;
BRANCHES OF LIGHT
F
27
New in
Paperback
Moving from the Paleolithic to the present, Karen Armstrong
details the great lengths to which humankind has gone in order to experience a sacred reality. Focusing especially on
Christianity but including Judaism, Islam, Buddhism, Hinduism,
and Chinese spiritualities, Armstrong examines the diminished
impulse toward religion in our own time, when a significant
number of people either want nothing to do with God or question the efficacy of faith. Why has God become unbelievable?
Why is it that atheists and theists alike now think and speak
about God in a way that veers so profoundly from the thinking of our ancestors?
Answering these questions with the same depth of knowledge and profound insight
that have marked her previous books, Armstrong makes clear in The
Case for God how the changing face of the world has necessarily
changed the importance of religion at both the societal and the individual level. And she makes a powerful, convincing argument for
drawing on the insights of the past in order to build a faith that
speaks to the needs of our dangerously polarized age. Scholars have
always attempted to define and “prove” God, and Armstrong admirably outlines the best of them through the centuries, including
Origen, Anselm, Pascal and Tillich.
Armstrong claims that the “warfare” between science and religion
Karen
is a myth perpetuated by those with axes to grind. Likewise, the modArmstrong
ern atheist movement, “death of God” theology and even fundamentalism arise from extremists who see religion as correct doctrine, not correct living.
Armstrong cautions us that religion was never supposed to provide answers that lie
within the competence of human reason. The task of religion is “to help us live creatively, peacefully, and even joyously with realities for which there are no easy explanations.” She emphasizes, too, that religion will not work automatically. It is, she
says, a practical discipline: its insights are derived not from abstract speculation but
from “dedicated intellectual endeavor” and a “compassionate lifestyle that enables us
to break out of the prism of selfhood.”
Karen Armstrong’s other books include A History of God and The Battle for God.
If you weep, the Crone will move closer to you. Laugh, and she wants to hear the
joke. Dance, and she wants to dance with you and in you. She has help for the hurt and
for the one poisoned by bitterness. She can pull the thorn from the breast, and tattoo
your scars with flowering boughs.
A BRANCH FROM THE
LIGHTNING TREE
and power. At times incantatory, at times
novelistic and poetic, he writes as someone
who has been to these places, undergone
these trials and tested himself at the extremes of lived experience.
Martin Shaw is a storyteller based in
Devon, England.
The Heart of Religion
Entering the terrain of wisdom occurs at any age. We sometimes
step, sometimes stumble, and other times are pulled into the territory of the Crone when the need for a deeper, larger understanding of
our most meaningful paths in life can no longer be denied, and when
the gifts that are hidden in our challenges must be brought forth.
On The Power of the Crone, Dr. Estés presents volume two of the
Dangerous Old Woman, with six sessions of original stories, psychological commentary, and blessings. Join her to meet Las Cacareas (The
Clarissa Pinkola
Old Cacklers), La Misteria (The Seer), La Arbolaria (The Spellbreaker),
Estés
and the wisdom-wielding Crone in many more of her guises.
Mythology & Symbolism
F
12 STEPS TO A COMPASSIONATE LIFE
by Karen Armstrong
$25.00, cloth. Crown. 222 pages
The prolific, well-informed, and passionate Karen Armstrong
(The Case for God) writes a somewhat different book here,
stemming from her winning the TED Lectures prize which provided her with the means to promote an idea worth spreading:
The Charter for Compassion (see charterforcompassion.org).
This is a book with an agenda: we all ought to be more compassionate, and here’s how. So instead of being her usual somewhat academic teacher of religious history, in Twelve Steps to a
Compassionate Life she is more of a personal spiritual teacher, in
the vein of the Dalai Lama. That task, and corresponding tone
(“Be patient with yourself during this meditation”), is not her long suit. Still, this
slightly self-help-y book is deeply grounded in what Armstrong knows, and presents
well: the core teachings of all religions that can make us better, more compassionate humans.
The twelve steps Armstrong suggests begin with “Learn About Compassion” and
close with “Love Your Enemies.” In between, she takes up “compassion for yourself,”
mindfulness, suffering, sympathetic joy, the limits of our knowledge of others, and
“concern for everybody.” She suggests concrete ways of enhancing our compassion
and putting it into action in our everyday lives, and provides, as well, a reading list
to encourage us to “hear one another’s narratives.” Throughout, Armstrong makes
clear that a compassionate life is not a matter of only heart or mind but a deliberate
and often life-altering commingling of the two.
The former nun pulls ideas and references from religions Eastern and Western with
aplomb and respect for all sources. This counter to the “religion-is-homicidal-and-superstitious” school of invective passing for thought is well-informed, welcome, and
practical.
“Armstrong has delivered something people badly want: a way to acknowledge
that faith can be taken seriously as a response to deep human yearnings without
needing to subscribe to the formality of organized belief.” —The Economist
F
F
HEARTFULNESS & MINDFULNESS
A STORY WAITING TO PIERCE YOU
Mongolia, Tibet and the
Destiny of the Western World
by Peter Kingsley
$16.95, paper. Golden Sufi. 174 pages
Revealing a forgotten truth in the present
day, this account illuminates the crumbling
political and economic structures of
the West, shedding
light on an ongoing
and arduous search
for a sense of purpose. Recounting a
true story, this exploration tells of a wandering
Mongol
shaman who made a
dramatic appearance
around
the
Mediterranean centuries before the time of Christ.
Highlighting how this nomad came as an envoy on a mission of purification, this study
records how he met with a man who became
tremendously influential in Western science, philosophy, culture, and religion:
Pythagoras. The essence of Western civilization is said to have originated from this
meeting, and this examination argues that today’s conflicts and tensions have stemmed
from taking this monumental occasion for
granted, forgetting that there must be a
greater meaning to life than everyday efforts
and struggles. Reflecting on a time when
Eastern and Western cultures were one, this
evocation contends that there is still a common spiritual heritage to all civilizations. A
unique collaboration between the author
and archaeologists, historians, and shamans
from around the world, this document “is a
journey back to the source. To understand
him is to be transformed.” —Eckhart Tolle
“Let this book wake you up into new sunlight. It is not just a book, and so to be read
with the mind. Peter Kingsley’s voice is a
friend, and also a way of seeing, of remembering essence, of walking in a great circle
around an island you have always loved, but
only rarely visited.” —Coleman Barks, translator of Rumi
“This book is a game changer… It makes
whole a species foolishly fractured by racial,
religious, ethnic, nationalistic divisions. It
calls us to wake from our sleepfulness so the
arrow of truth can pierce us and we can
learn again who our ancestors really are. It
calls us all to our common unity and ecstasy
and future.” —Matthew Fox, author of The
Hidden Spirituality of Men
Peter Kingsley is also author of In the
Dark Places of Wisdom and Reality.
Meditation
THE MINDFULNESS REVOLUTION
Leading Psychologists, Scientists, Artists,
and Meditation Teachers on the Power of
Mindfulness in Daily Life
edited by Barry Boyce
& the editors of the Shambhala Sun
Mindfulness, in both its Buddhist and
secular forms, is becoming increasingly familiar to many of us.
This essay collection
describes mindful attention and how it
can be applied to
such diverse aspects
of life as parenting,
trauma
recovery,
money, illness, relationships, and the
like.
F
Meditation Explorations
BEGINNING MEDITATION
New on
CD
Enjoying Your Own Deepest
Experience
by Sally Kempton
What if you turned to meditation for the sheer enjoyment of it? That may sound unlikely, but when we
approach the practice with playfulness, receptivity, and
excitement, meditation can become one of the most
intimate and fulfilling relationships we will ever have.
On Beginning Meditation, master teacher Sally
Kempton welcomes newcomers to a practice based
on embracing the fullness of our experience—and reconnecting
with the love, compassion, and wisdom that we are in our
essence.
Beginning Meditation offers a richly informative program for
a rendezvous with your innermost self, through insights and techniques including:
F How to choose a core practice that will become
your meditation home base
F The key principles of practice—and their inher
ent paradoxes
F How to experiment with other techniques—and
ultimately transcend technique entirely
F Six guided meditations to support your evolving
practice.
“Meditation is a journey,” says Kempton, “and the
secret is to stay on the map.” Beginning Meditation offers a struggle-free way to create a practice infused with love and
fueled by the spirit of adventure.
Also by Sally Kempton is her excellent book, Meditation for the
Love of It: Enjoying Your Own Deepest Experience.
MEDITATION FOR THE LOVE OF IT
F How the force known as Kundalini can fuel your
Enjoying Your Own Deepest Experience
by Sally Kempton
F Connecting to your ever-present Inner Beloved to
practice
let go of conditioned ideas about yourself and
make space for the True Self to come forth
F Ripening your practice beyond technique into the
“sweet mysterious expanse of spontaneous medi
tation”
F More than 20 practices for bringing the peace and
insight of meditation into your daily life
$19.95, paper. Sounds True.
364 pages, French flaps
With Meditation for the Love of It, Sally Kempton
shares practical tips and tools to help us turn meditation into an unconditional embrace of the fullness of
our experience—on and off the meditation cushion. With the gentle wisdom and compassion of one who understands the nuances of practice,
she opens us to the joy of exploring
the deep and mysterious inner landscape of
mind-body-being.
Drawing on her 40 years as a teacher and medSally Kempton itator, Sally teaches us how we can connect to
our inner longings and creative “shakti” energy
to allow the transformative gifts and blessings of meditation to
unfold. With playfulness and devotion—two key attitudes in sustaining a daily practice—she shares indispensable guidance for
this voyage of self-discovery, including:
F How to tune in to your own “meditation channel,” a bandwidth of tranquillity, energy, and joy
F Why you don’t need a quiet mind to meditate
NO YES ACTIVE MEDITATION
by Eliza Mada Dalian
$19.95, CD. Shanti Om. 68 minutes
New on
CD
From Eliza Mada Dalian, author of In Search of the
Miraculous: Healing into Consciousness comes this
unique audio meditation tool. Dalian says “I have experimented with this technique—based on guidance
Osho gave to one of his disciples—in my workshops
for many years and having witnessed powerful transformative results for hundreds of people, I am now
happy to introduce this meditation to you.”
The No-Yes Active Meditation is a powerful tool for detoxifying
the body of suppressed negative emotions that cause energetic
blocks, inner unrest, anxiety, and depression. Practicing this
meditation will allow the experience of an authentic “yes” that
leads to inner joy and celebration of life. Even if practiced occasionally, this meditation can help maintain a sense of inner balance and peace.
Stage 1 (30 minutes): Say No! No! No! “Allow your negative emoIn recent years there has been an explosion of interest in the art and science of
mindfulness. Simply put, mindfulness is a
means for developing greater awareness of
our moment-to-moment experience—for
fully experiencing what is happening within
us and around us. It has been scientifically
shown to reduce stress and improve health.
Recent studies also indicate that mindfulness
can alleviate depression and anxiety, improve
attention and performance, and increase an
individual’s overall levels of happiness.
Mindfulness is being applied in a wide variety of fields, including health care, education, leadership development, the law, and
the military. The Mindfulness Revolution is a
collection of the best writing on mindfulness from leading figures in the field.
Selections include:
F Jon Kabat-Zinn on the essence of mind-
BRANCHES OF LIGHT
F
28
In the end, it is the direct, naked encounter with our
own awareness that shifts our understanding of who we
are, and gives us the power to stand firmly in the center
of our being. No one else can do this for us. Only meditation
unlocks those doors.
“A thoughtful, intuitive, and uncommonly well-written book,
which can only be welcomed by all who follow the way of meditation.” —Peter Matthiessen, author of The Snow Leopard
“One of the great realized teachers on the meditation path,
whose Integral understanding of life merges seamlessly with her
mastery of meditation. She is a guide for our time.” —Ken
Wilber, author of A Brief History of Everything
A former swami or monk, Sally Kempton lived and studied for
many years with enlightened Indian masters and received training in the Kashmir Shaivism tradition.
tions and repressed feelings of anger, resentment, and
sadness to be fully and freely expressed… Let your
body move freely. Remain a witness to all your thoughts
and emotions throughout the meditation.”
Stage 2 (15 minutes): Sit silently and look inside.
“Observe your breath, thoughts, emotions, and any
movement of energy in your body. While observing, focus your attention on your inner stillness and peace.”
Stage 3 (15 minutes): Say Yes! Yes! Yes!
“Let the ‘Yes’ open your heart. When you feel like
it, move your body and start dancing while saying ‘Yes.’ Say ‘Yes’
to yourself, to existence, and to the lessons you have been learning. Let your heart open in gratitude and celebrate your Being!”
The CD includes a spoken introduction to the practice, music
passages for the No and Yes sections, and sweet silence for the
Silence period.
“Those who cannot say no, their yes is impotent; it means
nothing, it has no strength in it.” —Osho
fulness, stress reduction, and positive
change
F Daniel Siegel on how mindfulness benefits the brain
F Thich Nhat Hanh on the power of mindful breathing
F Michael Carroll on mindfulness in the
workplace
F Pema Chödrön on developing compassion
for ourselves and others
F Daniel Goleman on a mindful approach
to shopping and consuming
F Jan Chozen Bays on mindful eating
F Steve Silberman on being mindful online
The contributors bring their considerable
knowledge and skills to bear on the task of
helping others and themselves. The book acknowledges the influence of the MindfulnessBased Stress Reduction method pioneered at
the University of Massachusetts Medical
F
Center by Jon Kabat-Zinn, who has provided
two essays; other writers include Jack
Kornfield, Joseph Goldstein, Matthieu
Ricard, Norman Fischer, Dzogchen Ponlop,
and the Dalai Lama. Of particular note are
Karen Maezen Miller’s meditation on housework, Sue Moon’s graceful acceptance of senior moments, and Bob Howard’s close attention to soil. Simple practices for the
reader are included.
THE RAGGED EDGE OF SILENCE
Finding Peace in a Noisy World
by John Francis
$30.00, cloth. National
Geographic. 270 pages
And listening is so important,
because without listening we can
recognize neither silence nor each other.
F
By the author of
Planetwalker,
The
Ragged Edge of Silence
takes us to another
level of appreciating,
through silence, the
beauty of the planet
and our place in it.
John Francis’s real
and compelling prose
forms a tapestry of
questions and answers woven from interviews, stories, personal experience, science, and the power of silence through
history, including practices by Native
American, Hindu, and Buddhist cultures.
Through their time-honored traditions and his own
experience of communicating silently for 17 years,
Francis’s practical exercises
lay the groundwork for the
reader to build constructive silence into everyday
life: to learn more about
John Francis
oneself, to set goals and accomplish dreams, to build strong relationships, and to appreciate and be a steward of
the Earth. With its amazing human interest
element and first-person expertise, this book
is energizing and instructive.
I think one of the most important things
we need to do is to take a walk and listen,
and to find the ragged edge of silence;
then, from that place, peace will come.
The Ragged Edge of Silence explores the
long tradition of silence and its effect
through the ages, as well as the enormous
impact it has on the modern world. We
learn about the effect of silence on body
and mind, and the symbiotic relationship
between silence and creativity. We begin to
understand the unique qualities of introspective silence and interactive silence and
learn how to use them both. Simple
lessons/exercises follow each chapter,
teaching us how to integrate the power of
silence into daily life, along with interactive
techniques that can help improve every
reader’s introspection, creativity, and listening and observation skills.
John Francis is founder of the environmental education organization Planetwalk,
and author of Planetwalker: 22 Years of
Walking, 17 Years of Silence. John has led environmental walks in many countries.
Western Spiritual Teachers
& Teachings
SEX AND THE SPIRITUAL TEACHER
Why It Happens, When It’s a Problem,
and What We All Can Do
by Scott Edelstein
Sex and the Spiritual Teacher looks at the
complex of forces that tempt otherwise insightful and compassionate teachers
to lose their way—
and that tempt
some of their students to lose their
way as well. It analyzes why most of
our current efforts
to keep spiritual
teachers
from
transgressing usually don’t (and in fact
can’t)
work.
Perhaps most importantly, it suggests a set of practices and
structures that can build community, en-
SILENCE AND TEACHERS
F
Essences from Adya & Eckhart
FALLING INTO GRACE
Insights on the End of Suffering
by Adyashanti
$24.95, cloth. Sounds True. 234 pages
$69.95, 6 CDs. 6 hours
In this “clear drink of sparkling water, straight from the
source,” Adyashanti asks us to let go of our struggles with life
and open to the full promise of spiritual awakening: the end of
delusion and the discovery of our essential being. In his 15
years as a spiritual teacher, Adyashanti has found that the simpler the teaching, the greater its power to change our lives.
In Falling into Grace, he shares what he considers fundamental insights that will “spark a revolution in the way we perceive life.” Available in CD or book format, here is a progressive inquiry exploring:
F The human dilemma—the concept of a separate self and the choice to stop believing the thoughts that perpetuate suffering
F “Taking the backward step” into the pure potential of the present moment
F Why spiritual awakening can be a disturbing process
F Intimacy and availability—feeling absolute union with every part of our experience.
In the same way that we fall into the arms of a loved one or drop our heads on the
pillow at night, we can surrender into the beauty and truth of who and what we really are. Falling into Grace is an investigation into the core of why we suffer. It’s also Adyashanti’s invitation “to be taken by a moment of grace and
fall into a sense of life when it is not separate from you, when life is actually
an expression of something indefinable, mysterious, and immense.”
This idea of a book on the “fundamentals of spiritual discovery”
became the organizing principle for a series of talks given over five days
in the fall of 2009, in Los Gatos, California. These talks were then
transcribed and edited... As you read, my recommendation is that you
Adyashanti
take your time and attend as much as possible to what is evoked within
you, to the moments of realization, to what Adya calls “ah-ha moments.”
In a sense, Falling into Grace is a transmission, a revealing of our true nature beyond any
definition. Transmission is a heart-to-heart meeting in which we are directly shown, almost
like the parting of a veil, certain truths about the boundlessness of being. The transmission
occurs not at the level of the words, but at a feeling level, as part of a more subtle
communication. The book is filled with pointers. The question is: Can we follow and fall
into where the pointers lead? —from the foreword by Tami Simon
CREATING A NEW EARTH
Teachings to Awaken Consciousness The Best of Eckhart Tolle TV
by Eckhart Tolle
$99.00, 10 CDs. Sounds True.8.5 hours
$129.00, 7 DVDs. 8.5 hours
New on
CD
New on
DVD
Many of us have heard Eckhart Tolle’s profound
message about the extraordinary potentials of the
present moment. But how do we apply this wisdom
amid the challenges of relationships, money, and the
daily stresses of life in the 21st century?
Available in DVD and CD format, Creating a New
Earth presents a series of practical teaching sessions designed to help us overcome
the most common “obstacles to presence.” Offered in response to what he describes
as the evolutionary impulse to assist in humanity’s collective spiritual awakening, this
beautiful collector’s edition invites us to explore with Eckhart Tolle such topics as:
F The Economy—points us toward the hidden opportunities in seemingly “dreadful”
financial times
F Spiritual Awakening in Daily Life—offers a liberating alternative to perceiving life
solely from the point of view of the mind
F To Think or Not to Think—discover the transformation that awaits when we learn
to operate in presence rather than under the direction of our mental activity
F The Gift of Nature—explores the many ways in which nature can serve as a portal
to presence
F Meditation—discusses the many faces of meditation and its ultimate essence: realizing the precious spaciousness that is available in every moment
F Eckhart on Emerson—commentary on the collected essays of Ralph Waldo Emerson, writing that Eckhart considers to be of rare depth and truth
F Bonus Session—Life-changing questions with Eckhart and a short talk on relationships with his teaching partner Kim Eng.
The best thing we can do to build a better future is to live fully right now in alignment with the flow of nature and empowered by wisdom that transcends thought. The
opportunity is ours with Creating a New Earth.
Also by Eckhart Tolle: The Power of Now and A New Earth. See eckharttolle.com
courage healthy student-teacher relationships, increase trust and spiritual intimacy
between teachers and their students, and
help authentic spiritual teachers stay happily monogamous or celibate.
Sex and the Spiritual Teacher is for anyone
who is or might become part of a spiritual
community: students, teachers, clergy, lay
leaders, and even casual visitors. It’s a read-
BRANCHES OF LIGHT
F
29
er-friendly, no-nonsense guide to making
spiritual life safer and fuller for all of us—
one person, one relationship, and one community at a time.
“He explores the understandable, human
reasons why these transgressions so often
arise, without wavering in the clear message
that they must be avoided, for the sake of all
members of the spiritual community. By em-
F
phasizing the humanness of even the wisest
teacher and the importance of transparency, Edelstein provides wise, clear counsel
for spiritual teachers, students, and those
who care for them, that will undoubtedly
reduce the risk of problematic relationships, as well as help those who find themselves having crossed boundaries act with
kindness and care to extricate themselves
from these harmful situations. Every student
and teacher in any spiritual tradition should
read this book immediately, and more than
once… Edelstein’s willingness to look at
what is so often hidden with unwavering clarity and compassion is an immense gift to us
all.” —Lizabeth Roemer, co-author of The
Mindful Way Through Anxiety
Scott Edelstein has studied with several
spiritual teachers, including Toni Packer,
Dainin Katagiri, Tim McCarthy, and (currently) Steve Hagen. As the friend of several spiritual teachers, he has also spent much
time with them “off duty,” sometimes serving as confidant.
A WOMAN’S WORK
with Gurdjieff, Ramana Maharshi,
Krishnamurti, Anandamayi Ma
& Pak Subuh
by Mary Ellen Korman
$28.75, paper. Arete Communications.
308 pages, b/w photos
There are few comprehensive accounts of
individual Westerners—especially women—
who really explored Indian
spirituality in
the first part of
the 20th century.
Ethel
Merston (18831964) left an intimate record
of her journey
as she constantly questioned
and searched
for a remedy to
relieve the malady in her soul.
We owe Mary
Ellen Korman our appreciation for chronicling that time when, with the decline of
Christianity, intelligent people began to
question the spiritual vacuum in the West
and then turned to the East for answers.
She has brought to life many of the people
Merston encountered, and who we may
have heard about in passing years but never quite knew as fellow seekers committed
to the search for higher truths. A rich vein
of history has been opened up to those curious about the pioneers who came to India
against the current of ideas and balance of
power which then favored the West.
An early 20th century spiritual seeker’s
“Who’s Who”, A Woman’s Work chronicles
Ethel Merston’s time spent with many important teachers of the time, amongst them
Helena Blavatsky, Maurice Nicoll, G.I.
Gurdjieff, Edgar Cayce, Krishnamurti,
Sunyata, Alain Danielou, Sri Aurobindo and
the Mother, Pak Subuh, and especially,
Ramana Maharshi.
“Based on Ethel Merston’s candid memoir, A Woman’s Work chronicles her journey
of self-transformation from privileged
Victorian England to India. A resonant and
engaging account of a spiritual seeker whose
inner struggles, confusions and insights are
recounted as she meets many of the key figures of her time.” —The Gurdjieff Journal
F
TEACHERS
F
“Naked Honesty” with Regina Ryan
Great Lives by Eknath Easwaran
GANDHI THE MAN
IGNITING THE INNER LIFE
How One Man Changed Himself to
Change the World, 4th Edition
by Eknath Easwaran
$19.50, paper. Hohm. 226 pages
by Regina Sara Ryan
The inner life is the intrinsic spiritual dimension of existence.
To “ignite” it is to make a pilgrimage within—to move from “out
there” to “in here” in the orientation of life, work, choices and
relationships. This book is directed to those with a focus on
spirituality, self-understanding, contemplative prayer, God, or
the awakening of the heart’s knowledge, regardless of the religious tradition they follow.
Every major religious or spiritual tradition contains recommendations for building and maintaining an inner life—
through silence and solitude, through prayer, mantra and ritual, through sacred reading and contemplation, through poetry, nature and symbolism.
This book is designed to remind us of what we know about the life of our souls, and
yet easily forget in the busyness of contemporary life. We can stop and slow down; we
can move quickly and work hard while still maintaining our sense of self, our clear intention; we can bless others rather than judge them; we can practice seeing ourselves
more clearly and build a foundation of self-appreciation and forgiveness.
Igniting the Inner Life will serve as a welcome friend to any pilgrim who wants to
move deeper within. It will encourage long term but weary travelers to take that next
step, and point out common detours or dead ends along this interior highway. Each
chapter contains one or more contemporary poems to uplift the reader. The book
concludes with suggested practices and prayers to rekindle the heart’s intentions.
$20.50, paper. Nilgiri.
212 pages, 7x9, French flaps, 70 b/w photos
“I am not a visionary. I claim to be a practical idealist.”
—Gandhi
In 1892 Mohandas K. Gandhi was 23 years old, a shy, tonguetied man whose past was full of failure; thirty years later—called
a saint even by those who opposed him—he was the acknowledged leader of 400 million Indians in their struggle for independence through nonviolent revolution. The story of a great soul and the power of
nonviolence, Gandhi, the Man does what no other book does: it describes the astonishing inner revolution by which M.K. Gandhi became the Mahatma who brought
about India’s independence after 300 years of foreign rule.
When growing up in Gandhi’s India, author Eknath Easwaran (1910–1999) sought
and came face to face with the personal power of Gandhi. It is that power—not of
Gandhi the political leader, but of Gandhi the man—that is revealed in this book.
A human being is an immense spiritual force barely contained in a physical form.
When all his hopes, all his desires, all his drive, all his will fuse together and become
one, this force is released even in his own lifetime, and not even the death of his body
can imprison it again. Gandhi made himself the force of nonviolence. He is a force
which cannot die, which awakens again wherever a person, or a community, or a
nation turns to nonviolence with all its strength and all its will.
Once, while Gandhi’s train was pulling slowly out of the station, a reporter ran up to
him and asked him breathlessly for a message to take back to his people. Gandhi’s reply
was a hurried line scrawled on a scrap of paper: “My life is my message.” It is a
message which does not require the vast stage of world politics, but can be put into
practice here and now, in the midst of daily life.
What if my life were forever reinterpreted as pilgrimage? What if I chose, deliberately,
to pare down my necessities in order to travel with fewer encumbrances? What if I
chose traveling companions from among those I knew would keep me awake and alert
because of their good spirit and their dedication?
What if I honored my companions because they had promised to walk the path, whether
they stumbled along or not, or even whether they liked the particular scenery or not? What if
I looked at everything that happened to me along the way as being a potential gift, and grace,
and miracle, and instruction in the tenderizing of the heart? Ah, what then!
A new cover and revised text (Gandhi, the Man was first published in 1973) enhance
this widely acclaimed profile that begins in South Africa, where Gandhi’s remarkable
transformation took place. More than 70 photographs, many not published elsewhere,
enrich the story of Gandhi’s development, and revealing quotations from Gandhi display that progress against the backdrop of his social and political work. Timothy Flinders,
an educator and student of Easwaran, contributes “How Nonviolence Works,” a chapter
relating Gandhian techniques to contemporary problems and shows readers how to apply Gandhi’s principles to promote peace in their own lives.
Revealing how one gentle yet determined man became a force for human
progress and freedom, Gandhi, the Man “comes closer to giving some sense of how
Gandhi saw his life than any other account I have read.” —Bill McKibben
PRAYING DANGEROUSLY
Radical Reliance on God
by Regina Sara Ryan
To grow up spiritually we must relinquish a childish relationship to prayer as a superstitious ritual or plea for favors. In
Praying Dangerously, readers learn to recognize the difference
between prayer that asks for reassurance, and prayer that asks
for God and stands for transformation. The author invites us to
assume greater responsibility for our inner lives by choosing
not-knowing, insecurity, and difficult circumstances as potential blessings and means of purification and inspiration.
Drawing its wisdom from a multitude of spiritual traditions,
this 10th Anniversary Edition is fully revised, with several new
chapters, including one on “Praying on the Subway,” about how public places can provide us with continuous inspiration for blessing others.
“This wise, fierce, challenging book restores to seekers on all paths the art of praying dangerously, and reveals its rewards of sacred passion and naked honesty, of surrender and of the capacity to celebrate fearlessly, even in the darkest fires of personal
anguish or public apocalypse.” —Andrew Harvey, author of The Essential Mystics
“I have not the shadow of a doubt that any man or woman can achieve what I have,
if he or she would make the same effort and cultivate the same hope and faith.”
—Gandhi
NONVIOLENT SOLDIER OF ISLAM
Badshah Khan, a Man to Match His Mountains
by Eknath Easwaran
$19.50, paper. Nilgiri. 298 pages, b/w photos
When Mahatma Gandhi roused millions in civil disobedience
to British rule, Badshah Khan was the one leader who fully understood the spiritual basis of Gandhi’s work. The progency of
a Muslim tribe steeped in a tradition of blood revenge, he used
the power gained through his own spiritual disciplines to organize his people, the notoriously violent Pathans of the Khyber
Pass, into history’s first nonviolent “army” of 100,000 men. This
heroic account is a story of hard-won victory that offers inspiration for nonviolent solutions to today’s world struggles.
This superb biography shows that nonviolence can be followed by those who have a
tradition of violence, that it can work effectively against ruthless repression, and that
it has a natural place in Islam.
Among meditation teacher Eknath Easwaran’s many books are Gandhi the Man and
God Makes the Rivers to Flow.
IN LOVE WITH THE
MYSTERY
by Ann Mortifee,
with photographs by
Courtney Milne
something new and unknown will
ultimately come. Do not order things too
swiftly. Wait and the miracle will appear.
In Love with the Mystery is a book of deep
listening. In consort with her husband the
flute maestro Paul Horn, Ann has recorded some of these inspirational passages in
a sensitive and beautiful musical background on the accompanying CD. Ann’s
voice transports the listener to places where
one can meditate on the wisdom within
one’s own heart. This musical offering is a
marriage of two visionary souls traveling together—and can be experienced alone or
in union with the book.
Book
& CD
When we anchor our consciousness in
the belly, we are literally bringing Heaven to
Earth. The ego, which is so often motivated
by insecurity, relaxes. As the ego lets go of
its need for control, it finds itself at peace
and in service to the Divine Will.
$28.95, Book+CD set. Eskova.
176 page-hardcover, 9x7,
colour photos + 43-minute audio-CD
Beloved artist and song enchantress Ann
Mortifee is also a deep wonderer who many
years ago began the practice of awakening
each morning at sunrise. During these
hours of quiet, she developed a fertile stillness that has led to an ever-deepening
awareness. From Ann’s recordings of her
thoughts in her journal, she has crafted this
beautiful book.
Our lives are meant to be mysterious
journeys, unfolding one step at a time.
Often we follow a path worn smooth by
many and in doing so we lose our
authenticity, our individuality, our own
unique expression. Do not be afraid to
lose your way. Out of chaos, clarity will
eventually arise. Out of not knowing,
BRANCHES OF LIGHT
F
In Love with the Mystery is a labour of love
and beauty—a reflective and companionable gift for all those in our lives who are
learning to love the mystery of being alive.
And Courtney Milne’s amazing colour photographs take the book into a whole other
dimension.
30
F
We are turning base metals into gold.
We are transforming ourselves so a new
era for humanity can begin. We are
surrendering our separateness so we can
harmonize once more with Creation. The
time for this work is now. Now, before it
is too late. Give everything you have to
this great awakening. Sacrifice all your
resistance upon the altar of your own
becoming. Nothing less will do.
THE THREE DANGEROUS MAGI
Osho, Gurdjieff, Crowley
by P.T. Mistlberger
$35.95, paper. O Books. 714 pages
The Most Dangerous man since Jesus
Christ, the Sex Guru, the Ambassador from
Hell, the Black Devil of Ashkhabad, The
King of Depravity, and the Wickedest Man
in the World. These were some of the labels
given to three of the most notorious figures
of 20th century spirituality: Osho (formerly
known as Bhagwan Shree Rajneesh), G.I.
Gurdjieff, and Aleister Crowley. Beneath
the controversies and scandals that
swirled around all three the author argues
that these men, egocentric tendencies
notwithstanding, were brilliant thinkers
E X P L O R I N G L I F E & D E AT H
F
unreservedly.” —-Nevill Drury, author of
The New Age: the History of a Movement
“The Three Dangerous Magi is a must
read/devour for those who have a penchant for Crazy Wisdom’s top unframers!
Mistlberger unravels and makes the three
rascal awakeners come alive in all of their
unconventional glory… Be ready to be
stirred to the core, turned upside down and
fit together again in new ways.” —-Satyen
Raja, author of Living Ecstasy
P.T. Mistlberger is a transpersonal therapist and meditation teacher. From monasteries in the Tibetan highlands to Tantric
ashrams in India, from the monuments of
Egypt and stone circles of Britain to high
deserts in Arizona and Native sweat lodges
in British Columbia, he has scoured the
globe seeking the best of the world’s wisdom
traditions. He lives in Vancouver.
Talks & Quotes from Krishnamurti
WHERE CAN PEACE BE FOUND?
by J. Krishnamurti
Krishnamurti taught that in order for there to
be peace in the world, we must each first make peace
with ourselves. No spiritual path, leader, or philosophy will
guide us in this endeavor; this transformation of the human psyche is a truth that each of us must discover within ourselves.
Freedom requires a great deal of discipline. Freedom implies
great humility, innate, inward discipline and work…
When you identify yourself with a country, with certain
ideologies, with conclusions, concepts, then you are incapable of
being humble. It is only when you inquire in humility that you
learn, you find out. Then you see things as they are around you and in yourself.
In Where Can Peace Be Found?, taken from talks given in 1983, Krishnamurti focuses
on how the war and destruction we human beings wreak on each other and the environment are primarily caused by our feelings of nationalism and by a misplaced attachment to religion. The root of the problems we face in our world—primarily war
and hatred of one another—is due to an attachment to a sense of self and individuality that leads to aggression, competition, greed, and conflict. When we free ourselves
from our conditioning by recognizing that our consciousness is not individual but
common to all humans, we can finally work together in a spirit of cooperation and
compassion. Krishnamurti teaches that each of us needs to take personal responsibility for our actions and reactions—in our relationships and in our lives—as a necessary
first step toward a more global view of reality.
Dying, Near-Death & Grieving
THE FIVE WAYS WE GRIEVE
Finding Your Personal Path to Healing
After the Loss of a Loved One
by Susan Berger
Only compassion is that intelligence which gives humanity security, stability, a vast
sense of strength.
Jiddu Krishnamurti (1895–1986) was one of the great spiritual teachers of the 20th
century. He traveled and lectured throughout the world, and his talks and works are
preserved in many books.
THE QUOTABLE KRISHNAMURTI
by J Krishnamurti, edited by Robert Epstein
$13.00, paper. Quest. 176 pages
“Truth is a pathless land; you cannot approach it by any religion… My only concern is to set men absolutely free.” So
said Jiddu Krishnamurti, one of the most influential spiritual
leaders of the 20th century. Born in India in 1895, as a teenager he was groomed by Theosophists C.W. Leadbeater and Annie
Besant to become the next World Teacher. Yet later he broke
from his mentors, refusing to play the messiah. For nearly 60
years Krishnamurti traveled the world over, urging all humans
to pursue their own, individual freedom without dependence
on any doctrine or organization. He passionately rebuked violence, decrying both governments and organized religion, insisting they result in conformity, division and fragmentation, rather than harmony.
“God is disorder,” Krishnamurti once remarked during a talk. He shocked many in
the audience. It was a shock designed to jolt us out of the consensus trance we
typically inhabit until our graves. In your hands is a collection of insights and truths,
originating in love and compassion, to jolt you into full attention. Krishnamurti was
awake; will you dare to join him in wakefulness and make your own revolution?
—Robert Epstein
Robert Epstein has culled key quotations from Krishnamurti’s talks and writings.
Conveniently organized from A to Z, topics range from acceptance and anger to consciousness, fear, fulfillment, God, hope, joy, love, nonviolence, reincarnation, relationship, self-understanding, sex, suffering, vegetarianism, war, and wisdom. “You are
the world, and the world is you,” said Krishnamurti. “If there is a radical transformation in the structure of an individual’s psyche, it will affect the whole consciousness of
man.” This small jewel of a book contains enormous power to inspire readers to just
such a change.
When you are open, there is unending help in all things, from the song of a bird to
the call of a human being, from the blade of grass to the immensity of the heavens.
and extraordinary
masters of their
craft, that of the science of inner transformation, and in
particular the art of
balancing the so
called Left and Right
Hand spiritual paths.
These men were
not humble sages.
They were bona fide
crazy wisdom masters
and consistently went where angels fear to
tread. They did not teach with the faint
praise of new age fluff or the stuffy platitudes of religious sermons, but rather with a
flaming sword, and were a genuine menace
to all seekers who fear to face the abyss of
their own egos.
“Osho, G.I. Gurdjieff and Aleister
Crowley are ‘dangerous Magi’ because
their teachings were provocative and confrontational and require discerning interpretation. As metaphysical guru-figures, all
three were capable of damaging their followers as well as providing them with profound spiritual insights. P.T. Mistlberger has
personal experiential knowledge of the
three esoteric paths pioneered by these
Magi. In this excellent book he explains
why all three have contributed to the perennial wisdom tradition despite the controversy associated with their teachings. The Three
Dangerous Magi is thoroughly researched
and accessibly written and I recommend it
BRANCHES OF LIGHT
F
31
In this new approach to understanding
the impact of grief, Susan Berger goes beyond the commonly
held
theories
of
stages of grief with a
new typology for selfawareness and personal growth. In The
Five Ways We Grieve,
she offers practical
advice for healing
from a major loss in
this presentation of
five basic ways, or
types, of grieving.
These five types describe how different people respond to a
major loss. The types are:
Nomads, who have not yet resolved their
grief and often don’t understand how their
loss has affected their lives.
Memorialists, who are committed to preserving the memory of their loved ones by
creating concrete memorials and rituals to
honor them.
Normalizers, who are committed to re-creating a sense of family and community.
Activists, who focus on helping other people who are dealing with the same disease or
issues that caused their loved one’s death.
Seekers, who adopt religious, philosophical, or spiritual beliefs to create meaning in
their lives.
Drawing on research results and anecdotes
from working with the bereaved over the past ten
years, Berger examines how a person’s worldview is affected after a major loss. According to
her findings, people experience significant
changes in their sense of mortality, their values
and priorities, their perception of and orientation toward time, and the manner in which they
“fit” in society. The five types of grieving, she
finds, reflect the choices people make in their efforts to adapt to dramatic life changes.
By identifying with one of the types, readers who have suffered a recent loss—or
whose lives have been shaped by an early
loss—find ways of understanding the impact
of the loss and of living more fully.
“Gives bereaved people a useful tool for
interpreting their responses to a loss and
creating a new normal for their lives.” —Bob
Deits, author of Life After Loss
F
F
HEIDEGGER AND A HIPPO WALK
THROUGH THOSE PEARLY GATES
Using Philosophy (and Jokes!) to
Explore Life, Death, the Afterlife,
and Everything in Between
by Thomas Cathcart & Daniel Klein
$16.00, paper. Penguin.
Q. Why are there almost as many jokes
about death as there are about sex?
A. Because they both scare the pants off us.
Thomas Cathcart and Daniel Klein first
made a name for
themselves with the
outrageously funny
Plato
and
a
Platypus Walk into
a Bar. Now they
turn their attention
to the Big D and
share the timeless
wisdom of the great
philosophers, theologians,
psychotherapists, and
wiseguys. From angels to zombies and everything in between,
Cathcart and Klein offer a fearless and irreverent history of how we approach
death, why we embrace life, and whether
there really is a hereafter. As hilarious as it
is illuminating, Heidegger and a Hippo Walk
Through Those Pearly Gates is a sort of
Everything You Wanted to Know About
Death But Are Sorry You Asked dedicated
to their “philosophical mentor,” king of the
philogaggers, Woody Allen. They kick off
their discussion with the question, “Do you
really think you’re going to die?” Their
point is that
We are the only creatures who
comprehend that we are going to die and
we are also the only creatures who can
imagine living forever. It’s that combo that
drives us crazy.
Cathcart and Klein take readers on a
whirlwind tour of anthropological, philosophical and theological theories of why
and how we avoid accepting our own mortality. The authors demonstrate how humor
allows us to express our fears about death
“while defusing anxiety.” Succinct accounts
of Kierkegaard’s notion of embracing angst,
Schopenhauer’s notion of undying will and
Descartes on mind-body dualism are thus all
peppered by comic asides (Leibnitz “maintained that Mind and Matter don’t actually
get into each others’ knickers”). This little
book is an entertaining and surprisingly informative survey of the “Big D” and its centrality in human life.
EVIDENCE OF THE AFTERLIFE
The Science of Near-Death Experiences
by Jeffrey Long, with Paul Perry
Evidence of the Afterlife shares the firsthand accounts of people who have died
and lived to tell
about it. Through
their work at the
Near
Death
Experience Research
Foundation, radiation
oncologist
Jeffrey Long and his
wife, Jody, have gathered thousands of
accounts of neardeath experiences
(NDEs) from all
over the world. In
addition to sharing the personal narrative
of their experiences, visitors to the website
are asked to fill out a one hundred-item
questionnaire designed to isolate specific el-
F
P R E S E N C E , “ E N O U G H N E S S ” & WA K I N G U P
ements of the experience and to flag counterfeit accounts.
The website has become the largest NDE
research database in the world, containing
over 1,600 NDE accounts. The people
whose stories are captured in the database
span all age groups, races, and religious affiliations and come from all over the world,
yet the similarities in their stories are as aweinspiring as they are revealing. Using this
treasure trove of data, Dr. Long explains
how medical evidence fails to explain these
reports and why there is only one plausible
explanation—that people have survived
death and traveled to another dimension.
More info: nderf.org.
Transpersonal Psychology
INSIDE-OUT HEALING
Transforming Your Life Through
the Power of Presence
by Richard Moss
The two greatest sources of life-force
energy that you can directly access come
through how present you are, moment by
moment, and through how deeply you
meet other people in the Now.
Join
worldrenowned consciousness teacher and
healer Richard Moss
in an exploration of
the power of presence in your life.
Presence is associated with feelings of
aliveness,
connection, creativity, satisfaction, and flow. It is
presence that frequently is the “difference that makes the difference” in your
ability to enjoy life, heal emotional wounds,
experience intimacy, and support the
growth and transformation of others.
This inspiring book presents powerful
principles, tools, and practices for transforming self-limiting patterns of thought
and behaviors and for staying in the present even in the midst of very difficult
feelings. Drawing from individual counseling sessions and sharing many practical exercises, Moss demonstrates how awareness
and presence can be applied to support
change in yourself and others, thereby creating a solid bridge between knowing and
doing.
Inside-Out Healing will help you:
F Become more available and fully connected with yourself and others
F Build a solid foundation for healing in all
areas of your life
F Be better able to handle difficult situations
with more elegance and ease
F Improve both personal and professional
relationships
F Expand your capacity for genuine empathy and compassion
F Experience more richness, gratitude, and
fulfillment in your life and relationships.
Are you ready for a shift of
consciousness that liberates your mind and
heart? Whether you’re motivated by
illness, relationship unhappiness, or the
desire to excel and experience life to the
fullest, this book holds the keys.
Also by Richard Moss is The Mandala of
Being.
A LIFE OF BEING, HAVING
AND DOING ENOUGH
by Wayne Muller
“This wise and compassionate book helps
us recognize and receive what we already
have and offers us a
place of refuge, renewal, and peace. A
must-read for anyone
who has ever felt ‘It’s
never enough.’” —
Rachel
Naomi
Remen, author of
Kitchen
Table
Wisdom
From the moment
we are born, we are
seekers. Our culture
obsessively promotes
the pursuit of money, success
New in
and self-improvement. At the
Paperback
end of each
activity-jammed
day,
though, we collapse into
bed discouraged by everything we have not checked
off on our to-do lists, anxious that whatever we have
accomplished is never
Wayne Muller enough. Worse still, when
our dreams become derailed by the inherent tragedies of life—job
loss, financial peril, sickness, or the death of
a loved one—we feel devastated by the pain
and injustice of it all.
In A Life of Being, Having, and Doing
Enough, therapist and interfaith minister
Wayne Muller offers healing for us, the perpetually stressed. By learning compassion
and mercy for ourselves and by recognizing what is most profoundly true about who
we are and what we need, we can gain the
self-acceptance so that whatever we choose
to do, in this moment, it is wholly enough.
By beautifully illustrating how “enough”
looks and feels, he offers the reader a
tremendous gift.
Muller mixes the writings of great spiritual and political leaders with inspirational
anecdotes from his own life, inviting us to
derive more satisfaction from less and
pull gratitude out of the ashes of grief.
The answer to what he describes as “authentic happiness” lies not in seeing the
glass as half full instead of half empty. In reality, he writes, the glass is always half full
and half empty. The world is neither broken nor whole, but eternally engaged in
rhythms between joy and sorrow. With
Muller’s guidance, we may find ourselves
on the most courageous spiritual pilgrimage of our lives.
“An antidote to ‘more is better’ and the
madness of multitasking. It offers a respite
from the endless cycle of seeking that perpetuates our suffering.” —Frank Ostaseki,
founder of the Zen Hospice Project
Previous books by Muller include How
Then, Shall We Live? and Sabbath.
WAKING FROM SLEEP
Why Awakening Experiences Occur and
How to Make Them Permanent
by Steve Taylor
How much of your waking time are you
fully awake? On the other hand, how often
do you stumble through the day on autopilot, half-asleep and out of contact with yourself, instead of feeling connected and alive?
In Waking from Sleep, Steve Taylor suggests that our normal consciousness is really a kind of “sleep” from which we
sometimes “wake up” into a more intense
and complete reality. He provides a re-
BRANCHES OF LIGHT
F
32
freshingly clear explanation of higher
states of consciousness, or “awakening experiences.”
This work delves
into the methods we
human beings have
used throughout history to induce awakening
experiences, including
fasting,
meditation,
sex, sports, psychedelic
drugs, the presence of
an enlightened person,
sleep deprivation, and
so on. Higher states of
consciousness
were
normal and natural to some of the world’s
peoples (and still are, in some cases). Taylor
also examines the paradox of why states of
depression and despair are such a common
trigger of awakening experiences and how
encountering death can cause a permanent
shift to an awakened state.
By fully explaining awakening experiences, the author makes them much more
accessible, which may lead to a revolution
in our psychological development as human
beings—how we can make “wakefulness”
our normal state again.
At root, this is an evolutionary impulse.
The impulse that we feel to intensify our
life-energy is the élan vital itself, the same
drive towards greater complexity and
consciousness that has taken life from the
first single-celled amoeba to human
beings. It’s the process of evolution
manifesting itself inside us and impelling
us to become more conscious and alive on
its behalf.
“One of the best books on spiritual awakening I have ever come across. An important contribution to the shift in consciousness that is happening on our planet.”
—Eckhart Tolle, author of A New Earth
F
exploration of expanded consciousness set
the stage for the social, spiritual, sexual,
and psychological revolution of the 1960s.
Timothy Leary would be the rebellious
trickster, the premier proponent of the
therapeutic and spiritual benefits of LSD,
advising a generation to “turn on, tune in,
and drop out.” Richard Alpert would be
the seeker, traveling to India and returning to America as Ram Dass, reborn as a
spiritual leader with his “Be Here Now”
mantra, inspiring a restless army of spiritual pilgrims. Huston Smith would be the
teacher, practicing every world religion, introducing the Dalai Lama to the West, and
educating generations of Americans to
adopt a more tolerant, inclusive attitude toward other cultures’ beliefs. And young
Andrew Weil would be the healer, devoting his life to the holistic reformation of
the healthcare system.
It was a time of huge, loving discovery,
but behind the scenes lurked backstabbing,
jealousy, and outright betrayal. In spite of
their personal conflicts—which Lattin unearths with care and curiosity—the members of the Harvard Psychedelic Club
would forever “change the way we view the
world, heal ourselves, and practice religion.”
They changed the way we see the very
nature of reality. We see the best of them
in the best of ourselves. In the end, it’s
not about the drugs. It’s about
remembering all the life-affirming
moments along the way—those glimpses
of wonder and awe, empathy and
interconnectedness—and finding a place
for all of that in the rest of our lives.
“A skillfully woven group biography, it is
thoroughly researched, wonderfully readable, and sparkles with keen insights.” —
Harvey Cox, Harvard Divinity school, author of the Future of Faith
Entheogens / Psychedelics
THE HARVARD PSYCHEDELIC CLUB
How Timothy Leary, Ram Dass, Huston
Smith, and Andrew Weil
Killed the Fifties and
New in
Ushered in a New Age
Paperback
for America
by Don Lattin
We may not like to admit it now, but
many of us turned on, tuned in, and
dropped out, at least for a while. We saw
the light. We began to question the
materialist, consumerist mind-set into
which we were raised and started looking
for other ways to be.
Here be a rich slice
of the creation story
of
New
Consciousness, told
with wit, authority
and an evenhanded
understanding of the
good, the bad and
the crazy of it.
Where?
Harvard,
1960–1963.
Who?
Timothy
Leary,
Richard
Alpert,
Huston Smith, and Andrew Weil—with a
host of pioneering “illuminati.”
This book is the story of how three brilliant scholars and one ambitious freshman
crossed paths in the early Sixties at a
Harvard-sponsored psychedelic-drug research project, transforming their lives
and North American culture and launching the mind/body/spirit movement.
The four men came together in a time of
upheaval and experimentation, and their
F
THE PSYCHEDELIC
EXPLORER’S GUIDE
Safe, Therapeutic,
and Sacred Journeys
by James Fadiman
Called “America’s wisest and most respected authority on psychedelics and their
use,” James Fadiman
has been involved
with psychedelic research since the
1960s. In this guide
to the immediate
and long-term effects
of psychedelic use
for spiritual (high
dose),
therapeutic
(moderate
dose),
and problem-solving
(low dose) purposes,
Fadiman
outlines
best practices for safe, sacred entheogenic
voyages learned through more than 40
years of experience—from the benefits of
having a sensitive guide during a session
(and how to be one) to the importance of
the setting and pre-session intention.
Suggestions for the Voyager
If possible, approach a voyage as a
three-day process. Ideally, the first day,
stay quiet and unhurried. Reserve time for
self-reflection, spending a portion of the
day in nature. Set aside the second day,
all day, for the session. The third day
should be devoted entirely to integrating
the session and recording your discoveries
and insights.
Fadiman reviews the newest as well as the
neglected research into the psychotherapeutic value of visionary drug use for in-
S H A M A N I C WAY S
F
F
Ayahuasca Journeys
VINE OF THE SOUL
Encounters with Ayahuasca
by Richard Meech
New on
DVD
$18.95, DVD. Meech Grant. 60 minutes
Can a sacred plant from the Amazon heal our
minds and spirits? For centuries, indigenous people
of South America have used ayahuasca, a psychoactive plant medicine, to cure all manner of psychospiritual ills. Today, thousands of Westerners, seeking healing and spiritual awakening, attend
ayahuasca ceremonies around the world to drink
the vision-inducing tea and experience dramatic
transformations in their lives.
Vine of the Soul is a documentary that explores this brave new
world, offering insights into the nature of faith, mystical experience and self-healing through a heightened state of consciousness. Filmmaker Richard Meech follows key protagonists as they
journey to Peru—and back home—capturing in verité style both
them has been one of the great experiences of my life.
And yes, the gifts I’ve been given are real and available
in those moments when they are needed. I’m grateful
for that.
But I know there is a lot more work to do.
AYAHUASCA IN MY BLOOD
25 Years of Medicine Dreaming
by Peter Gorman
$28.75, paper. Gorman Bench Press.
Ayahuasca in My Blood reads like a page-turning, action-adventure story, and Gorman’s exquisitely described experiences with the sacred jungle juice will
certainly stretch the boundaries of what readers think
is possible. He describes absolutely incredible encounters with nonhuman spirit entities and transcorporeal
shamans, psychic experiences with remote viewing and
telepathy, contact with the dead, and striking synchronicities that confirm his ayahuasca visions.
The wise and generous shamans that Gorman worked with,
the spiritual allies that he gained, and the plant teachers that
challenged and educated him are all described in fascinating
detail, intimately woven into his personal story about the many
years he spent living in the Amazon.
The first 25 years of dreaming have been a challenge… Taking
people to the deep jungle and watching the medicine work with
THE AYAHUASCA VISIONS OF
PABLO AMARINGO
by Howard Charing, Peter Cloudsley
& Pablo Amaringo
$43.95, cloth. Inner Traditions.
192 pages, 10x13, colour illustrations & photos
Recognized as one of the world’s great visionary
artists, Pablo Amaringo was renowned for his intricate, colorful paintings inspired by his shamanic visions. A master communicator of the ayahuasca experience—where snakes, jaguars, subterranean
beings, celestial palaces, aliens, and spacecraft all
converge—Amaringo’s art presents a doorway to the transcendent worlds of ayahuasca intended for contemplation, meditation, and inspiration.
Illustrating the evolution of his intricate and colorful art,
this book contains 47 full-color reproductions of Amaringo’s
latest works with detailed explorations of the rich Amazonian
mythology underlying each painting. Through their longstanding relationship with Amaringo, co-authors Charing and
Cloudsley are able to share the personal stories behind his vicreased personal awareness and a host of serious medical conditions, including his recent study of the reasons
for and results of psychedelic use among hundreds
of students and professionals. He reveals new uses
for LSD and other psychedelics, including extremely
low doses for improved cogJames Fadiman nitive functioning and emotional balance.
It cannot be emphasized enough that
this book is not a manual to “the drug
experience,” but about how to best open
your own inner worlds and make use of
the vast range of experiences possible after
taking psychedelics. In the words of one
guide, discussing the role of psychedelics
in relation to other practices, “It enhances
the life-altering epiphanies and nights of terror encountered after drinking the sacred brew.
Is ayahuasca a doorway to direct knowledge of the
divine or a path that leads to psychological trauma?
Can it cure modern addictions to drugs and alcohol
or is ayahuasca itself a possible substance of abuse?
Some people call it a medicine, others a sacrament;
the Amazonian shamans say it is simply a ‘plant
teacher’ that tells you what you need to know.
Throughout the film, in-depth interviews with
Peruvian and Canadian shamans, ethnobotanist
Dennis McKenna, addiction expert Dr. Gabor Maté
and scholar Kenneth Tupper speak of increasing
ayahuasca use outside the Amazon and the potential benefits for
Western medicine, personal spiritual growth and a new understanding of nature.
Featuring Guillermo Arévalo, Metsa Niwe and Ronin Niwe.
Shot on location at Espíritu de Anaconda near Iquitos, Peru and
at other locations in North America.
“Long before ayahuasca tourism became a pastime
for rich gringos, Peter Gorman was knocking around
Iquitos and the Amazon. He’s traveled the rivers and
quaffed the brew with the best (and the worst) of them
and been way, way beyond the chrysanthemum on
many a dark jungle night. This is the intensely personal story of an old-school jungle rat for whom
ayahuasca is not just a hobby, but a life-long quest.”
—Dennis McKenna, Ph.D, co-author of The Invisible
Landscape
“Unlike many writing about ayahuasca, Peter Gorman knows
this plant and these forests long and well. Explorer, ethnobotanist, writer and raconteur—Gorman is uniquely qualified to
tell this incredible tale… a wild mixture of adventure, horror,
spirituality, tenderness, and insight.” —Mark Plotkin, author of
Tales of a Shaman’s Apprentice
sions and experiences with Amazonian people and
folklore, capturing Amaringo’s powerful ecological
and spiritual message through his art and words.
With contributions by Graham Hancock, Jeremy
Narby, Robert Venosa, Dennis McKenna, Stephan
Beyer, and Jan Kounen, this book brings the
ayahuasca experience to life as we travel on
Amaringo’s visionary brush and palette.
We are made of music. Artists do well to whistle or
chant as I do when I paint—much as a little bird sings
to protect the forest. The huarmi taquina is the vibration
of the spirit that accompanies creation; everyone feels
happy when they hear it.
The woman represents beauty, and her chant is an exquisite bird
song lifting everyone’s spirits—like lianas twisting up into the sky.
Pablo Amaringo (1938-2009) trained as a curandero in the
Amazon, healing himself and others from the age of ten, but retired in 1977 to become a full-time painter and art teacher at his
Usko-Ayar school in Pucullpa, Peru. He is also the author/artist
of Ayahuasca Visions: The Religious Iconography of a Peruvian
Shaman.
A former president of the Institute of
Noetic Sciences, James Fadiman teaches at
the Institute of Transpersonal Psychology,
which he helped found in 1975.
More info/resources: entheoguide.net.
mind states also accessible from intense
practice and focused attention
discoverable through yoga, meditation,
fasting, and other disciplines.” Seemingly
universal, this opening is often
experienced as reuniting one’s self with an
eternal flow of energies and
understandings.
Shamanism & Ritual
Cautioning that psychedelics are not for
everyone, he dispels the myths and misperceptions about psychedelics circulating in
textbooks and clinics as well as on the internet. Exploring the life-changing experiences of Ram Dass, Timothy Leary, Aldous
Huxley, and Huston Smith as well as Francis
Crick and Steve Jobs, Fadiman shows how
psychedelics, used wisely, can lead not only
to healing but also to scientific breakthroughs and spiritual epiphanies.
BRANCHES OF LIGHT
F
33
ILLUMINATION
The Shaman’s Way of Healing
by Alberto Villoldo
Illumination, by shamanic researcher and
teacher Alberto Villoldo, guides the reader
on a healing journey, forged by the timeless wisdom of indigenous cultures and the
latest theories of neurobiology. Through
various stages in this journey of initiation, we
grow to understand the causes of our sufferF
ing and how to free
ourselves from the
pain and drama of
our unhealed emotions. Life itself invites us to be initiated through many
means—the possibility of love, the loss of a
parent or friend, the
birth of a child, or a
serious health crisis.
True initiation is empowered by facing personal challenges and
experiencing the spiritual rebirth—or illumination—that follows.
Unifying this book is the sacred process
of transforming toxic emotions into
sources of power and
grace. Illumination shows us
how to bid a joyful goodbye
to the people and places we
have met, discovering a sacred space where the spirit
inhabits, uniting the body
and soul.
Alberto Villoldo
Recounting his own experiences,
tracing
the
mythologies of an array of cultures, and expanding his inquiry into the field of neurobiology, Alberto Villoldo shows readers how
they can benefit from these sacred practices.
For the shaman, illumination is not an
internal state of awareness only. You must
bring your gifts forth into the world in the
form of compassion, courage, and
humility.
The Laika intuited what researchers in
neuroscience are discovering today:
illumination is an inherent faculty of the
brain, and not just a gift that some higher
power bestows upon us. And while indeed
it was possible to receive truth and
knowledge directly from Spirit through
mysterious means, they discovered that
they could attain illumination by
successfully completing certain initiations
into the mysteries of life. There are seven
passages we all experience during our
lives—birth, manhood or womanhood,
first love, marriage, parenthood,
sagehood, and death. To experience these
as initiations requires us to face and defeat
our inner demons, comprehend our
oneness with Creation, and understand our
duty as the stewards of all life.
Among Alberto Villoldo’s other books
are Courageous Dreaming and Shaman,
Healer, Sage. Info: thefourwinds.com.
THE BOWL OF LIGHT
Ancestral Wisdom from a
Hawaiian Shaman
by Hank Wesselman
In 1996, a revered Hawaiian elder befriended an American anthropologist, and
from their rare and intimate rapport, something
miraculous
emerged. Through the
words and teachings
of the kahuna wisdomkeeper Hale Makua,
Dr. Hank Wesselman
was gifted with an enhanced
perspective
into the sacred knowledge
of
ancient
Hawai’i.
Before his passing, elder Makua encouraged Dr. Wesselman to convey much of what
had passed between them to the wider
world, giving him permission to share his
spiritual knowledge. Now, with The Bowl of
Light, you are invited to share in the sacred
F
SHAMANS, THE HAIDA & MAGICK
wisdom of one of the world’s most powerful
indigenous traditions, including:
F The “Bowl of Light”—the vessel for our
essence and how we must care for it so we
can sustain our natural radiance
F The three directives of the spiritual warrior—love with humility, live with reverence, and know with self-discipline
F Rituals for communing with nature, receiving wisdom from the spirit world, purifying our consciousness, and more
F The Ancestral Grand Plan—exploring the
path our ancestors set in motion millennia
ago, and how the Plan is playing out across
the world today
In the oceanic islands where the flow of
primal energies has created unparalleled
natural beauty, one of the world’s most advanced spiritual cultures remains largely unknown to the West. With The Bowl of Light,
Hank Wesselman offers a privileged and intimate view into the mind of an authentic
Hawaiian kahuna—for the time has come
for the world to hear the wisdom that this
profound tradition offers.
Also by Hank Wesselman are the
Spiritwalker trilogy and Awakening to the
Spirit World (with Sandra Ingerman).
AWAKENING THE DIVINE SOUL
Finding Your Life Purpose
by Rosanna Ienco
$29.95, paper. O Books.
isbn 9781846941542
182 pages
Awakening the Divine Soul takes you on an
extraordinary journey—the author’s spiritual adventure, introducing you to the
many strange and
amazing people she
met along the way. Let
Rosanna Ienco lead
you along the path to
enlightenment. Allow
yourself to rise up
from the abyss of your
own soul, meet your
soul messenger, connect with your power
animal, heal your relationships, love yourself and find your true purpose.
From a gathering of Inuit elders in an icy
igloo, her journey unfolds with an incredible
meeting with a spirit guide who assists her on
the trail, to dark caves in Australia where she
communes with an ancient teacher. Her
shamanic journeying helps to unravel many
mysteries; past lives in Egypt, Atlantis and the
Plains of North America, and a lost key that is
crucial to her personal empowerment, waiting to be collected in the Cornish village of
Tintagel, England. Before we can embrace
our future, we need to understand our own
cultural heritage. This book vividly demonstrates how important it is to know where we
come from.
“In Rosanna’s book, Awakening the Divine
Soul, she gives you stirring examples from
her life—such as recounting her time in
Greenland as she explored the shamanic
traditions of that ancient land and recounting her own inner travels—to begin to open
the door for you to embark on your own
heartfelt shamanic journeys.” —Denise
Linn, author of Sacred Space
Native American Medicine Way
A STORY AS SHARP AS A KNIFE
The Classical Haida Mythtellers
and Their World
by Robert Bringhurst
$24.95, paper. Greystone.
The Haida world is a misty archipelago a
hundred
stormy
miles off the coasts of
British Columbia and
Alaska. For a thousand years and more
before the Europeans
came, a great culture
flourished in these islands. The masterworks of classical
Haida sculpture, now
enshrined in many of
the world’s great museums, range from exquisite tiny amulets to
magnificent huge housepoles. Classical
Haida literature is every bit as various and
fine. It extends from tiny jewels crafted by
master songmakers to elaborate mythic cycles lasting many hours.
The linguist and ethnographer John
Swanton took dictation from the last great
Haida-speaking storytellers, poets and historians from the fall of 1900 through the
summer of 1901. His Haida hosts and colleagues had been raised in a wholly oral
world where the mythic and the personal
interpenetrate completely. They joined
forces with their visitor, consciously creating a great treasury of Haida oral literature in written form. Poet and linguist
Robert Bringhurst has worked for many
years with these century-old manuscripts,
which have waited until now for the broad
recognition they deserve.
Bringhurst brings these works to life in
the English language and sets them in a
context just as rich as the stories themselves—one that reaches out to dozens of
Native American oral literatures, and to
mythtelling traditions around the globe.
The world of classical Haida literature is
a world as deep as the ocean, as close as the
heart and as elusive as the Raven, whose
unrepentant laugh persists within it all.
This is a tradition brimming with profundity, hilarity and love. It belongs where
Bringhurst sees it: among the great traditions of the world.
Bringhurst, an acclaimed typographer
and book designer, has elegantly redesigned this edition.
BEYOND THE BOOK OF SHADOWS
by Lynden Clarke
$21.95, paper. Green Magic. 166 pages
Written as a guide to some of the advanced techniques of ritual circle building within the overall tradition of modern Wicca
Beyond the Book of Shadows is intended for anyone who is currently practising Witchcraft, of any form, who wishes to explore
advanced techniques beyond his or her current style of ritual
practice.
This book is a sincere attempt to explain and develop Wiccan
ritual practice beyond where the ‘Book of Shadows’ left off;
especially regarding the awareness of the energetic side of ritual. It
is primarily focused on just two practices; the setting up of a magical circle and the
invoking of Divine force into it. Together these form the two fundamentals of Wiccan
magic ritual. The idea is that if these two practices are learnt correctly and done to the
best of our ability, then everything else will fall into place and evolve quite naturally.
What really goes on in a Wiccan circle (or indeed, in any ritual circle), on a magical
level, is rarely written about. This book is an attempt to remedy this gap, by being a guide
to conducting the fundamentals of ritual and an inspiration to the mystery of ritual. For
when any ritual truly comes alive it enters into the other world and takes us with it.
Wicca, for all its idiosyncrasies and differences, has at its heart a pure diamond of divine
mysteries. It is one of the very few mystery religions we still have with us today.
PLANETARY SPELLS & RITUALS
Practicing Dark & Light Magick Aligned
with the Cosmic Bodies
by Raven Digitalis
$22.95, paper. Llewellyn. 318 pages, b/w illustrations
An extension of every Witch’s spirituality, spellcraft is a vital
tool for sparking significant life change. And when you attune
your magick to planetary energies, it becomes infinitely more
potent. Organized by the Sun, Moon, and planets, each of the
55 spells and rituals in this book are aligned according to astrological energies and designed to be easily customized for
your specific intention and unique spiritual path. From personal growth to practical concerns, you’ll find a rich variety of
dark and light magickal workings for every purpose:
Among the topics: Glamoury; Healing childhood wounds; Revealing trutt; Halting
gossip; Attracting love; Mending quarrels; Banishing heartache; Ending addictions;
Cursing a violator; Breaking a curse; Cord-cutting; Summoning ancestors; Guiding the
dead and dying; Weather magick; Prophetic dreaming; Scrying; Spiritual rebirth; Pastlife regression.
Includes a list of zodiacal and astrological correspondences—Sun sign, Moon sign,
day of the week, mythical archetypes, themes, and more—to help you determine the
best times to work magick.
“Unlike most spellbooks, which focus on the moon, Planetary Spells & Rituals places
major importance on zodiacal and planetary influences, with the power of the sun
playing a pivotal role. Eclectic and unusual spells are accompanied by sensible explanations of how spells work and how to cast them well. As always, Raven takes an old
standard and makes it new and fresh, with a magickal approach all his own.” —
Deborah Blake, author of The Goddess is in the Details
Wicca, Pagan Paths
& Western Magick
THE FAERIES’ GUIDE TO GREEN MAGICK
FROM THE GARDEN
by Jamie Wood & Lisa Steinke
MODERN MAGICK
$20.99, paper. Celestial Arts.
170 pages, French flaps, colour illustrations
Twelve Lessons in the High Magickal Arts
by Donald Kraig
Green magick, or stewardship of the earth, begins right
in our own backyards. When we cultivate an herb garden—even if it’s just a few potted plants on a sunny windowsill—we are tending living, sentient beings who respond to our intention, our energy, and our tender loving
care. The “fae” (faerie) essence residing at the heart of
each nurtured plant manifests in its foliage, flowers, fragrance, and flavor, and its unique healing, nourishing,
and restorative properties.
In The Faeries’ Guide to Green Magick from the Garden author and free-fae-spirit
Jamie Wood offers fresh, faerie-centric profiles of 33 familiar medicinal and culinary herbs accompanied by recipes for natural healing remedies, earth-friendly beauty products, and tasty treats. Fantasy artist Lisa Steinke pairs each herb with a vibrant,
colourful portrait of its personality—its unique faerie signature—in her lyrical poetry and luminous paintings. A beautifully designed spell of a book!
With blissful blessings, magickal meditations, and zesty spells sprinkled throughout,
The Faeries’ Guide to Green Magick from the Garden will help you get in touch with your
own fae spirit and explore the earthly—and earthy—delights of your own garden.
“A feast for the eyes, taking the reader on an enchanted journey through the garden. Its beautiful imagery and thoughtful writing weave an intricate path deep into
the spirit of each plant.” —Jessica Galbreth, fantasy artist
$34.95, paper. Llewellyn.
For over two decades, Donald Michael
Kraig’s Modern Magick has been the world’s
most popular step-bystep guide to working
real magick. Tens of
thousands of individuals and groups have
used this course as
their primary instruction manual. Now,
greatly revised and expanded, this set of
lessons is more complete and relevant to
your life than ever.
Written with respect for the student,
Modern Magick will safely guide you—even if
you know little or nothing—through a progressive series of practical exercises and rituals, complemented by the knowledge, history,
insights, and theory you need to become a
successful ceremonial magician. Firmly rooted in the Western magickal tradition yet designed to be fully compatible with your contemporary practice, this book will help you
attain full mastery of all core topics in magick:
BRANCHES OF LIGHT
F
F
34
F The inner mysteries of the Kabbalah
F The most powerful rituals of magic
F How to create and perform your own rituals
F True meditation
F Magickal ethics
F Astral projection
F Tools of magick
F
F Evocation of spirits
F Pathworking
F Tantra and sex magick
F The importance of the Tarot
F Talismans and amulets
F Secrets of visualization
F Alchemy
F
THE GRAIL & MYSTICAL POEMS
F Psychic self-defense
F Healing rituals
Filled with personal stories and helpful
illustrations, along with updated and
brand-new material, this new edition of
Modern Magick features a completely new
lesson that reveals the concepts, techniques,
and
rituals
of
Neuro-Linguistic
Programming,
Chaos
Magick,
and
Postmodern Magick. This text is good for
beginning, intermediate, or advanced students, and perfect as a manual for magickal
temples.
“Modern Magick has become the standard
textbook of practical magickal knowledge
for magicians all over the world. We highly
recommend it to beginner and adept alike.”
—Chic Cicero and Sandra Tabatha Cicero,
authors of Self-Initiation into the Golden
Dawn Tradition
Celtic Spirit
ECHOES OF MEMORY
by John O’Donohue
John O’Donohue won thousands of admirers with his now classic work on Celtic spirituality, Anam Cara: A
Book of Celtic Wisdom.
Just as To Bless the Space
Between Us — his beautiful book of blessings
— was being published
in 2008, he died suddenly at the age of fiftytwo. His powerfully wise
and lyrical voice is profoundly missed, but his
many
readers are now given an
opportunity to revisit John
in his first book — Echoes
of Memory, a collection of
poetry. He lived in the West
of Ireland, in a remote cottage, and spoke Irish as his
John
native language. Many of
O’Donohue
his poems reference the old
Gaelic.
Beannacht (extract)
On the day
when the weight deadens
on your shoulders
and you stumble,
may the clay dance
to balance you.
And when your eyes
freeze behind
the grey window
and the ghost of loss
gets into you,
may a flock of colours,
indigo, red, green
and azure blue
come to awaken in you
a meadow of delight.
When the canvas frays
in the currach of thought
and a stain of ocean
blackens beneath you,
may there come across the waters
a path of yellow moonlight
to bring you safely home.
O’Donohue’s readers know him as both a
spiritual guide and a poet. He was also a
highly respected Hegelian philosopher. But
it is in his lush and inspiring language and
compassionate view of the spiritual journey,
that he will be most missed. He approached
both writing and life with an unusual combination of gravitas and joy. Readers will be
inspired yet again in this book by
O’Donohue’s depth of wisdom and artistry.
Some of his other works include Eternal
Echoes and Beauty: the Invisible Embrace.
THE PORTAL
F
Poetic Prayer
An Initiate’s Journey into
the Secret of Rennes-le-Château
by Patrice Chaplin
$20.50, paper. Quest. 344 pages, b/w photos
IF DARWIN PRAYED
The true-life memoir Patrice Chaplin began in City of Secrets continues here in The
Portal—the story of
her spiritual initiation
into
the
Kabbalistic tradition
preserved since the
Middle Ages in the
pre-Roman city of
Girona,
Spain.
Salvador Dalí was a
member of that society charged with protecting esoteric information, as was the
renowned
author
Umberto Eco, the filmmaker Jean Cocteau,
and Jancint Verdeguer, one of the most celebrated Catalan poets. Importantly, so was
the mysterious Berenger Sauniere, the
priest who in the late 1800s built Rennes-leChâteau in southern France, with the Tour
Magdala, a tower that is twin to the neogothic tower in Girona.
The author, daughter-in-law of legendary
comedian Charlie Chaplin, and a guide, a
mysterious recluse and one of the few true
living Kabbalists, traverse cities and landmarks in southern France and northern
Spain that fall on energy-rich ley lines—geographic locations that resonate with mystical force. One stop is Rennes-le-Château,
the small French church popular with speculative historians of the Holy Grail.
Chaplin’s journey is an initiation into the
Holy Grail’s deeper mystery and involves
fasting, chanting, and a psychic baptism.
Reading like the adventures of a female
Castenada, Chaplin is led through a series
of initiatory stages which correspond to the
magical square of Venus, containing the
constellation of the Great Bear. What she
discovers in the end is what it is to be human, and to be “of” this earth. The mystery of our origins has been imprinted upon
our planet from time immemorial. The
time for us to remember has come; this
journey is now a gift for everyone.
Prayers for Evolutionary Mystics
by Bruce Sanguin
$22.95, paper. Northstone. 216 pages
Our vocation is to fall back in love with creation and to
treat the planet, her biosystems, and creatures, as we treat our
family.
By fusing the wisdom of luminaries such as Charles
Darwin, Bruce Cockburn, Emily Dickinson, Leonard Cohen,
Van Morrison, Brian Swimme, and Thomas Berry with the
ancient wisdom traditions of Christianity, Bruce Sanguin
writes prayers for the contemporary mystic. When the science of evolution is told as sacred story, the human heart
requires new prayers to express itself. These cosmological
prayers awaken the soul to its essential unity with Spirit and
creation, and support a new Reformation emerging from the conversation between religion, science, and the arts.
Humble Homecoming
We gather now,
harvesters of an all-pervasive grace,
unexpected benefactors of the deed
to this great and glorious cosmic
inheritance.
We, the walking, waking stars,
ablaze with wonder,
imagination,
and hope,
gather to remember three words:
kinship with all that is;
debt that can only be paid forward;
gift, sacred mantra of the humble.
Creation,
the great and glorious sacrifice of
abundance,
asks in return—
only—
that we shed our entitled egos
and drop to our knees,
uttering a single, simple prayer
that changes everything:
“Thank you.”
Amen.
“Today, there is no shortage of wonderful books on prayer, but Bruce Sanguin
blends wonder, contemplation, and Holy Mystery in prayers that resonate deeply
with co-creators embracing their connectedness with all that is. These cosmic prayers
for the liturgical seasons are uniquely inspiring for pioneers on the sacred path of conscious evolution, as the prayers evoke a coherence of heart, mind, and soul.” —
Barbara Marx Hubbard, author of Conscious Evolution: Awakening the Power of Our
Social Potential
“Some people dismiss Christian theology that embraces scientific evolution as arid.
But they have not experienced Sanguin’s deep, earthy, joyous prayers. The outpourings in this book shimmer with mystical connection. Their psychological insights elicit shudders of recognition. They offer direction for our sacred paths.” —Douglas
Todd, Vancouver Sun
Also by Vancouver minister Bruce Sanguin is Darwin, Divinity, and the Dance of the
Cosmos.
FOR LOVERS OF GOD EVERYWHERE
Poems of the Christian Mystics
edited by Roger Housden
$18.95, paper. Hay House.
Christian
& Jewish Spirituality
Roger Housden, author of the best-selling Ten Poems to
Change Your Life, celebrates mystical poetry with this beautiful compilation from the Christian contemplative tradition.
Although the writings of the Sufi mystics (Rumi and Hafez)
and the Indian mystics (Mirabai and Kabir) have reached a
wide audience in recent years, the poetry of the Christian
mystics has yet to be discovered by a general audience. For
Lovers of God Everywhere, a collection of nearly 100 poems
from both historic and contemporary writers, heralds the
re-emergence of the great spiritual voices of the Christian
tradition—a tradition with its own love songs to God, cries
of longing, and bliss of union.
THE WISDOM OF MAIMONIDES
The Life and Writings of the Jewish Sage
by Edward Hoffman
Here is an accessible introduction to the
life and wisdom of the famous 12th century
philosopher-physician
Moses
Maimonides, whose
prolific writings on
medical and religious issues, commentaries on Jewish
texts, and writings on
Jewish ethics and law
profoundly
influenced Judaism.
The Wisdom of
Maimonides includes
a biography, a section of selected teachings drawn from
Maimonides’s major works The Guide for the
Perplexed and the Mishneh Torah, as well as
his other writings, and tales about
Maimonides’s colorful life as a court physician and rabbinic leader.
“For many Jews today, Maimonides is
known by reputation but little else. In this
splendid and lucid book, his life and teach-
BRANCHES OF LIGHT
F
35
Love can perform a wondrous labor
which I have learned internally,
and all the good or bad in me
takes on a penetrating savor,
changing my soul so it can be
consumed in a delicious flame.
I feel it in me as a ray;
and quickly killing every trace
of light—I burn my self away.
—Saint John of the Cross
In this collection, Roger introduces us to some of the foremost poets of both the
Eastern and Western Christian traditions. He takes us from the wisdom of the Desert
Fathers to the passion of St. Augustine, through the medieval ecstasies of St. Francis
of Assisi and St. Catherine of Siena, to the subtleties of St. John of the Cross and St.
Teresa of Avila; and on to contemporary voices such as Rainer Maria Rilke, T.S. Eliot,
and Mary Oliver. Roger’s insightful commentary on each poem inspires us to take
its words more deeply into our souls and shows how the mystical tradition transcends
sectarian divides and speaks to the heart of humanity.
Roger Housden is the author of many books including the Ten Poems series, as well
as Seven Sins for a Life Worth Living, Dancing with Joy, and Risking Everything.
F
F
ings are made accessible to the contemporary reader.” —Rabbi Zalman SchachterShalomi (Jewish with Feeling)
“Although there are many books on the
Rambam, Dr. Hoffman’s volume makes me
feel like I am just beginning to discover the
spiritual wisdom of this great sage. This is a
deep and profound work.” —Arthur
Kurzweil, author of On the Road with Rabbi
Steinsaltz
MOVING THROUGH FEAR
Cultivating the Seven Spiritual
Instincts for a Fearless Life
by Jeff Golliher
$18.50, paper. Tarcher/Putnam.
270 pages, French flaps
There is no escaping fear; even while we
may not always perceive it, fear is ever present. But what is
it? What are we
afraid of—really—and what can
we do about it?
These are the
questions
that
Jeff Golliher answers in Moving
Through Fear, a
sensitive, personal, and wholly inspiring work.
Golliher illuminates five insights about fear,
and then reveals the seven instincts that can
allow each of us to move from a life of fear
to one of freedom. As we cultivate each of
these seven instincts, we will in turn be creating a life where fear doesn’t rule our emotions and hold our lives hostage.
Through a mix of stories and anecdotes,
Golliher illustrates human nature—from
the cultivation of love and justice to the
power of community—before tackling fear
and its role in these aspects of our lives.
Spiritual practices follow, and the reader is
encouraged to develop his tools for navigating and ultimately moving through fear.
According to Golliher, author of A Deeper
Faith, “the fear that rules our lives makes us
a danger to ourselves.” That has weight because the author approaches the nature of
fear with uncommon acuity and insight.
He’s not out to frighten, but instead to
show how fearless it’s possible to be.
To move through fear, Golliher advocates
strengthening seven spiritual “instincts:”
awe, love, intent, rest, community, justice,
and faith. He explains them with touching
personal stories and provides time-tested
spiritual practices to help develop them.
Throughout the awe-filled contemplations,
love is presented as the true opposite of
fear, and so “love carries us through every
fear.” With intimate and affecting prose,
Golliher brings home a message that is at
once comforting, socially conscious, and resounding in spiritual wisdom.
For more than ten years, anthropologist
and Episcopal priest Jeff Golliher was
Canon for Environmental Justice and
Community Development at the Cathedral
of St. John the Divine in Manhattan.
CHRISTIANS &SUFIS
CHRISTIAN MYSTICS
365 Readings and Meditations
by Matthew Fox
$18.50, paper. New World Library. 384 pages
Spiritual maverick Matthew Fox believes
that through the ages religious patriarchal
hierarchy
and
rigidity have obscured
Christianity’s most
beneficial and essential teachings:
those that arise
out of personal,
mystical
experiences
of
the
Divine. A true religious renewal, according to Fox,
can arise only
through the mystical dimension of
faith.
In Christian Mystics, Fox offers a wideranging collection of quotations from
Christianity’s greatest mystics and
prophets of the past two thousand years,
including St. Thomas Aquinas, Julian of
Norwich, Thomas Merton, and Howard
Thurman. In the form of a kind of meditated notebook, Fox explores and celebrates the mystical path with insightful
commentary on the thoughts and revelations of some of history’s greatest religious
visionaries, along with his typically challenging questions.
The effects of love should be displayed
as well as felt. —Thomas Aquinas.
True love produces something, displays
its existence. Love is to be put into action.
Maybe this is why American philosopher
William Hocking said, “The prophet is the
mystic in action.” True mysticism leads to
healthy action. True tasting of non-action
leads to authentic action.
A member of the Catholic Dominican
Order for 34 years, Fox held closely to the
mystical teachings of Christianity—teachings that embraced the feminine, the natural world, and social justice in its vision of
the sacred. This vision continually put him
at odds with the Vatican until he was expelled from the order by Cardinal
Ratzinger, now Pope Benedict. Now linked
with the Episcopal Church, he is widely regarded as one of the most transformative
Christian theologians of the last 50 years,
and with these illustrative notes on the mystics he never loses sight of his abiding interest in the goodness of created existence.
The author of many books, including
Original Blessings and The Reinvention of
Work, Matthew Fox has been instrumental
in the revival of Western mysticism.
“Fox might well be the most creative, the
most comprehensive… religious-spiritual
teacher in America.” —Thomas Berry, author of The Great Work.
WISDOM FROM THE MONASTERY
A Program of Spiritual Healing
edited by Peter Seewald
380 pages, 6x8, 130 b/w photos
Recent studies have shown that, on average, men and women in Christian Holy
Orders are healthier and live longer than
the rest of us. What timeless solutions to the
things that ail us might we have dismissed
in our rush into the modern age?
Written by three very modern seekers
who visited monastic communities to explore facets of the contemplative life,
Wisdom from the Monastery reveals what
these lay practitioners found rewarding
BRANCHES OF LIGHT
F
36
F
and deeply relevant to their
lives
today.
Originally published
in
Germany
as
three separate
volumes,
the
North
American edition combines
these major aspects of monastic
practice:
fasting,
healing, and silent meditation.
Monks consider periods of fasting to be
the most interesting times of their lives.
When they talk about their fasts, you can
tell that they regard them as intense, happy
experiences. There are paths that lead
uphill and paths that lead downhill,
towards the good or the bad. There are
temptations everywhere. When fasting,
these temptations become more obvious to
us. We recognize their attraction but also
their price: that they result in a
diminishment of ourself, in the loss of the
essence of our being, without which we
are unable to become what we really are.
The book’s warm, engaging tone presents
millennia-tested practices of contemplative
Christianity free from Church dogma. One
need not be Catholic, nor even Christian, to
benefit from fasting, herbal and other natural remedies, and profound approaches to
prayer, meditation, and silence. Readers
learn what characterizes the best monastic
communities and discover a sense of the retreat experience as spiritual adventure.
Featuring over 100 photographs, daily exercises, personal anecdotes, and fascinating
snippets on monastic experience through
the ages, Wisdom from the Monastery introduces readers to a cast of remarkable monks
and nuns who have chosen lives of renunciation and simplicity. Within these pages,
monastic wisdom demonstrates its relevance
across millennia and beyond monastery
walls. Peter Seewald includes a guide to U.S.
monasteries for those readers who wish to experience a period of contemplative retreat.
Sufism, Islam & Rumi
SUFISM
An Introduction to the
Mystical Tradition of Islam
by Carl Ernst
The Sufis are as diverse as the countries
in which they’ve flourished—from Morocco
to India to China—
and as varied as
their
distinctive
forms of art, music,
poetry, and dance.
They are said to
represent the mystical heart of Islam,
yet the term Sufism
is notoriously difficult to define, as it
means
different
things to different
people both within
and outside the tradition. With that fact in mind, Carl Ernst explores the broadest range of Sufi philosophies and practices to provide one of the
most complete and comprehensive introductions to Sufism available in English. He
traces the history of the movement from the
earliest days of Islam to the present day,
along the way examining its relationship to
the larger world of Islam and its encounters
F
with both fundamentalism and secularism
in the modern world.
“Not only a welcome introduction to the
key tenets of Sufism, it also offers an impartial perspective on the important question of how Sufism relates to Islam and the
broad sociopolitical realities of our time.”
—Kabir Helminski, author of The Knowing
Heart: A Sufi Path of Transformation
“If you were to read only one book on
Sufism, this would be the leading candidate.” —Richard Smoley and Jay Kinney,
authors of Hidden Wisdom: A Guide to the
Western Inner Traditions
SUFISM AND THE WAY OF BLAME
Hidden Sources of a Sacred Psychology
by Yannis Toussulis
$20.50, paper. Quest. 282 pages
This is a definitive book on the Sufi “way of
blame” that addresses the cultural life of
Sufism in its entirety. Originating in
9th century Persia,
the “way of blame”
mala(Arab.
matiyya) is a littleknown tradition
larger
within
Sufism that focused on the psychology of egoism
and engaged in
self-critique. Later,
the term referred
to those Sufis who
shunned Islamic literalism and formalism,
thus being worthy of “blame.” Yannis
Toussulis may be the first to explore the relation between this controversial movement
and the larger tradition of Sufism, as well as
between Sufism and Islam generally, throughout history to the present. Both a Western
professor of the psychology of religion and a
Sufi practitioner, Toussulis has studied malamatiyya for over a decade.
Explaining Sufism as a lifelong practice
to become a “perfect mirror in which God
contemplates Himself,” he draws on and
critiques contemporary interpretations by
G.I. Gurdjieff, J.G. Bennett, and Idries
Shah, as well as Frithjof Schuon, Martin
Lings, and Seyyed Hossein Nasr. He also
contributes personal research conducted
with one of the last living representatives of
the way of blame in Turkey today, Mehmet
Selim Ozic.
Closing chapters present the stages of
spiritual development unique to this littleknown path that has been largely inaccessible until now.
“…in-depth scholarly research… highly
insightful and critical… priceless information… a must-read.” —Robert Frager, coauthor of Essential Sufism
“Cuts through many of the myths… a
previously inaccessible understanding…
you will benefit from reading this book.” —
Jay Kinney, co-author of Hidden Wisdom: A
Guide to the Western Inner Traditions
“A critical assessment of the history, context, and spiritual significance of one of the
most important yet hidden traditions within Islamic mysticism… (the “way of blame”)
cuts to the bone, and points to what a mature spirituality could be.” —Kabir
Helminski, author of Living Presence
Before Buddha or Jesus spoke, the nightingale sang, and long after the words of Jesus
and Buddha are gone into oblivion, the
nightingale still will sing. Because it is neither preaching nor reaching nor commanding nor urging. It is just singing.
— D.H. Lawrence
F
R U M I & D I V I N AT I O N
F
Rumi & the Fire of Love
LOVE’S RIPENING
Rumi on the Heart’s Journey
translated by Kabir Helminski
& Ahmad Rezwani
If all the world is full of thorns,
The lover’s heart would be a bed of roses.
New in
Paperback
Even if the sphere of stars stops turning,
The world of lovers keeps going on.
Although alone, a lover is never lonely,
Forever with the hidden Beloved.
Here is more of the thrilling, God-intoxicated
verse of the 13th century Sufi saint Jalaluddin Rumi,
in translations that combine unsurpassed beauty
and accuracy. Helminski and Rezwani’s translations
stand out not only for their poetic beauty, but for
their faithfulness to the Persian originals (a rare
thing among English versions of Rumi), and for the
theme around which they are focused: the ripening,
or spiritual maturing, of the soul as it grows in love
toward God and others.
The lover’s wine spills out of their chests;
They give their love in secret ways.
Love will not be satisfied with a hundred promises,
For those who steal your heart away have so many tricks.
Ride on love and don’t worry about the road!
Because the steed of love has the
smoothest ride.
THE FORTY RULES OF LOVE
A Novel of Rumi
by Elif Shafak
New in
Paperback
$18.50, paper. Penguin. 368 pages
What I needed truly was the light inside of me. The
light that exists inside all of us.
In this lyrical follow-up to her 2007 novel, The
Bastard of Istanbul, Turkish author Elif Shafak unfolds two tantalizing parallel narratives—one contemporary and the other set in the 13th century,
when Rumi encountered his spiritual mentor, the
dervish known as Shams of Tabriz—that together incarnate the poet’s timeless message of love.
Ella Rubenstein is forty years old and unhappily
married when she takes a job as a reader for a literary agent. Her
first assignment is to read and report on Sweet Blasphemy, a novel written by a man named Aziz Zahara. Ella is mesmerized by his
tale of Shams’s search for Rumi and the dervish’s role in transforming the successful but unhappy cleric into a committed mystic, passionate poet, and advocate of love. She is also taken with
Shams’s lessons, or rules—sprinkled throughout the book—
that offer insight into an ancient philosophy based on the uni-
RUMI
The Fire of Love: a Novel
by Nahal Tajadod
New in
Paperback
This novel based on the life of the Sufi poet Rumi
delivers surprisingly intimate and knowledgeable
lore without “fantasticating” what is actually known
of his life. Rumi: The Fire of Love, by Nahal Tajadod,
vividly re-imagines the story of Rumi, whose poetry
and mystic teachings have mesmerized the world for
centuries. Tajadod, a renowned translator of Rumi
into French, delves into his soul and passion in a
work that is already in production as a major motion
picture.
She does not hesitate to lift even the most intimate
veils. Breathing new life into the mystical and carnal Orient of
old, Tajadod delves into the soul of artistry and, embodying the
mind of the great poet, uncovers the divine passion of Rumi’s
work—and beautifully displays that when the body and soul stop
fighting against one another, they burn from the same flame.
This fictionalized biography of 13th century Turkish Sufi mystic Djalal al-din Mohammad Balkhi, known as Rumi, lingers over
the creative relationships that gave rise to his mystical writings
Astrology, Tarot & Divination
ASTROLOGY,
A COSMIC SCIENCE
The Classic Work on
Spiritual Astrology
by Isabel Hickey
$26.50, paper. CRCS. 356 pages, b/w charts
Astrology: A Cosmic Science, one of the
perennial astrology classics, is a definitive
work on the interplay of astrology, karma,
and reincarnation. It can accurately be
called a comprehensive textbook of spiritual astrology, and this new, revised edition has been expanded to include 70 pages
of updated material on Pluto not in the earlier editions.
Isabel Hickey has long been recognized
as a wise and perceptive guide into the
ty of all people and religions, and the presence of
love in each and every one of us. As she reads on, she
realizes that Rumi’s story mirrors her own and that
Zahara—like Shams—has come to set her free.
Shafak has based the novel on her discussions with
Sufi teachers in Turkey, so she is drawing upon the
authentic inner traditions of what transpired between Shams and Rumi and within the community in
Konya at the time.
Here are a couple of “the forty rules”:
You can study God through everything and everyone
in the universe, because God is not confined in a
mosque, synagogue or church. But if you are still in need
of knowing exactly where His abode is, there is only one
place to look for Him, in the heart of the true lover.
Intellect and love are made of different materials. Intellect ties
people in knots and risks nothing, but love dissolves all tangles
and risks everything. Intellect is always cautious and advises,
“Beware too much ecstasy,” whereas love says, “Oh never mind,
take the plunge!” Intellect does not easily breakdown, whereas
love can effortlessly reduce itself to rubble. But treasures are
hidden among the ruins. A broken heart hides treasures.
and leaves the mystery that surrounds them in
place. Rumi’s student, scribe and early biographer
Hesam, who narrates, begins his tale with the most infamous of these relationships: the friendship between
the serene Rumi and Mohammed Malekdad, aka
Shams of Tabriz. The first meeting of Rumi and
Shams is explosive: the two immediately retire to a
locked room for 40 days. Upon emerging, Rumi rejects bookish religion and initiates the sama, the spiritual dance that lends his sect their nickname of
whirling dervishes. More conventional Muslims are
appalled: they drive Shams away from Konya, but the
pining Rumi eventually tracks Shams down in
Damascus and has him brought back. The anti-Shams
faction conspires to murder him—or does he simply,
miraculously, disappear? Rumi later transfers his spiritual affections to Hesam, and together they create Rumi’s poetic magnum
opus, the Masnavi-yi Ma’navi.
An émigré from Tehran to Paris, Tajadod is a Sufi initiate herself and she includes a resonant plethora of parables, miracles,
cryptic sayings and mystic poetry throughout. She sensitively illustrates Rumi’s spirituality and circles carefully around the male
relationships at the core of Rumi’s life.
deeper, more metaphysical aspects of
astrology. She provides a strong foundation for the beginner as well as
new opportunities
for self-knowledge
for the more advanced astrology
student. As she says,
“The gifts to be
gained from astrology are those of eternal
value—clear
perception, comprehension of the meaning
of life, a greater tolerance and understanding of one’s fellow students. We are all in
this boat together; why not learn to know
each other better?”
BRANCHES OF LIGHT
F
37
The book’s emphasis on the deeper metaphysical aspects of astrology has resulted in
continuous word-of-mouth recommendation by generations of enthused readers.
This new 2011 edition includes excerpts
from a rare unpublished letter from Hickey
that reveal her personal experiences, motivations, and philosophy.
YOU AND YOUR FUTURE
Your Signs, Your In-depth Personality
Patterns, Your 40-Year Horoscopes
by Georgia Nicols
$24.95, paper. Anansi. 611 pages
You and Your Future is the first book by
Canada’s foremost astrologer, Georgia
Nicols, whose newspaper columns are read
daily by millions around the world. Never
before has a single astrology book spanned
F
four decades of change
(1985-2025), thus allowing you to go back into
your past and check the
accuracy of Georgia’s
predictions.
Our lives are a series
of cycles within cycles.
Daily cycles, weekly
cycles, monthly cycles,
annual cycles, and the
cycles of the changing
seasons. Astrology is based on the
mathematical cycles of the planets moving
through the signs. A good astrologer can
interpret data from these cycles and
correlate them to the cycles of your chart
and predict the future with reasonable
accuracy.
And hey—of course you’re concerned
about the future. This is where you’re
going to spend the rest of your life!
Georgia’s sage advice for being happy in
this mixed-up, muddled-up, shook-up world
is tailored to each sign. As well describing,
with devastating humour, the essence and
qualities of each sign, she also looks at our
roles in life: the child, the parent, the boss,
the employee, and the lover before going
into each sign’s forty year forecasts.
Written in Georgia’s wickedly witty trademark style, You and Your Future is an entertaining and insightful astrology guide that
can tell you what makes you tick, what your
style is in love and romance, who you really are at home and at work, and how to be
a happier person. But don’t be deceived by
the light tone, Nicols is confident in the accuracy of her opinions and doesn’t hesitate
to call it as she sees it.
TAROT PREDICTION
& DIVINATION
Unveiling Three Layers of Meaning
by Susyn Blair-Hunt
$21.95, paper. Llewellyn.
Bring more depth to your tarot readings
and unleash your psychic sense—once you
understand
the
three dimensions
of the tarot. Tarot
expert
Susyn
Blair-Hunt
presents an original,
step-by-step approach, using the
tarot’s visual cues
as a means to
awaken your psychic abilities and
help you discover
the predictive, therapeutic, and spiritual
messages hidden within the cards.
Newcomers to the tarot journey will find
everything you need to get started immediately. More experienced ones can use this
guide to expand your abilities, refresh your
perspective, and take your interpretive skills
to the next level.
Compatible with any deck of your choice,
this unique system offers new techniques
that will give more versatility to your tarot
interpretations. With fifteen original layouts, forty-five sample readings, and a series
of useful correspondence charts, this book
will help you perform the most effective
and profound readings possible.
Learnings herein:
F Expand your interpretations through tarot
imagery
F Choose the ideal Significator
F Identify topic-specific card combinations
F Explore special sections on love, career,
health, timing, and more
F Learn readings for dreams, past lives, channeling and the chakras.
F
Astrology:
L E T ’ S G E T M E TA P H Y S I C A L !
Metaphysics & Philosophy
Chinese, Shamanic, Egyptian. . .
THE SECRET DOCTRINE
The Classic Work by H.P. Blavatsky
by H.P. Blavatsky,
abridged & annotated by Michael Gomes
THE HANDBOOK OF CHINESE HOROSCOPES
Seventh Edition
by Theodora Lau
$22.50, paper. Tarcher/Putnam. 320 pages
Madame Blavatsky’s Victorian-era masterpiece is here scaled down to its essentials,
providing the most readable, accessible experience ever of one of history’s seminal occult works.
The Secret Doctrine, Helena Petrovna
Blavatsky’s masterwork on the origin and
evolution of the universe and humanity itself, is arguably the most famous, and perhaps the most influential, occult book ever
written. Published since 1888 only in expensive, two-volume editions of some 1,400
pages, it has long eluded the grasp of mod-
Artfully combining the Eastern lunar calendar with
Western solar-based astrology, this seventh updated
2011 edition of the most complete and popular book
about Chinese astrology ever written explores the personality traits of the twelve animal signs of the Chinese
zodiac—from the sentimental but crafty Rat to the captivating, unpredictable Tiger—and the influence of the
five elements (metal, water, wood, fire, and earth) as
well as the seasons and ascendant signs based on the
hour of your birth.
A long section on compatibility considers the 144
possible marriage combinations, and a section titled “When Sun Signs Meet Moon
Signs” examines East-West combinations: Gemini boars, Scorpio rabbits, Sagittarian
dragons. Theodora Lau’s fascinating presentation of the Eastern zodiac has, and will
continue to have, great appeal for astrology enthusiasts as well as those with a casual
interest in how they would fare in marriage to an Aquarian fire sheep born under the
hours of the rooster.
HEALING THROUGH THE AKASHIC RECORDS
Using the Power of Your Sacred Wounds
to Discover Your Soul’s Perfection
by Linda Howe
$25.00, cloth. Sounds True. 224 pages
With her book How to Read the Akashic Records, Linda Howe
helped thousands of people access valuable information in the
Akashic Records—an energetic archive of every individual’s soul
and its journey.
Now with Healing Through the Akashic Records, she shares her
expert insights on how we can all use this powerful resource to
help heal our sacred wounds, transforming our relationship
with the limiting patterns and behaviors that interfere with our ability to experience
our true potential and divine nature. With dozens of reflection exercises and practices, this one-of-a-kind book will help you discover your soul’s immutable perfection.
Also by Theodora Lau is Children of the Moon.
SHAMANIC EGYPTIAN ASTROLOGY
Your Planetary Relationship to the Gods
by Linda Star Wolf & Ruby Falconer
$19.50, paper. Bear & Company. 196 pages, b/w illustrations
Shamanic Egyptian Astrology integrates the Egyptian
pantheon, the ancient language of astrology, and shamanic practices to promote a new way to interpret and work
with natal charts. Revealing the cross-cultural mythology
and astrological significance of the individual Egyptian
gods and goddesses, the authors link each of the 12 zodiac
signs and 11 celestial bodies of Western astrology with its
Egyptian ancestor, introducing new significance to their
positions and interactions in a horoscope. For example,
Leo is linked with Anubis and Taurus with Hathor; Venus is
associated with the goddess Isis and Jupiter with Horus.
Each chapter includes sacred invocations and shamanic
rituals to invite the wisdom of each Egyptian deity into your life—such as calling on
Sekhmet for action or Thoth for clarity. With sample interpretations of the charts of
Barack Obama and Gloria Steinem, this book provides a practical framework for accessing the wisdom of ancient Egypt and offers astrological and shamanic tools for
spiritual guidance and the coming shift in planetary consciousness.
Linda Star Wolf is also author of Shamanic Breathwork and The Anubis Oracle. Ruby
Falconer has been a professional astrologer since 1977.
Although our healing work takes place in the spiritual realm, this process involves
clarifying our difficulties, gaining insights into them, and arriving at real-world solutions
that we can bring into our everyday lives.
Using Howe’s unique three-step process that she gleaned over the past 20 years of
working in the Records, you’ll learn how to tap into this infinite resource to gain a
soul-level perspective on your wounds, and unlock their potential for growth by exploring:
F How to access the Akashic Records using the Pathway Prayer Process
F Tips for identifying your primary sacred wound—the hurtful event, person, or circumstance that is holding you back
F Strategies for liberating you from old ideas and limiting patterns
F Tools for making choices aligned with your most authentic self for your highest good
F Three ways to activate the “Ascension Matrix” to help you realize your hopes and
dreams
Governed by the principles of ‘judge not, fear not, resist not,’ the Akashic Records
provide a safe and ideal environment for our spiritual healing.
HEALING YOUR PAST LIVES
The Galactic Language of Light
by Ariel Spilsbury & Michael Bryner,
illustrated by Oceanna Kiddie
$34.95, cards & book. Inner Traditions.
320-page book, 44 colour cards, boxed
As the Mayan calendar comes to a close,
we are entering into a time of great opportunity for spiritual
growth and higher
planetary consciousness. The ancient
Maya foresaw this
awakening and thus
embedded
within
their archetypal symbols instructions for
harnessing the energies activated during
this transformational
period. Forming a
“language of light” that represents a bridge
between physical and spiritual realities,
these ancient symbols have the power to catalyze growth, change, and awareness.
Interacting with these glyphs establishes a
personal “resonance,” or direct communi-
Exploring the Many Lives of the Soul
by Roger Woolger
cation with each of the symbols, creating a
conduit through which to receive their
galactic energies.
Conceived in a prophetic dream, The
Mayan Oracle is composed of 44 cards—
20 Mayan star-glyphs, 13 numbers, and 11
“lenses of the mystery”—along with an indepth guidebook. Providing divinatory
spreads, poetic meditations, and exercises
for insight and intuition, the guide explains each symbol’s Mayan usage, divinatory meaning, and the attributes, elements,
and items associated with them—from colors and herbs to ritual movements.
Designed to stimulate the intuition, this oracle offers a way to interact with the Mayan
archetypes in order to elevate your consciousness to a higher dimension and transform old ways of seeing, doing, and being.
Ariel Spilsbury is a planetary midwife
whose focus is on expanding consciousness,
building the Sanctuary of the Open Heart,
and honoring the Divine Feminine.
BRANCHES OF LIGHT
F
ern readers—until
now.
This single-volume
edition,
abridged and annotated by historian
and
Theosophical
scholar
Michael
Gomes, places the
ideas of The Secret
Doctrine
within
reach of all who
are curious. In particular, Gomes provides a critical sounding
of the book’s famous stanzas on the genesis
of life and the cosmos—mysterious passages that Blavatsky said originated from a
primeval source and which form the heart
of The Secret Doctrine. Gomes scrupulously
scales down the book’s key writings on sym-
Healing the Soul
Perhaps after reading this book, you may believe enough to listen to the wise counsel
of the Snake, look for sympathy from the gentle Sheep, go along with the clever
schemes of the Monkey, have fun with the ever-youthful and carefree Horse, rely on the
Rabbit’s good taste and unerring diplomacy, or depend on the strength of the
indomitable Dragon. You may get your way by humoring the critical Rooster, reasoning
with the fair-minded Dog, joining forces with the optimistic Tiger, or bargaining with the
indefatigable, cost-conscious Rat. It’s up to you to use the knowledge gained to make
life easier and more productive for yourself and others.
THE MAYAN ORACLE
F
38
Book
& CD
$17.50, Book+CD set. Sounds True.
88-page paperback + 60-minute CD
Could our memories of past-life experiences offer a key to unlocking the mysteries and questions we struggle with today?
According to Roger Woolger, author of Other Lives, Other
Selves, the answer is yes—and anyone can learn to explore these
memories to retrieve valuable healing insights. With the book
and CD set Healing Your Past Lives, Woolger gathers together
an astonishing two decades of research that he has conducted
with hundreds of patients, to offer a clear account of past lives—including many specific techniques to begin exploring them. Learn about:
F Past-life memories: the clinical studies and history
F World cultural views of reincarnation and karma
F Common symptoms of past-life trauma
F How past-life memories can help resolve cases of depression, anxiety, and other inexplicable symptoms
F The evolution of the soul and the three levels of soul imprinting
F How to “unfreeze” past-life memories and emotional complexes in the body
F Consciousness at the time of death: world teachings and clinical evidence
F Forgiving past-life failures, and much more.
For skeptics and believers alike, Healing Your Past Lives offers a unique, researchbased guide for entering this extraordinary dimension of human consciousness for
self-discovery and reintegration from a pioneer in the field. Included are six guided past-life practices on CD.
Roger Woolger is a Jungian analyst and past-life therapist.
F
F
PSYCHIC SKILLS & CHANNELING
bolism to their essentials, and offers notes
and a glossary to illuminate arcane references. His historical and literary introduction casts new light on some of the book’s
sources and on the career of its brilliant and
elusive author, one of the most intriguing
personages of the 19th century.
At once compact and representative of
the work as a whole, this new edition of The
Secret Doctrine brings unprecedented accessibility to the key esoteric classic of the
modern era.
Helena Petrovna Blavatsky (1831-1891)
was the co-founder of the Theosophical
Society. A world-famous figure of mystery
and controversy, and a leading intellect behind the occult revival in the West, Blavatsky
published The Secret Doctrine in 1888 as her
magnum opus.
YOUR PSYCHIC POTENTIAL
A Guide to Psychic
Development
by Richard Ireland
314 pages
Known as the “Psychic to the Stars,”
Richard Ireland counseled celebrities including
Mae
West,
Amanda
Blake, and Glenn
Ford.
Twelve
years
after
Ireland’s death in
1992, his son
Mark was sent
this manuscript,
written in 1973.
In the foreword,
Mark Ireland describes how two
psychic-mediums
with no prior
knowledge of the
project have received messages suggesting
that his father deliberately delayed the
book’s release until now, when it would
reach an audience more receptive to developing their psychic talents.
Your Psychic Potential strives to increase
readers’ awareness of the subtle spiritual
and psychical forces that from a part of
the invisible world and yet are constantly
weaving themselves in and out of our everyday lives. Despite the esoteric nature of his
subject matter, Ireland writes in a charmingly avuncular style.
Submit to your reason all teaching that
may come to you. Do not accept anything
on the authority of anyone, whether in or
out of the flesh. Truth alone must be the
final authority and that you have to
discover for yourself. If the teaching appeals
to you as good and helpful, accept it and
live it. Mere acquiescence in a body of
teaching is not enough. There are plenty of
believers; what the world needs are doers.
Ireland’s book is comprehensive and
practical. He provides tests and experiments to help unleash psychic ability and
teaches simple methods to aid psychic development, including meditative exercises
that support the freer flow of abilities, and
tools to counter inhibitory fear. He describes the four spheres/levels of psychic activity and discusses the relationship between
artistic talents and the psychic. He even suggests a diet that will support the freer flow of
abilities. Anyone interested in discovering
their extrasensory talents and achieving
conscious control over them is sure to find
this a fascinating and useful guide.
Transmissions & Revelations
F
Patricia Cori
NAVIGATING THE COLLAPSE
OF TIME
BEFORE WE LEAVE YOU
A Peaceful Path Through
the End of Illusions
by David Cowan,
foreword by Barbara Hand Clow
Messages from the Great Whales and the Dolphin Beings
by Patricia Cori
What if whales and dolphins truly do have a superior intellect, as many believe, and can speak to the human race? What
would their message be? In November 2008, gifted clairvoyant
Patricia Cori was in Jordan teaching a workshop when a lifechanging event occurred. A community of Cetaceans—“a choir
of whales and dolphins,” as she describes it—interrupted her
talk with a frantic plea for help. Cori was suddenly witness to a
devastating scene of suffering, a communal grieving of scores of
whales and dolphins “frenzied, lost, and dying.” This was the
first of several terrifying calls for help, all of which were immediately followed by mass
suicide events as these majestic creatures collectively chose to leave us and our planet.
These troubling incidents evolved into the stream of messages for humanity that
Cori reveals in this timely work. The whales and dolphins present their deep understanding of our urgent global situation, calling for the human
race to restore balance to our ecosystems—especially our dying
oceans. For the first time, we read the communications of the
Cetaceans and their story of devotion and celebration of life on the
Great Planet Earth. We are also given a glimpse of their role in the unfolding of galactic events throughout our solar system, and the message is clear: we must wake up and realize that our continued abuse of
the environment is altering the course of Gaia’s progression to the
Patricia Cori next dimension. Without the whale and dolphin song—without
these musicians who hold the oceans in balance—we risk our advancement through the ascension process for which our entire solar system is destined. Before We Leave You is a roadmap to that higher future and a pathway to global
transformation.
As a special gift, 18 full-color, detachable Cetacean meditation cards, formed
from wavelet graphs of whale and dolphin sounds and encoded with messages of
love and visions for peace, are included.
Patricia Cori’s growing list of books and her CD have enjoyed worldwide acclaim as
wake-up call material for the expanding consciousness of humankind. To find out
more about her SoulQuest journeys, which include swimming with wild dolphins,
check out her latest activities on her website: www.patriciacori.com.
$21.95, paper. Weiser. 212 pages
The signs are everywhere: Economic crisis, dramatic hurricanes, floods, earthquakes, and increased rates of
species
extinction. According
to New Age metaphysician David
Ian Cowan, we
are in the midst
of a 25-year transitional period of
planetary shift as
our solar system
approaches the
Galactic Photon
Band, a shift that
is also affecting
our perception of time.
The completion of the Mayan Calendar
is gathering us together in a new
experience of Oneness, the highest calling
of our species. This book is a simple and
direct guide through this accelerating
process as more and more people attain
enlightenment. —Barbara Hand Clow,
from the foreword
The Mayans had a term for this transitional period: the “Time of No Time,” indicating that, post-2012, time as we know it or
experience it may not exist at all or will have
changed dramatically. In Navigating the
Collapse of Time, Cowan synthesizes a
broad range of perspectives about this
time of transition, from the writings of the
ancient Mayans, Aztecs, and Incas, to speculative theory, quantum physics, philosophy, and the nature of illusion and reality
posed by a range of theorists and academics
including Ken Carey, Barbara Hand Clow,
William Gammill, Zecharia Sitchin, Carl
Calleman, Gary Renard, Ken Wapnick,
Brent Haskel, and many others. He also lets
us know what to expect as events continue
to unfold and how to navigate this time of
change.
BEYOND THE MATRIX
Daring Conversations with the Brilliant Minds of Our Times
by Patricia Cori
$22.50, paper. North Atlantic. 400 pages, 16 b/w photos
Those concerned with the current eco-crisis most often look
only to scientists and politicians for solutions. In this far-ranging
book, Patricia Cori invites another, overlooked group—perhaps
the most important one—to join the discussion. Beyond the
Matrix collects some of the most provocative, forward-thinking interviews conducted on Cori’s radio show of the same
name, bringing together leaders in various fields of alternative thinking to propose new and exciting perspectives on the
future of humanity as we approach the potentially life-changing 2012.
Beyond the Matrix offers a portrait of a surprisingly optimistic future. The book features free-wheeling, in-depth interviews with such renowned thinkers as author and
theoretical physicist Michio Kaku, whom many call the Einstein of our times; radical
Egyptologist Stephen Mehler; former astronaut and the sixth man on the moon Dr.
Edgar Mitchell; crop circle expert Andy Thomas; shaman MaAnna Stephensen;
Paradigm Research Group director Stephen Bassett; founder of bluevoice.org Hardy
Jones; and ten others. The conversations cover a bracing range of subjects, from
string theory, UFO and extraterrestrial life, crop circles, and ecology to healing,
Egyptian mysticism, ascension, and other significant topics in the New Age and New
Thought genres. With its blend of lively conversation and thoughtful ideas, Beyond the
Matrix offers both hope and reassurance in these challenging times.
Also by Patricia Cori are the channeled works No More Secrets, No More Lies and The
Starseed Dialogues
No matter where we look in the
universal hologram, we find the Tree of
Life pulsing out its rhythms of time. The
plan of Creation is being played out on all
levels at once, including within the very
cells of your body.
OPENING OUR SPIRITUAL EYES
Karmic Clearing for Humanity
and the Earth
by Sri’Ama Qala Phoenix
Karma is generally understood as personal, and clearing karma is often considered
an individual effort, with individual rewards. In
Opening
Our
Spiritual
Eyes,
spiritual teacher
Sri’ama
Qala
Phoenix shows
how
karmic
clearing can also
be used in collective healing.
Karma is shared
within families
and communities, and clearing
BRANCHES OF LIGHT
F
39
karma releases it from the etheric body of
our children and future generations. The
book was inspired by the ongoing “Celestial
Project,” a four-year global endeavor of
Australia’s Divine University that began in
2009. The project involves people gathering
worldwide on specific dates to focus on the
karmic cleaning of the etheric body of a major city.
Opening Our Spiritual Eyes draws on the
author’s experiences of meeting the
Enlightened Masters, those wise spirit guides
who, through her, present new understandings of the collective karma held within the
world’s primary cities and our etheric bodies—and how to free ourselves, our families,
and our world from it with grace. Revealing
F
what Sri’ama Qala Phoenix calls “the true
nature of the divine plan for humanity and
our Earth,” the book shares essential keys
for how we can become empowered to live
in alignment with our divine purpose.
On the way I discovered the purpose of
life: “To marry thyself through thy heart,
spirit in all forms of thyself, all ways,
embracing all that has been and all that
can be and uniting it within thee.”
Simple gifts lie within this story, and, as
you read, divine codes will transfer into
your body. Frequencies are encoded into
different journeys. You will receive ripples
of light, sensations in your body reminding
you of your spirit and how vast you truly
are as your Presence sinks deeply with you
F
THE COSMOS & LIVING A BETTER LIFE
into the evolutionary path of your soul.
Take your time with each passage and
let it open your eyes to another way of
looking, listening, hearing, receiving…
Sri’ama Qala Phoenix has received over
4,000 visitations from the Enlightened
Masters. These divine interventions led her
to become an international teacher and
“founding mother” of the Divine University
Project and Academy of Energy Science and
Consciousness in Byron Bay, Australia,
where she lives.
COSMIC HEALING
A Spiritual Journey with
Aaron and John of God
by Barbara Brodsky
“As I go through Aaron’s material, I am
struck by its sophistication and its lightness,
its clarity and its beauty.”
— Ram Dass, author of Be Love Now
With the onset of sudden profound deafness at the age of
29,
Barbara
Brodsky set out
on a quest to understand the nature of illness and
healing, examining the interrelationship of mind
and body and our
capacity to transcend limitation.
Asking the questions What is healing? Who and
what heals? Why
do some people heal while others do not? she discusses karma and free will, our habit of
identifying with a limited sense of self, and
our potential for greater healing.
A longtime Buddhist practitioner who began meditation in the ‘60s, Brodsky discovered a new path on her healing journey
when she began channeling the spirit
Aaron in 1989. Based on three decades of
meticulously kept journals, Cosmic Healing
weaves together Brodsky’s Buddhist teachings, channeled material from Aaron, exercises for the reader, and an account of
her experiences with the healer known as
John of God (João Teixeira de Faria) at his
teaching center, Casa de Dom Inácio, in
Brazil. While Cosmic Healing is channeled in
part and has deep roots in traditional dharma, it is at heart a universal story of human
growth and discovery. Old beliefs limit us
every day. But as Brodsky discovered and
teaches, we can learn to recognize such limiting beliefs, transcend them, and live a
deeper truth.
What supports our wider healing, and
what does “healing” mean? In this book I
want to share with you my journey of
healing, with the hope that it will open
you to the healer, and the profound
healing possible, from inside yourself.
“The voice of Aaron is a vessel of wisdom,
its current direct from the awakened heartmind. Read this book—it will give you fresh
understanding and faith in the essence of
dharma, the truth of your own luminous,
loving being.” —Tara Brach, author of
Radical Acceptance
Barbara Brodsky is founder and head
dharma teacher of the Deep Spring Center
for Meditation and Spiritual Inquiry, an interfaith center offering Vipassana meditation and Tibetan dzogchen teachings, in
Ann Arbor, Michigan.
PLEIADIAN INITIATIONS OF LIGHT
A Guide to Energetically Awaken You to
the Pleiadian Prophecies for
Book
Healing and Resurrection
CD
&
by Christine Day
$26.50, Book+CD set.
New Page. 182 pages + 2 audio-CDs
In Pleiadian Initiations of Light, Christine
Day offers her renowned healing energy
work,
enabling
readers to birth a
new self, free of
fear and pain, no
matter where they
are on their lives’
paths.
Through
these steps and initiations, you will be
empowered to access personal answers and make
positive, healing
changes in your
life. Whether you
are a beginner or a more experienced energy worker, Day coaches you through
each step, teaching you the physical, emotional, and spiritual components of each
initiation.
Pleiadian Initiations of Light offers a direct connection to the Pleiadians and a direct experience with them. You have the opportunity to work first-hand with some basic
Pleiadian processes and to begin to form
your own personal relationship with them.
This book holds unique energies that are
transmitted to you for your initiation.
As human beings we are ‘perfectly imperfect.’ This is the only book that holds
these frequencies of initiation and makes
it possible for you to awaken through
them. With Day’s guidance, you will learn
how to access answers for yourself, and
more importantly, how to make real
changes in your life.
Included are two audio-CDs which contain exercises and meditations that correspond to each chapter of the book.
By the time she was 31 years old,
Christine Day was suffering from advanced
systemic lupus and given a short time to
live. Soon after, she had a spiritual awakening with the Pleiadians; the energy of this
awakening moved her to a place of selfhealing, and she has been symptom-free for
the last 25 years. A spiritual teacher and
channeler, Day has been working with the
Pleiadian initiations of people throughout
the United States and internationally for
the last 15 years.
THE 8 CALENDARS OF THE MAYA
The Pleiadian Cycle and
the Key to Destiny
by Hunbatz Men
$19.50, paper. Bear & Company.
The Mayan Calendar has taken on special prominence with the buzz around
2012, a date that
many claim is the
end of that calendar. However, as
Mayan elder and
daykeeper
Hunbatz
Men
shows, the cosmological
understanding of his
ancestors was so
sophisticated that
they had not one,
but many calendars, each based
on the cycles of
different systems in the cosmos. In this
BRANCHES OF LIGHT
F
40
book he reveals for the first time the
Tzek’eb, or Pleiades, Calendar of 26,000
years, which charts the revolution of our solar system around Alcyone, the central star
of the Pleiades system. He also discusses the
K’uuk’ulcan Calendar of the four seasons of
the solar year and the wheel of the K’altunes
Calendar, which is composed of 13 cycles of
20 years each that form a calendar of 260
years.
In traditional Mayan culture the computation of time was not determined by simple
economic or social motives. The calendars
served the higher purpose of synchronizing
the lives of human beings and their societies
to the great cosmic pulsation, to the rhythm
of the annual seasons, and to the other cycles that dictate changes upon Earth. Mayan
understanding of the cosmic cycles was so
exact that this knowledge could be used to
influence all stages of life—from planning
when to conceive (parents could choose not
only the sex of their child but its vocation
and future destiny) to plotting out the
course of the entire society. Pyramids played
a crucial role because, as Hunbatz Men
shows, they were able to produce and transform energy in accordance with the cosmic
cycles charted by the calendars. This book
reveals for the first time the wisdom of the
multi-calendar Mayan system and how it
can help guide our modern world.
Hunbatz Men is a Mayan daykeeper—an
authority on the history, chronology, and
calendars of Mayan civilization. He is also
of Mayan
the author of Secrets
Science/Religion, a ceremonial leader, and
founder of the Mayan Indigenous
Community near Mérida, Mexico.
Business, Work
& Right Livelihood
ZEN AND THE ART OF MAKING
A LIVING
A Practical Guide to Creative
Career Design
by Laurence Boldt
$27.50, paper. Penguin.
568 pages, 7x9, b/w illustrations & charts
First published in 1991, Zen and the Art of
Making a Living is the life-changing book
that helped revolutionize the
career planning
field by offering
a new vision of
work. This new
2010
edition
has been updated throughout
with up-to-the
minute contact
information
and hundreds
of new biographical and internet resources. Guiding
listeners to discover and find—or create—
their dream job, the author gives support
and encouragement with inspiring stories,
how-to’s, and tips from sages of every stripe.
Practical advice, detailed information, and
targeted worksheets guide you every step of
the way. A book that goes far beyond other
career guides, Zen and the Art of Making a
Living brings creativity, dignity, and meaning to every aspect of the work experience.
Identifying what moves you, your
passion and purpose, is the place to start…
It’s clearly possible for people to make a
living doing what they love to do, since
many are doing it every day. The real
question is: can you do it?
In his long and wonderful introduction,
“The Grail Quest or the Bourgeois Nest?”
Boldt brings our attention to the “way of the
F
F
artist,” which he describes as a universally
human way, not dependent upon a shared
religion, myth, geography, or even technology.
The way of the artist offers us an image
of humanity in harmony with nature, the
deep rhythms of the human soul, and the
Transcendent Mystery. In the end, it may
produce, if not an enlightened society, at
least a happier and more humane one.
Also by Laurence Boldt is The Tao of
Abundance.
THE NEW GOOD LIFE
Living Better Than Ever in an Age of Less
by John Robbins
$31.00, cloth. Ballantine. 282 pages
John Robbins, author and heir to the
Baskin Robbins family, walked away from a
fortune only to
lose most of his
own money in
Bernie Madoff’s
ponzi scheme.
As the author of
Diet for a New
America,
Robbins championed planetfriendly
food
and became a
popular lecturer,
talk-show
guest, and feature of the hit
documentary,
Supersize Me.
Now, in The New Good Life, he taps his razor sharp insights and social consciousness
to argue that when it comes to not just our
food but also our bank accounts, homes,
and many other aspects of our lives, bigger
is not always best. Chapters like “Eating
Better, Spending Less” and “Choosing
Where to Live” combine research and
case studies with Robbins’s own personal
experience, redefining our notions of a
successful life. While we may not choose to
live like Thoreau on a remote island (as
Robbins did in the 1970s), this examination will make us consider how our consumer choices impact our family and, perhaps, society as a whole.
It’s a game, really. The object of the
game is to see how much you can lower
your spending while raising your quality
of life… In the new good life, the point is
not to have the most toys, but the most
joys.
The new way of defining success is
liberating. Now you’re playing a game
that lowers your cost of living and
protects you from being exploited. Now
you’re playing a game that is good for
your spirit that is healthy for your
relationship, that is in service to the wider
earth community— and that is crucial for
your financial sanity.
“John Robbins has lived the gamut—
from riches to chosen ‘rags’ to riches to unchosen ‘rags’—a journey that makes him
an authority on every choice, every blessing, and every curse of the money journey
we all are taking.” —Vicki Robin, co-author, Your Money or Your Life
“If there is anyone who can provide a
new vision for money and happiness, it is
John Robbins. His ability to take a complex
and emotional subject and bring the reader insight and resolve are unparalleled.” —
Paul Hawken, author of The Ecology of
Commerce
F
GOOD BUSINESS
F
BUSINESS LESSONS
OF A RADICAL
INDUSTRIALIST
Wise Economics
BUILDING SOCIAL BUSINESS
The New Kind of Capitalism
That Serves Humanity’s
Most Pressing Needs
by Muhammad Yunus
New in
Paperback
$18.50, paper. Public Affairs. 272 pages
Muhammad Yunus, the practical visionary who pioneered microcredit and, with his Grameen Bank, won
the 2006 Nobel Peace Prize, has developed a visionary new dimension
for capitalism which he calls “social
business.” By harnessing the energy
of profit-making to the objective of
fulfilling human needs, social business creates self-supporting, viable commercial enterprises that generate economic
Muhammad
growth even as they produce goods and serYunus
vices that make the world a better place.
In this book, Yunus shows how social business has gone from
being a theory to an inspiring practice, adopted by leading cor-
HUMANIZING THE ECONOMY
Co-operatives in the Age of Capital
by John Restakis
$19.95, paper. New Society. 294 pages
While the defenders of corporate capitalism argue
that globalization is the only way forward for modern,
democratic societies, the spread of this system is failing to meet even the most basic needs of billions of
people around the world. Moreover, the entrenchment of this free market system is undermining the
foundations of healthy societies, caring communities,
and personal well-being.
Humanizing the Economy shows how co-operative
models for economic and social development can
create a more equitable, just and humane future. With over 800
million members in 85 countries and a long history linking eco-
CREATING WEALTH
Growing Local Economies with Local Currencies
by Gwendolyn Hallsmith & Bernard Lietaer
$19.95, paper. New Society. 288 pages
Communities everywhere are challenged by issues
such as health, elder and child care, housing, education, food security, and the environment. On the
surface, these problems appear to be rooted in economic crisis—for example, budget cuts have triggered reduced public services, soaring food prices
have created food security concerns, and the sub
prime mortgage disaster has spawned record increases in foreclosures and homelessness.
However, if communities could match their unmet needs with their under-utilized resources, many
would find that while their economies may be struggling when
measured in traditional terms, they possess enough genuine
wealth to allow all their inhabitants to enjoy a vastly improved
quality of life. Creating Wealth demonstrates how a healthy soci-
THE MONEY AND SPIRIT
WORKSHOP
A Step-by-Step Plan for
New on
Achieving Greater Prosperity
CD
and Peace of Mind
by Brent Kessel & Spencer Sherman
8 hours, 157-page workbook, 24 cards
As successful wealth advisors and dedicated
spiritual practitioners, Spencer Sherman and
Brent
Kessel
have discovered
that if we disarm
the
charged emotions and distorted expectations we have
about money,
the path to
prosperity can
become a surprisingly easy
journey. With The Money and Spirit Workshop,
they present a unique and powerful program
porations, entrepreneurs, and social activists across
Asia, South America, Europe and the US. He demonstrates how social business transforms lives; offers
practical guidance for those who want to create social businesses of their own; explains how public
and corporate policies must adapt to make room for
the social business model; and shows why social business holds the potential to redeem the failed promise
of free-market enterprise.
Yunus engagingly profiles international social businesses, whether launched by multinational corporations or conceived by ordinary people with a vision to
solve social problems. He offers practical advice for
starting your own social businesses: from idea generation to the nuts and bolts of launching and running
the concern. His impassioned dream of a different version of
capitalistic endeavor is as inspirational as it is practical.
Also by Muhammad Yunus are Creating a World Without
Poverty and Banker to the Poor.
nomic to social values, the co-operative movement is
the most powerful grassroots movement in the
world. Its future as an alternative to corporate capitalism is explored through a wide range of real-world
examples:
F Emilia Romagna’s co-operative economy in
Northern Italy
F Argentina’s recovered factory movement
F Japan’s consumer and health co-operatives
F Sri Lanka’s small farmer movement for fair trade.
Highlighting the hopes and struggles of everyday
people seeking to make their world a better place,
Humanizing the Economy is essential reading for anyone who cares about social justice and the reform of
economics and globalization.
ety can be attained through developing new systems
of exchange. Using creative initiatives such as time
banks, systems of barter and exchange, and local currencies, cities and towns can empower themselves
and build vibrant, healthy, sustainable local
economies.
In addition to presenting many compelling case
studies of successful alternative currencies in action, Creating Wealth also explores the different
types of capital that communities have to draw on,
including natural, built, social, human, institutional, cultural, technological, and financial. This book
will appeal to community activists, city planners and
other public officials, and anyone interested in developing strong local economies.
Gwendolyn Hallsmith is the founder and director of
Global Community Initiatives and the author of The Key to
Sustainable Cities. Bernard Lietaer is the world’s leading authority on
complementary currencies and the author of The Future of Money.
for transforming your financial life—to increase your wealth, support your highest goals,
and turn money into a lifelong ally.
Sherman and Kessel show you how to reveal—and reshape—your deepest relationship with money. By transforming
your unconscious myths about scarcity,
sufficiency, and self-reliance, you can
break out of unhealthy patterns around
money—and bring your true creativity and
wisdom to all your financial decisions.
Offering simple guidelines and emotionfree practices for handling your savings, income, and investments, Sherman and
Kessel reveal how you can achieve security
and happiness, no matter how much money
you have. The Money and Spirit Workshop is
a comprehensive home-study curriculum
to transform your financial life.
Highlights:
F Your money story—practices for exploring
the formative experiences that define your
relationship with money today
F The Money Breath—a central meditative practice for defusing financial anxiety and stress
BRANCHES OF LIGHT
F
41
F Doing the numbers—how to take the fear
and uncertainty out of working with your
bills and budgets
F The Eight Financial Archetypes—a versatile model for understanding your underlying drives and aversions about money
F Saving, Earning, Giving, and Debt—a stepby-step guide to creating a rewarding and
secure financial life on your current income
F The Rainbow Portfolio investment strategy—simple rules for an investment plan
that targets a sustainable financial future
for you, as well as a healthy environment
for the planet
F Financial intimacy—how to break the
taboos around speaking about money with
friends, family, and loved ones, and create
win/win solutions
F 8 CDs, 24 reference cards, and a 157-page
illustrated workbook—information and
training equal to a $1,000 financial seminar
at a fraction of the cost.
Books by these authors are It’s Not About
the Money and The Cure for Money Madness.
F
How the Hard-Driving CEO of
a Carpet Company You Never
Heard of Doubled Earnings,
Won New Customers,
New in
Inspired Employees, and
Paperback
Created Innovation…
by Ray Anderson
$21.00, paper. McClelland & Stewart.
320 pages
“America’s greenest CEO” and the hero
from the award-winning documentary The
Corporation has written
an urgent, compelling
book about “the necessary future of business
and industry”, specifically:
what it takes to run
a profitable, modern
business with the
environment in mind,
doing no harm to the
earth and taking from
the earth nothing that
cannot be renewed naturally and rapidly
by the earth. It is about a new business
model that can generate not just bigger
profits, but better, more legitimate ones,
too.
His story is now legend. In 1994, after
reading The Ecology of Commerce by Paul
Hawken, Ray Anderson felt a “spear in the
chest”: the founder of Interface, Inc., a billion-dollar carpeting manufacturer, he realized that his company was plundering the
environment and he needed to steer it on a
new course. Since then, Interface has cut its
greenhouse gas emissions by 82%, and the
goal is to reach zero environmental footprint by 2020. Thoughtful and winning,
Confessions of a Radical Industrialist shows
how Anderson revolutionized his company, in the process bringing costs down, improving quality, making it one of Fortune’s
“100 Best Companies to Work For”—and
driving up profits.
Not only that, his consulting arm known
as InterfaceRAISE, had helped many influential companies (notably, Wal-Mart with
sixty thousand companies in its supply
chain) reduce energy use and waste while
improving sustainability. He provides many
an anecdote to show how this kind of good
news can be achieved. Amazingly, he
makes the case for sustainability in pure
business terms.
“We are in desperate need of hope in this
world, but if hope is to be credible and
trustworthy, it has to walk a straight line to
reality. No one does this better than Ray
Anderson.” —-Paul Hawken, author of
Blessed Unrest
Ecology, Community & Politics
INTEGRAL ECOLOGY
Uniting Multiple Perspectives
on the Natural World
by Sean Esbjorn-Hargens
& Michael Zimmerman
Today there is a bewildering diversity of
views on ecology and the natural environment. With more than a
hundred
ecological
schools of thought and
methodologies—and
scientists, economists,
religious leaders, activists, and others often
taking completely different stances on the issues—how can we come
F
C H A N G E S I N A WA R M I N G W O R L D
to agreement to solve our toughest environmental problems? In response to this
pressing need, Integral Ecology unites the
valuable insights from multiple perspectives into a comprehensive theoretical
framework—one that can be put to use
right now. The framework is based on
Integral Theory, as well as Ken Wilber’s
AQAL model, and is the result of over a
decade of research exploring the myriad
perspectives on ecology available to us today
and their respective methodologies.
Real-life applications of integral ecology
are examined, including work with marine
fisheries in Hawaii, strategies of eco-activists
to protect Canada’s Great Bear Rainforest,
and a study of community development in
El Salvador. In addition, eighteen personal
practices of transformation are provided
for you to increase your own integral ecological awareness.
The greatest respect we can pay to
nature is not to trap it, but to acknowledge
that it eludes us and that our own nature is
also fluid, open, and conditional.
—Gary Snyder, in a foreword
“This is the finest book on ecology bar
none. Highest recommendation!” —Ken
Wilber, author of Sex, Ecology, Spirituality
Michael E. Zimmerman is co-leader of
the Integral Ecology branch of the Integral
Institute.
The Big Picture
THE GREAT DISRUPTION
A User’s Guide for the 21st
Century, Revised & Updated
edited by Alex Steffen
$27.50, paper. Abrams.
598 pages, 300 colour photos
Making real the vision of a world where
communities everywhere prosper within
the limits of the planet’s natural systems.
That, in turn, will take new ideas: clever
ideas, powerful ideas, brilliant ideas—
worldchanging ideas.
—Bill McKibben,
from the introduction
Now
updated,
Worldchanging
has
been called “The
Whole Earth Catalog
retooled for the iPod
generation.”
Worldchanging
is
packed with the information,
resources,
reviews,
and ideas that give
readers the tools
they need to build a
bright green future. Led by Alex Steffen,
founder of the award-winning website
Worldchanging.com, this team includes
more than 60 contributing authors—all of
whom are innovators in their fields.
Five years after the initial publication of
Worldchanging, the landscape of environmentalism and sustainability has changed
dramatically. The average reader is now
well-versed—even inundated—with green
lifestyle advice. In 2011, green is the starting point, not the destination. This second
edition is extensively revised to include
the latest trends, technologies, and solutions in sustainable living. More than 160
new entries include up-to-the-minute information on the locavore movement, carbonneutral homes, novel transportation solutions, the growing trend of ecotourism, the
concept of food justice, and much more.
Additional new sections focus on the role of
cities as the catalyst for change in our society. With 50 percent new content, this overhauled edition incorporates the most recent
studies
and
projects
being
The Great Disruption offers an unflinching look at
the challenge humanity faces—yet also a deeply optimistic message. The coming decades will see loss, suffering, and conflict as our planetary overdraft is paid;
however, they will also bring out the best humanity can
offer: compassion, innovation, resilience, and adaptability.
Why the Climate Crisis Will Bring on the End of
Shopping and the Birth of a New World
by Paul Gilding
$31.00, cloth. Bloomsbury. 292 pages
Civilization is on a collision course, warns Gilding,
former head of Greenpeace International and adviser
to Fortune 500 companies, as he details dire stats: humans using 140 percent of Earth’s resources, overpopulation, fisheries collapsing, deforestation, extreme
weather, and lots of scary math. He advocates putting
the world on an economic war footing, as during
World War II. His “One-Degree War” is an action
plan to reduce the planet’s temperature, caused by greenhouse
gases, to only one percent higher than at the start of the
Industrial Revolution.
It’s time to stop just worrying about climate change, says
Gilding. We need instead to brace for impact because global crisis is no longer avoidable. This Great Disruption started in 2008,
with spiking food and oil prices and dramatic ecological changes,
such as the melting ice caps. It is not simply about fossil fuels and
carbon footprints. We have come to the end of Economic
Growth, Version 1.0, a world economy based on consumption
and waste, where we lived beyond the means of our planet’s
ecosystems and resources.
STORMS OF MY GRANDCHILDREN
The Truth About the Coming Climate Catastrophe
and Our Last Chance to Save Humanity
by James Hansen
$18.50, paper. Bloomsbury. 320 pages
WORLDCHANGING
F
James Hansen, whose climate predictions have come
to pass beginning in the 1980s when he first warned
about global warming, is the single most credible voice
on the subject worldwide. In Storms of My
Grandchildren he explains how the planet is changing
even more rapidly than previously acknowledged.
Hansen lays all the cards on the table in this thorough, detailed analysis of the history, science and politics of climate change, a Silent Spring-style warning cry that predicts “a rough ride” for our grandchildren. He paints a
devastating but all-too-realistic picture of what will happen in
their lifetimes if we follow the course we’re on. Using numerous
charts and graphs alongside accessible explanations, Hansen
presents copious climate data for a broad audience.
This leading climatologist lambasts world governments for
their ineffectual response to the dangers of global warming.
The global nature of the problem means only a global
solution can fix it, and that means we are going to come
together as a people like never before… This crisis
presents what may be a “once in a civilization”
opportunity for a steep change in human evolution, but
one driven consciously rather than biologically.
The crisis is also an unmatched business opportunity: old industries will collapse while new companies will reshape our economy. After the Great Disruption, we will measure “growth” in a
new way. It will mean not quantity of stuff but quality and happiness of life.
“Gilding offers a clear-eyed and moving assessment of our
predicament, but more importantly, he offers a plausible way
forward and good reasons to think we will rise to the occasion.
His message is that our situation is dire, but we will act because
we must. Essential reading.” —David Orr, author of Down to the
Wire
Much of the book is a heady crash course in the science of global warming, and the author makes readily apparent the nuances of human-caused and other
factors involved in climate change. The science sections are followed by his own prescriptions for action.
The most significant step, he says, would be creating
a cost structure that escalates cost as carbon emissions
increase. Coal use, he says, must be prohibited unless
ways can be found to capture and dispose of carbon
dioxide emissions. Relying on renewables and increasing energy efficiency will not do the trick either.
Dismissing the cap-and-trade approaches now being
considered, Hansen proposes a fee-and-dividend approach as the best way to phase out fossil fuels. He considers nuclear power a possible safe-energy alternative.
He shows that there is still time to do what we need to do.
Urgent, strong action is needed, and this book will be key in setting the agenda going forward to create a groundswell, a tipping
point, to save humanity—and our grandchildren—from a dire
fate more imminent than we had supposed.
Our hope depends, McKibben argues, on scaling
back—on building the kind of societies and
economies that can hunker down, concentrate on essentials, and create the type of community (in the
neighborhood, also on the net) that will allow us to
weather trouble on an unprecedented scale. Change—
fundamental change—is our best hope on a planet
suddenly and violently out of balance.
EAARTH
Making a Life on a Tough
New Planet
by Bill McKibben
New in
Paperback
$17.50, paper. St. Martin’s. 288 pages
Twenty years ago, with The End of Nature, Bill
McKibben offered one of the earliest warnings about
global warming. Those warnings went mostly unheeded;
now, he insists, we need to acknowledge that we’ve waited too long, and that massive change is not only unavoidable but already underway. Our old familiar globe
is suddenly melting, drying, acidifying, flooding, and
burning in ways that no human has ever seen. We’ve
created, in very short order, a new planet, still recognizable but
fundamentally different. We may as well call it Eaarth.
That new planet is filled with new binds and traps. A changing
world costs large sums to defend—think of the money that went
to repair New Orleans, or the trillions of dollars it will take to
transform our energy systems. But the endless economic growth
that could underwrite such largesse depends on the “stable”
planet we’ve managed to damage and degrade. We can’t rely on
old habits any longer.
implemented worldwide. The result is a
guided tour through the most exciting
new tools, models, and ideas for building
a better future.
The book has seven main chapters:
F Stuff (green design, ecological footprint,
biomimicry, sustainable agriculture, clothing, cars and emerging technology)
F Shelter (green building, landscaping,
decor, clean energy, water systems, disaster relief and humanitarian design)
F Cities (smart growth, sustainable commu-
BRANCHES OF LIGHT
F
42
We’ve built a new Eaarth. It’s not as nice as the old
one; it’s the greatest mistake humans have ever made,
one that we will pay for literally forever. But we have to
live on this new planet. So we better start understanding
what the hell is going on.
“What I have to say about this book is very simple: Read it,
please. Straight through to the end. Whatever else you were planning to do next, nothing could be more important.” —Barbara
Kingsolver, author of Animal, Vegetable, Miracle
“With clarity, eloquence, deep knowledge, and even deeper
compassion for both planet and people, Bill McKibben guides us
to the brink of a new, uncharted era… May restore your faith in
the future, with us in it.” —Alan Weisman, author of The World
Without Us Also by Bill McKibben: Deep Economy.
nities, transportation, greening infrastructure, product-service systems, leapfrogging
and megacity challenges)
F Community (education, women’s rights,
public health, community development,
social entrepreneurship, micro-lending,
and philanthropy)
F Business (socially responsible investment,
worldchanging start-ups, ecological economics, corporate social responsibility and
green business)
F Politics (networked politics, new media,
F
transparency, human rights, non-violent
revolution and peacemaking)
F Planet (the big picture—everything from
placing oneself in a bioregion to climate
foresight to environmental history to
green space exploration).
“Keep this book beside your bed or bath,
and skim through its pages whenever you
need to be re-enthused about the future.”
—The Guardian
F
CONSCIOUS CHOICES FOR THE PLANET
take for granted.
From improving air
quality in your bedroom to avoiding
mildew in the bathroom, from sourcing
local or organic food
to safely laundering
your clothes, Planet
Home offers invaluable information for
making conscious decisions for your family,
your neighbors, and our shared planet
home. Hollander’s expert and inspiring
guidance is thorough, scientifically grounded, and infused with the broad-thinking, doit-yourself spirit of the Whole Earth Catalog.
Tips, charts, boxes, illustrations, and sidebars lead the reader beyond “green” and
into the next revolution for the home: conscious living. Water and power systems, renovating, transportation, babies, pets, and
yes, cleaning—Hollander covers it all.
With additional information on power,
garbage and recycling, air quality, and community activism, this book goes a step further to describe how any household is part
of a much larger system. Arranged for maximum reader-friendliness with ample illustrations, Planet Home helps busy and disorganized readers clean up their houses nook
by nook, and might even inspire them to revision the world as well.
THE WORLD ACCORDING TO MONSANTO
Pollution, Corruption, and the Control of our Food Supply
by Marie-Monique Robin
$33.95, cloth. New Press. 372 pages
In a book that won the 2009 Rachel Carson Prize, French
journalist and documentary filmmaker Robin (she filmed a
DVD also called The World According to Monsanto) rakes
agribusiness behemoth Monsanto across the coals. It’s a wonder, if not a mystery, how the company has managed to sustain
business, given its lengthy list of products that have been proven
to be deleterious to life on earth: DDT, PCBs, dioxin, Agent
Orange, bovine-growth hormones and more.
Appalled that Monsanto still reports billions in profits, the
author charts its self-serving product testing, its collusion with governmental agencies—“they are prepared to finance a study to improve the straws used for in vitro fertilization of pigs, but not one on the toxic effects of the most widely sold herbicide in
the world”—its bullying of whistle-blowers, its veiled threats to advertisers and its thuggish patent-law litigation. As the world’s leading producer of genetically modified organisms, the company has now positioned itself as the savior from world hunger. Of
course, their seeds produce only sterile offspring, and the herbicide of choice—actually, no choice—is of their own making.
Robin’s outrage is well supported by wide-ranging scientific evidence. Readers are
prodded to wise up and increase their awareness of what has become a serious threat.
After tracking the company for four years, I am in a position to state that we can no
longer say we didn’t know, and that it would be irresponsible to allow the food of
humanity to fall into Monsanto’s hands.
THE WORLD ACCORDING TO
MONSANTO
by Marie-Monique Robin
$23.00, DVD. Chelsea Green.
109 minutes + bonus CD
New on
DVD
Monsanto’s controversial past combines some of the most
toxic products ever sold with misleading reports, pressure tactics, collusion, and attempted corruption. They now race to genetically engineer (and patent) the world’s food supply, which
profoundly threatens our health, environment, and economy.
Combining secret documents with first-hand accounts by victims, scientists, and politicians, this widely praised film exposes why Monsanto has become the world’s poster child for
malignant corporate influence in government and technology.
Also on the DVD: Your Milk on Drugs—Just Say No!, a film by Jeffrey M. Smith
Dairy products from cows treated with Monsanto’s genetically engineered bovine
growth hormone (rBGH or rBST) may sharply increase cancer risk and other diseases,
especially in children. Already banned in most industrialized nations, it was approved
in the U.S. on the backs of fired whistleblowers, manipulated research, and a corporate takeover at the FDA. This must-see film includes footage prepared for a Fox TV
station—canceled after a letter from Monsanto’s attorney threatened “dire consequences.”
A bonus CD offers “Don’t Put That in Your Mouth,” a speech by Jeffrey M. Smith.
You’ll want to stop eating genetically modified foods after you learn how they’re linked
to toxic and allergic reactions; sick, sterile, and dead livestock; and damage to virtually every organ studied in lab animals.
EARLY SPRING
An Ecologist and Her Children
Wake to a Warming World
by Amy Seidl, foreword by Bill McKibben
$17.25, paper. Beacon. 192 pages
With an engaging mix of memoir and science, Amy Seidl brings the reality of global
warming to a personal level. As a mother,
Seidl demonstrates
how climate change
has
altered
her
daughters’
experiences of their woods
and garden, and the
seasonal community
events of her small
New England town.
As an ecologist, Seidl
explains how natural
upheaval occurs in
the microcosms of our backyards and parks.
While the human community, including
Seidl’s daughters, adapts to a changing climate, plants and animals also adapt, she
shows, in ways both obvious and surprising.
Some of the unfortunate consequences
in Seidl’s neighborhood are increased mosquito outbreaks, more flooding, a reduction
in maple tree seedlings, and plants out of
PRACTICAL WISDOM
The Right Way to Do the Right Thing
by Barry Schwartz & Kenneth Sharpe
$33.50, cloth. Riverhead. 324 pages
sync with their pollinators. Informative and
hopeful, this is a brave book.
“Seidl’s tender descriptions of her young
daughters’ encounters with the natural
world—skipping
rocks,
choosing
Halloween pumpkins from the garden and
‘gorging on the abundance’ of cherries
picked off the tree—add personal poignancy to a subject ‘few can stand to talk about
at any length.’” —Publishers Weekly
PLANET HOME
Conscious Choices for Cleaning &
Greening The World You Care About Most
by Jeffrey Hollender,
$22.99, paper. Crown.
From the co-founder of Seventh
Generation (the environmentally friendly
household cleaner and personal care company) comes this useful guide to maintaining absolutely everything in the home in a
natural, nontoxic way.
In Planet Home, Jeffrey Hollender leads
you through each room of the house with
straightforward advice, comprehensive
checklists, quick tips, and unparalleled resources while revealing the hidden repercussions of daily routines that most of us
BRANCHES OF LIGHT
F
43
What the world needs now is practical wisdom. From collapsing economies to failing
schools, it’s clear that
essential work is not
getting done and dissatisfaction is epidemic. The solution lies in
what Aristotle identified as the master human virtue: practical
wisdom, the ability to
apply knowledge and
empathy in the real
world. This is not
wisdom as ethereal
contemplation; this
is wisdom as action. And this book teaches
us to identify it, cultivate it, and harness it.
Barry Schwartz and Kenneth Sharpe have
studied practical wisdom for years, but
Schwartz’s TEDTalk on the war on wisdom
has been continually rated one of the most
popular, inspiring TEDTalks ever.
The book begins with the argument that
the rules and incentives that currently govern our lives have cut us off from the essence
of wisdom—and then they lead the way forward, introducing the “canny outlaws”
(teachers, doctors, lawyers, even janitors)
wisely working around those business-as-usual obstacles, and the “system changers”
building better institutions based on more
rewarding and ultimately more effective
ways to work. They prove that wisdom is not
just practical, but the surest route—individually and collectively—to happy, productive
futures. They show us how to make wisdom
work for us.
What is practical wisdom? For Aristotle,
it combined the will to do the right thing
and the skill to figure out what the right
thing is. In the professional world, this
means workers embracing the “soul” of
their professions, discerning and achieving
the proper aims of their work…
But wisdom is not just will; wise
practitioners must also have skill. A wise
practitioner:
F
F
• is perceptive enough to know what a situation calls for;
• knows when and how to make the exception to every rule;
• knows how to improvise;
• can take the perspective of another;
• knows how to choose among goals when
they conflict, or to find a way to balance
them.
It takes the right kind of experience to cultivate practical wisdom, and if we don’t pay
attention, these skills—already rare—will
disappear.
THE SPIRIT LEVEL
Why Equality is Better for Everyone
by Richard Wilkinson & Kate Pickett
Popular wisdom would tell us that poverty is the breeding ground for many of society’s ills, but British
academics Wilkinson
and Pickett argue
otherwise. Based on
thirty years of research, The Spirit
Level shows how inequality, not poverty
per se, is what contributes most to social problems. One
common factor links
the healthiest and
happiest societies: the degree of equality
among their members. Further, more unequal societies are bad for everyone within
them—the rich and middle class as well as
the poor.
The authors not only compare data from
a range of countries, but also gather data
from all 50 American states to verify that relationships that exist on a national level
also exist on a more local scale. The first
element they examine is trust—as a measure of community life and social relations.
Once it is established that people in unequal societies don’t trust one another, the
stage is set to examine a host of other
dystopian problems from mental health to
teenage births to social mobility.
In this fascinating study, the authors do
an excellent job of presenting the research,
analyzing nuances, and even offering policy suggestions for creating more equal and
sustainable societies. It is what they call ‘evidence-based politics’.
In laying bare the contradictions between material success and social failure
in the developed world, Wilkinson and
Pickett do not merely tell us what’s wrong.
They offer a way toward a new political outlook, shifting from self-interested consumerism to a friendlier, more sustainable
society. All readers with an interest in understanding the dynamics between modern
economic and social conditions will find
this an illuminating book.
ALL THAT WE SHARE
A Field Guide to the Commons
by Jay Walljasper
$20.95, paper New Press
256 pages 7x9. b/w illustrations
How you see the world is about to
change. All That We Share is a wake-up call
that will inspire you to see the world in a
new way. As soon as you realize that some
things belong to everyone—water, for instance, or the Internet or human knowledge—you become a commoner, part of a
movement that’s reshaping how we will
solve the problems facing us in the 21st century.
Edited by award-winning journalist Jay
Walljasper (also author of The Great
F
BE A PILGRIM ON OUR EARTH
Our Stuff & Our Carbon Footprint
THE STORY OF STUFF
The Impact of Overconsumption on
the Planet, Our Communities, and
Our Health—And How We Can
Make It Better
by Annie Leonard
New in
Paperback
$18.99, paper. Simon & Schuster.
We have a problem with Stuff. With just 5 percent of
the world’s population, we’re consuming 30 percent of
the world’s resources and creating 30 percent of the
world’s waste. If everyone consumed at U.S. rates, we
would need three to five planets!
This alarming fact drove Annie Leonard to create the 20minute Internet film The Story of Stuff (storyofstuff.com)
which has been viewed over 10 million times by people around
the world. In her ground-breaking book of the same name,
Leonard tracks the life of the Stuff we use every day—where our
cotton T-shirts, laptop computers, and aluminum cans come
from, how they are produced, distributed, and consumed, and
where they go when we throw them out. Like Rachel Carson’s
Silent Spring, The Story of Stuff is a landmark book that will
change the way we think—and the way we live.
Leonard’s message is clear: We have too much Stuff, and too
much of it is toxic. Devoting a chapter to each stage of the life of
stuff—extraction, production, distribution, consumption and disposal—she blends facts, expert testimony and anecdotes from visits
to factories, landfills and e-waste recycling facilities to create a vivid
account of how waste is connected to disparate aspects of our lives.
Annie reveals the true story behind our possessions—why it’s
cheaper to replace a broken TV than to fix it; how the promotion
HOW BAD ARE BANANAS?
The Carbon Footprint of Everything
by Mike Berners-Lee
$19.95, paper. Greystone. 230 pages, charts
Is it more environmentally friendly to ride the bus or
drive a hybrid car? In a public washroom, should you
dry your hands with paper towel or use the air dryer?
And how bad is it really to eat bananas shipped from
South America?
Climate is changing, whether we like it or not, and
we have no choice but to live in a carbon-careful
world. The seriousness of the challenge is getting
stronger, demanding that we have a proper understanding of the carbon implications of our everyday lifestyle decisions. However most of us don’t have sufficient understanding
of carbon emissions to be able to engage in this intelligently.
Part green-lifestyle guide, part popular science, How Bad Are
Bananas? is the first book to provide the information we need
to make carbon-savvy purchases and informed lifestyle choices, and to build carbon considerations into our everyday thinking. It also helps put our decisions into perspective with entries
Neighborhood Book
and Salons) All That
We Share is an indispensable introduction to fresh ideas
that touch us all.
Filled with practical
solutions for today’s
economic, political,
and cultural issues,
it’s a much-needed
and thoroughly accessible field guide to the
new world of the commons. Including success stories from communities across North
America and around the world, this book is
for anyone seeking new ways of thinking
about our shared values.
Eco-Philosophy, Deep Ecology
LIKE A TREE
How Trees, Women, and Tree People
Can Save the Planet
by Jean Shinoda Bolen
$28.95, cloth. Conari. 234 pages
Like a Tree grew out of Jean Bolen’s practice of walking among tall trees and mourning the loss of a Monterey pine that was cut
of “perceived obsolescence” encourages us to toss out
everything from shoes to cell phones while they’re still
in perfect shape; and how factory workers in Haiti,
mine workers in Congo, and everyone who lives and
works within this system pay for our cheap goods
with their health, safety, and quality of life.
Meanwhile we, as consumers, are compromising our
health and well-being, whether it’s through neurotoxins in our pillows or lead leaching into our kids’ food
from their lunchboxes—and all this Stuff isn’t even
making us happier! We work hard so we can buy Stuff
that we quickly throw out, and then we want new Stuff
so we work harder and have no time to enjoy all our
Stuff… With staggering revelations about the economy, the environment, and cultures around the world, alongside stories from
her own life and work, Leonard demonstrates that the drive for
a “growth at all costs” economy fuels a cycle of production,
consumption, and disposal that is, frankly, killing us.
It is a system in crisis, but Annie Leonard shows us that this is
not the way things have to be. It’s within our power to stop the environmental damage, social injustice, and health hazards caused
by polluting production and excessive consumption, and The
Story of Stuff shows us how.
“Better than anyone before, she is able to explain, with simplicity, humor, and verve, the intrinsic problems of an economic
system that destroys the Earth while delivering social and economic chaos. This is must reading for anyone seeking to grasp
the interlocking crises of our time, what to do about them, and
how to talk about them with others. An educational and organizing tool of the utmost importance.” —Jerry Mander, author of
In the Absence of the Sacred
for the big things (the World Cup, volcanic eruptions,
and the Iraq war) as well as the small (email, ironing a
shirt, a glass of beer). And it covers the range from
birth (the carbon footprint of having a child) to death
(the carbon impact of cremation). Packed full of surprises—a plastic bag has the smallest footprint of any
item listed, while a block of cheese is bad news—the
book continuously informs, delights, and engages the
reader.
I’m using the term carbon footprint as shorthand to
mean the best estimate that we can get of the full
climate change impact of something. That something
could be anything—an activity, an item, a lifestyle, a
company, a country, or even the whole world.
Highly accessible and entertaining, solidly researched and
referenced, packed full of easily digestible figures, catchy statistics, and informative charts and graphs, How Bad Are
Bananas? doesn’t tell people what to do, but it will raise awareness, encourage discussion, and help people to make up their
own minds based on their own priorities.
down in her neighborhood. Appealing
most to people who realize that they are
“tree people,” it is
poetic, educational,
inspirational, spiritual, and down to
earth, covering the
subject of trees
from anatomy and
physiology to trees
as archetypal and sacred symbols.
It is also a strong
call to ecological activism, with stories of
the
organizations
and “tree people” who are working to save
our forests: Greenpeace’s Kleercut campaign to save the Boreal Forest, Wangari
Maathai’s
Greenbelt
Movement, Julia
Butterfly Hill’s campaign to save a
California Redwood. Bolen offers a unique
vision based on metaphysics, psychology,
mythology, and global gender politics. She
writes eloquently about deforestation, global warming, and overpopulation.
“Read Like a Tree and you will never
again see a tree without knowing it has a
novel inside, it’s supporting your life, and
BRANCHES OF LIGHT
F
44
it’s more spiritual than any church, temple
or mosque. Like a Tree is the rare book that
not only informs, but offers a larger consciousness of life itself.”—Gloria Steinem
“In this book Jean Bolen expresses the
essence of our deep connection to and inseparability from trees. Trees have stood by
us humans always; it is the least we can do to
protect and save and honor them now.
Bolen’s thoughts and suggestions for moving forward will, as always, help us see and
feel how this might be done. This is a conversation with the Tree tribe not to be
missed or dismissed.” —Alice Walker
Jean Shinoda Bolen, a psychiatrist and
Jungian analyst in private practice, is the author of many books including Urgent
Message from Mother: Gather the Women and
Save the World, Crones Don’t Whine and The
Millionth Circle.
EARTH PILGRIM
by Satish Kumar
$24.95, cloth. Chelsea Green.
In Earth Pilgrim, Satish Kumar draws on
his personal experience and also his understanding of the spiritual traditions of both
F
F
East and West. The
book takes the form
of conversations between Kumar and
others about the inner and outer aspects of pilgrimage:
To be a pilgrim is
to be on a path of
adventure, to move
out of our comfort
zones, to let go of
our prejudices and
preconditioning, to
make strides towards the unknown.
If we want to tread the pilgrim’s path, we
need to go beyond ideas of good and evil
and to be dedicated to our quest—to our
natural calling. We need to shed not just
our unnecessary material possessions but
also our burdens of fear, anxiety, doubt,
and worry; in this way we can find spiritual
renewal and enter on the great adventure
into the unknown.
Kumar believes that at this stage of human history we now need a new kind of
pilgrim, unattached to any form of dogma—“Earth Pilgrims” who are concerned
with this world, not the next, and who are
seeking a deep commitment to life in the
here and now, upon this Earth, in this
world. We need to realize that we are all
connected, and through that connectivity
we become pilgrims.
Satish Kumar, editor of Resurgence magazine, is also author of No Destination and
The Buddha and the Terrorist.
THOMAS BERRY,
DREAMER OF THE EARTH
The Spiritual Ecology of the
Father of Environmentalism
edited by Ervin Laszlo & Allan Combs
When cultural historian and spiritual
ecologist Thomas Berry, described by
Newsweek as “the
most provocative figure among the new
breed of eco-theologians,” passed away
in 2009 at age 94, he
left behind a dream
of healing the “Earth
community.” In his
numerous lectures,
books, and essays,
Berry
proclaimed
himself a scholar of
the earth, a “geologian,” and diligently advocated for a return to Earth-based spirituality.
This anthology presents ten essays from
leading philosophers, scientists, and spiritual visionaries—including Matthew Fox,
Joanna Macy, Duane Elgin, Sean EsbjörnHargens, Ervin Laszlo, and Allan
Combs—on the genius of Berry’s work, as
well as a little-known but essential essay by
Berry himself. Revealing Berry’s insights as
far ahead of their time, these essays reiterate the radical nature of his ideas and the
urgency of his most important conclusion:
that money and technology cannot solve
our problems; rather, we must re-establish
the indigenous connection with universal
consciousness and return to our fundamental spontaneous nature—still evident
in our dreams—in order to navigate our
ecological challenges successfully.
Berry’s basic insight remains entirely
valid. “The present situation is so extreme
that we need to get beyond our existing
cultural formation, back to the primary
tendencies of our nature itself, expressed
in the spontaneities of our being.”
F
T H E L I F E O F WAT E R & C R E AT I N G C O M M U N I T Y
We can derive solace and draw courage
from Berry’s assurances. “We are not left
simply to our own rational contrivances.
We are supported by the ultimate powers
of the universe as they make themselves
present to us through the spontaneities
within our own beings.”
The brightest glimmer of hope
shimmering at the darkening horizons of
the current global crisis is, in Berry’s
words, that “the universe is revealing itself
to us in a special manner just now. Also
the planet Earth and the life communities
of the earth are speaking to us through the
deepest elements of our nature.”
Alick Bartholomew was part of the editorial team that in 1962 published Rachel
The author of
Carson’s Silent Spring.
Hidden Nature: The Startling Insights of
Viktor Schauberger, he lives near Bath,
England.
“Thomas Berry, Dreamer of the Earth offers an introduction to one of the most extraordinary thinkers of the 20th century.
His stature cannot be fully appreciated unless one brings to mind such axial personalities as Pythagoras or Confucius, thinkers
who gave rise to civilizations. The deep
structure of human beings is undergoing a
seismic shift, which Thomas foresaw and in
part evoked. To understand this new planetary mode of consciousness, there is no substitute for a close study of his ideas.” —Brian
Swimme, co-author, with Thomas Berry, of
The Universe Story
Wabi-sabi is about appreciating the simple and letting go of the superficial—the
perfect
antidote
for a society in recovery from a
decades-long consumerist binge. In
2004 The WabiSabi House helped
popularize this ancient Japanese philosophy in North
Simply
America.
Imperfect is a fully
revised and updated edition of The Wabi-Sabi House aimed at
moving past our belief in life, liberty, and
the pursuit of stuff to finding beauty in austerity, serenity, and authenticity.
Far more than home decor, wabi-sabi is
a state of mind: living modestly in the moment, stripping away the unnecessary, and
finding satisfaction in everyday things.
Simply Imperfect recounts wabi-sabi’s rich history, tracing it from its Zen Buddhist roots
through to the present day. This beautifullyillustrated book reveals ways to introduce
wabi-sabi into your home such as:
F Clearing clutter and blocking noise
F Integrating salvaged and recycled materials
F Making and growing things yourself (or
supporting local artisans who do)
F Taking time and space for self-reflection.
Wabi-sabi is everything that today’s sleek,
plastic, technology-saturated culture isn’t.
This gentle book asks readers to see that
mass-produced perfection is seductive but
boring. It is for anyone who is overwhelmed
by consumerism or whose focus has shifted
from getting more to getting by.
Robyn Griggs Lawrence is editor of Natural
Home magazine and a prolific writer and speaker on topics ranging from green building and
ecological design to organic gardening.
THE SPIRITUAL LIFE
OF WATER
Its Power and Purpose
by Alick Bartholomew
368 pages, colour & b/w illustrations
Once held sacred the world over, water
contains a wisdom few today acknowledge.
Driving everything
from our metabolic
processes to weather
patterns and climate
change, its real significance lies in its
role as a medium for
metamorphosis, recycling, and exchanging energy and information.
Seeking a return
to our ancestors’
reverence for water,
Alick Bartholomew explores water’s sacred uses, its role in our bodies and environment, and the latest scientific studies
to reveal that water is a conscious organism that is self-creating and self-organizing. Examining new discoveries in quantum
biology, he shows how water binds all of life
into one vast network of energy, allowing instant communication and coherence.
Covering the research of water visionaries
such as Viktor Schauberger, Mae-Wan Ho,
and Masaru Emoto, he examines the memory of water and reveals how the same water has been cycling through Earth’s history since the dawn of time, making water
nature’s greatest recycling and reclaiming
agent. With information on the energetics
of water, water treatments, finding the bestquality water, and the perils of bottled and
distilled water, this book offers us a path to
reclaim the spirituality of water.
The story of water as the stage manager
of life, communicating to our bodies’ cells
how to be part of a vast orchestra,
distributing energy in the landscape to
make it balanced and productive, has not
yet been simply told. Indeed, the very laws
that govern the harmonious movement of
the planets also determine the form and
behavior of our organic life, through water.
This extraordinary picture of water’s part in
the evolution of life derives from the
discovery of quantum physics that we are
embedded in a vast web of energy that
interconnects all creation.
Pocket Neighbourhoods
POCKET NEIGHBORHOODS
Creating Small-Scale Community in
a Large-Scale World
by Ross Chapin
Earth Energies & Eco-Design
$32.95, cloth. Taunton.
220 pages, 9x10, colour photos & illustrations
Pocket Neighborhoods: Creating Small Scale
Community in a Large Scale World by Whidbey Island
architect Ross Chapin introduces an antidote to faceless, placeless sprawl—real neighborhoods of a scale
and design where people can easily know one another; where empty nesters and single householders
with far-flung families can find friendship or a helping hand nearby; and where children can have shirttail aunties and uncles just beyond their front gate.
The book describes inspiring pocket neighborhoods through stories of the people who live there, as well as the progressive planners, innovative architects, pioneering developers, craftspeople and gardeners who helped create them.
Ross begins the book by outlining the shifts in the scale of community and the
American Dream over several generations, leading to super-sized houses in a sea of development, then describes a solution to help restore healthy, livable communities. The
first section of the book looks at historic precedents of pocket neighborhoods, from
15th century hofje almshouses in the Netherlands, to a 19th century Methodist Camp
Community on Martha’s Vineyard, to early 20th century Garden City models and
Southern California Cottage Courtyards.
The second section covers a wide range of contemporary pocket neighborhoods
including New Urban communities, affordable housing, houseboat communities, econeighborhoods, and Ross Chapin Architects’ own pocket neighborhood examples.
The third section focuses on ‘co-housing’ communities, from Danish origins in the
1960s, to examples across America, Australia and New Zealand, including a chapter on
senior co-housing.
The fourth section looks at retrofitting pocket neighborhoods within existing communities. Throughout the book are series of “Design Keys” that highlight the essential principles of pocket neighborhood planning and design, and short stories
about “Pocket Neighborhood Pioneers” who blazed new trails. The book is filled with
rich photographs, drawings, illustrations and site plans, and a Resources section at
the end provides leads for the reader to explore the topic in further detail.
“Ross Chapin is a master in understanding the importance of ‘scale’ in creating
beautiful and humane communities. His new book is a profound manual of what
works to create vibrant pocket communities—essential components of a sustainable
future.” —Jason McLennan, CEO Cascadia Green Building Council
An excellently resourced website backing up this book (and movement) is pocketneighborhoods.net.
SIMPLY IMPERFECT
Revisiting the Wabi-Sabi House
by Robyn Griggs Lawrence
$22.95, paper. New Society.
208 pages, 7x9, b/w & colour photos
FENG SHUI MADE EASY
Designing Your Life with the
Ancient Art of Placement
by William Spear
While most of the early English-language
books on feng shui were dauntingly mystical
or relied on
complex calculations or culturally specific design
practices,
Feng Shui Made
Easy, first released in 1995,
took a more
holistic
approach, clearly
explaining the
fundamentals of
the ancient art
of
placement
while guiding readers on an inner journey
of understanding. This revised edition expands on the author’s intuitive approach
BRANCHES OF LIGHT
F
F
45
with new sections on health, children’s environments and ecological concerns, and
sustainable practices. The author also corrects misconceptions about feng shui and
uses fascinating case studies to share valuable insights gained from interactions with
his clients and readers.
Thoughtfully written and beautifully illustrated, the book is structured around an “architecture of consciousness” that is really the
inner landscape. The book explores each
“house” of the bagua—the chart representing one’s journey through life; relationships
with parents, loved ones, and community;
creativity; spirituality; and connectedness to
the source of life—and the symbolism of the
corresponding I Ching trigram. Feng Shui
Made Easy helps readers discover the nature
of these connections, as well as learn what
obstructions must be removed to change
fixed patterns of behavior and restore balance, harmony, and inner peace—a process
that, when combined with external adjustments, results in increased success and lasting change in all areas of life.
If feng shui is used only for external
applications, its original nature—the
alignment of internal spirit and an
understanding of the architecture of
consciousness and being—is disregarded.
Forgetting this, we live in illusion. Aware
that feng shui emerged from the teachings
of the I Ching, the heart of Taoism, which
speaks to our inner world of being through
the higher self, we are really exploring the
spiritual dimensions inside us, the place
where we can all experience our common
unity. It operates from the realization that
we are each a reflection of each other
F
within a universal source and prompts us
to ask “How can we improve things for
the benefit of all?” Practiced from this
premise, Intuitive Feng Shui is a unique
approach to interior design.
“User-friendly, while still respecting the
deeper aspects and implications of a profound science… so you can learn to trust
your feelings about your surroundings.”
—Yoga Journal.
Gardening, Farming
& Self-Reliance
URBAN AGRICULTURE
Ideas and Designs for the
New Food Revolution
by David Tracey
192 pages, b/w & colour photos & illustrations
You don’t have to journey to a rural paradise to find the farm of the future. It’s your
neighbor’s suburban lawn, the
roof of your uptown
condominium, or the
co-op
market
garden in the vacant lot down
the
street.
Urban
Agriculture is a
detailed look at
how food is taking root in our
cities. It offers
F
GARDENS & PREPAREDNESS
Gardening & Permaculture
F
Surviving & Quake Prep
BACKYARD BOUNTY
SURVIVING THE APOCALYPSE IN THE SUBURBS
The Complete Guide to Year-Round
Organic Gardening in the
Pacific Northwest
by Linda Gilkeson
The Thrivalist’s Guide to Life Without Oil
by Wendy Brown
$19.95, paper. New Society. 258 pages, b/w photos
In the latter half of the 20th century, the percentage of the
total North American population living in suburbs grew to
nearly fifty percent. Fossil fuels were cheap and plentiful, and
car-dependent, energy-intensive lifestyles came hand in hand
with this demographic transition. But now, as we move into the
age of Peak Oil, environmental catastrophe, and a failing economy, it is imperative that we transform the suburbs into sustainable communities.
Surviving the Apocalypse in the Suburbs envisions a suburban
evolution—from isolated cookie cutter houses with manicured lawns and two-car
garages to small, closely packed, productive, interdependent homesteads. This
guide to simplifying suburbia and adopting a lower energy lifestyle breaks down all our
basic needs and describes how they might be met after the loss of the modern conveniences we currently take for granted. From small-space gardening techniques and
a guide to small livestock to tips on cooking and heating, sanitation options, and much
more, this is a complete guide to becoming more self-sufficient wherever you live.
Required reading for anyone interested in increased self-reliance and a lower carbon footprint, Surviving the Apocalypse in the Suburbs will help you look past the white
picket fence to a new world of possibilities.
Wendy Brown is a suburban homesteader growing roots (both literally and figuratively) in southern Maine where she and her family have made the transition from a
completely dependent, consumerist lifestyle to one of living debt-free in a comfortable, more efficient home in a desirable location with a bountiful garden.
292 pages, 7x9, b/w photos & illustrations
Are you itching to start your own garden or improve the
yield from the one you already have but feel that gardening
is too challenging or time consuming for your busy schedule? Would you like to enjoy fresh, home-grown produce
every month of the year?
Brimming with seasoned wisdom and practical common sense, Backyard Bounty is
like having your own master gardener to consult. This encyclopedic reference demystifies gardening, bringing it back to the down-to-earth, environmentally practical
activity that anyone can enjoy. Learn about:
F Planning your garden and preparing the soil
F Organic fertilizers and simplified composting
F Growing healthy seedlings, transplanting, easy weeding and mulching
F Growing fruit and simple pruning methods
F Greenhouses, tunnels, and containers
F Organic pest management… and more
Packed with a wealth of information specific to the Pacific Northwest, this complete guide emphasizes low maintenance methods, exposes common gardening
myths, includes a monthly garden schedule for year-round planting and harvesting,
and features plant profiles for everything from apples to zucchini. Excellent for novice
and experienced gardeners alike, Backyard Bounty shows how even the smallest garden
can produce a surprising amount of food twelve months of the year.
Linda Gilkeson is a passionate organic gardener with over forty years of gardening
experience. She is a regular instructor in the Master Gardener programs in British
Columbia.
EARTHQUAKE!
Preparing for the Big One
by Graem Castell
$5.00, paper. Graem Castell. 290 pages, 8x11, b/w illustrations
THE BIOSHELTER MARKET GARDEN
If you live in southwestern British Columbia or the Pacific
Northwest of the United States, you live in earthquake country.
It may not seem that way, because recent earthquakes here have
been relatively minor—large enough to cause a stir and small
enough to convince us that earthquakes are no big deal. Every
two to eight hundred years, however, for thousands of years, this
region has suffered a truly gigantic earthquake—far larger than
most of us can imagine. The last one was on January 26, 1700.
Earthquake! is the definitive earthquake-preparedness guide for British
Columbians. It is equally relevant for anyone living in the United States Pacific
Northwest (we share similar earthquake threats), and it will be extremely helpful for
those living in any other earthquake zone.
Comprehensive, user-friendly, and written with input from numerous experts,
this guide makes preparation for a major earthquake (or any comparable disaster)
as easy and effective as it is ever going to get. It covers just about everything that one
should know, consider, and do in order to be thoroughly prepared.
A pleasure to use, with a vivid Jack Shadbolt image on the front cover and a spacious, elegantly designed interior, it is an easy and enjoyable read.
Part of this guide’s secret lies in its detailed, helpful checklists. These enable users
to build emergency plans and resources, step-by-step, knowing exactly where they
are in the process.
Also included are some fascinating excerpts from newspaper articles of the past few
years on the earthquake threat to this region.
Further and updated resources are available from the publisher at www.earthquakeprep.ca.
A Permaculture Farm
by Darrell Frey
462 pages, b/w & colour photos
To ensure food security and restore the health of the
planet, we need to move beyond industrial agriculture and
return to the practice of small-scale, local farming. The
Bioshelter Market Garden: A Permaculture Farm describes
the creation of a sustainable food system through a detailed case study of the successful year-round organic
market garden and permaculture design at
Pennsylvania’s Three Sisters Farm.
At the heart of Three Sisters is its bioshelter—a solar greenhouse that integrates
growing facilities, poultry housing, a potting room, storage, kitchen facilities, compost
bins, a reference library, and classroom area. The Bioshelter Market Garden examines
how the bioshelter promotes greater biodiversity and is an energy-efficient method of
extending crop production through Pennsylvania’s cold winter months.
Both visionary and practical, this fully illustrated book contains a wealth of information on the application of permaculture principles. Some of the topics covered include:
F Design and management of an intensive market garden farm
F Energy systems and biothermal resources
F Ecological soil management and pest control
F Wetlands usage
F Solar greenhouse design/management
Whatever your gardening experience and ambitions, this comprehensive manual is
sure to inform and inspire.
Darrell Frey, the owner and manager of Three Sisters Farm, writes extensively on
permaculture design and ecological land use planning. He’s taught permaculture for
25 years.
“Equal parts inspired storytelling and how-to manual for living creatively and responsibly upon the earth… Frey sets forth a detailed roadmap by which we might all
reach a sustainable future and celebrate our interdependence.” —Dan Sullivan, editor, BioCycle Magazine
inspirational advice and working examples
to help you dig in and become more selfsufficient with your own food choices.
Taking the local food movement to its
next logical step, this fully illustrated, deF
sign-rich guide presents a cornucopia of
proven ideas for:
F Windowsill and container growing
F Edible landscaping
F Farming the commons
F Community gardening from allotments to
collectives and community orchards
F Taking urban agriculture to the next level
with creative spaces, bigger lots, and higher yields
THE MEDITATIVE GARDENER
Cultivating Mindfulness of Body,
Feelings, and Mind
by Cheryl Wilfong
$39.95, paper. Heart Path.
244 pages, 8x10, French flaps, colour photos
Urban Agriculture is about shaping a new
food system that values people and the
planet above profits. First-time farmers and
green thumbs alike will be inspired to get
growing by working examples and expert
interviews. Proving that the city of the future will be green and tasty, this book is
packed with edible solutions for anyone
keen to join the new food revolution.
David Tracey is a journalist, environmental designer, and the author of Guerrilla
Gardening: A Manualfesto. The director of
EcoUrbanist in Vancouver, he is an advocate
for all those reclaiming our right to great
food through urban agriculture.
BRANCHES OF LIGHT
F
46
In this wise, down-to-earth book (beautifully and spaciously designed with lots of
colour photographs),
Master Gardener and
mindfulness meditation
teacher Cheryl Wilfong
lovingly offers us a rich
bouquet
of
the
Buddha’s teachings. Her
gentle, friendly, and humorous tone creates a
nurturing environment
in which to practice mindfulness in our very
own gardens. Wilfong invites us to stroll
through our flowerbeds, appreciating them
just as they are, and noticing how we feel.
Beginning meditators will find practical
easy-to-follow suggestions. Lapsed meditators
F
can refresh their practice. Seasoned meditators will appreciate the variety of wisdom
practices that can be transplanted into daily life in the garden: while sitting, walking,
or bending over (a gardener’s favorite position), become aware of the present moment.
Notice feelings of happiness, pleasure, and
calm as you take refuge from the busy world
in the sanctuary of your garden. Observe the
mind in a pleasure garden. Use naturally-occurring contemplation to gain insight into
the Dharma, the laws of nature.
You may not have done all the weeding
or planting you had hoped (or felt you had
to do), but appreciate that you are doing
the best you can. As you sit in the shade of
your own back yard, simply hold this book
in your lap. Allow The Meditative Gardener
to help you nourish the seed of enlightenment that is already growing in your heart.
Use the tools of mindfulness and kindness toward yourself to discover how to
cultivate your garden and meditation
practice at the same time.
More info: meditativegardener.com
F
D I S C O V E R I N G N AT U R E ’ S W O N D E R
Nature as Teacher & Healer
Tanis Helliwell Dances with Leprechauns
THE DIVINE LIFE OF ANIMALS
One Man’s Quest to Discover Whether
the Souls of Animals Live On
by Ptolemy Tompkins
Anyone who has ever mourned the loss of
a cherished pet has wondered about the animal soul. Do animals
survive the death of
the body, or are they
doomed to disappear
completely
when
they leave this world
behind? Both scientists and religious authorities have long
scoffed at the idea of
animals in heaven.
Yet the question endures. In this wise,
immensely readable
book, Ptolemy Tompkins embarks on a
quest for the answer—taking us on a topspeed tour of the history of the animal
soul.
Equally at home with mainstream and alternative spiritual philosophies, Tompkins
takes us from the savannas of Africa to the
earth’s first cities to the early days of the
great faith traditions of both East and West.
Along the way, he shows that, despite what
many of us have been taught, the world’s
various spiritual traditions all have profoundly meaningful things to say about the
animal soul, if we simply know where to
look. Rescuing these ancient insights and
blending them with vivid stories about animals today—from a dwarf rabbit named
Angus to a manatee named Moose to a
black bear named Little Bit—The Divine
Life of Animals paints a gloriously inclusive
picture of the cosmos as a place made up
of both matter and spirit, in which animals
are every bit as important, spiritually
speaking, as the humans with whom they
share the world. Though it is startlingly
original, The Divine Life of Animals also feels
strangely and instantly familiar, for it reveals
truths that many of us have held in our
hearts already, waiting only for someone to
give fresh voice to one of the oldest and
most trustworthy intuitions we possess.
The Divine Life of Animals offers a compelling and timeless vision of the relationship between humans and animals that will
have you looking at the animals in your life
with new eyes.
DOGS THAT KNOW WHEN
THEIR OWNERS ARE
COMING HOME
And Other Unexplained
Powers of Animals
by Rupert Sheldrake
This remarkable book by renowned biologist Rupert Sheldrake is now in a new, fully updated and revised edition.
Dogs that know
when their owners
are returning home
at unexpected times,
cats that hide when
it’s time to go to the
vet, horses that find
their way home over
unfamiliar
terrain,
pets that predict that
their owners are
about to have an
epileptic fit—these examples of animal behavior convinced Sheldrake that animals
possess forms of perceptiveness that science
SUMMER WITH THE LEPRECHAUNS
by Dorothy Maclean
$19.95, paper. Tanis Helliwell. 190 pages
With a humorous, enjoyable style, Tanis Helliwell delights
skeptics and believers alike as she relates an incredible story
that began after a long relationship ended. Ms. Helliwell
took a break from corporate consulting and went to Ireland
for a restful retreat. Instead of finding peace and quiet, she
was pestered—and later charmed and even illumined—by
the appearance of a Leprechaun and his family who lived in
the cottage she’d rented.
The little man materialized before her one day, and became her daily companion. Her interest was piqued by the series of lessons he had to share. He hoped she would share them with the human race
when the time was right.
His message is simple: there are many forms of life out there,
and we need to respect them all. According to the small gentleman,
elementals (Leprechauns, Faeries, Elves, etc.) wish to work with humans to heal the Earth and to evolve both of our species.
If humans could see lighter vibrations and the life force in all living
things, they wouldn’t be harming the world the way they have been—
killing streams, trees, and other delicate creatures. Humans could create
wonderful food, beautiful gardens, and healthy trees if they listened to
Tanis Helliwell what nature wanted, visualized it happening, and enlisted the help of the
‘little people.’
“This delightful book is not only great fun to read, but makes most interesting and
intelligent suggestions about the reality and work of this particular branch of the nature world. It can help us open our minds to fascinating dimensions that do exist on
the planet.” —Dorothy Maclean, co-founder of Findhorn and author of To Hear the
Angels Sing
“I remember those ‘intimations of childhood’ that said there were ‘little people’
watching me in the garden. As I read Summer with the Leprechauns, I felt all the joy and
mystery of that long ago time rekindle in me. This is a magical and important book
and one that deserves to become a cherished classic.” —Ann Mortifee, singer/composer, and author of In Love with the Mystery
ELEMENTALS AND NATURE SPIRITS
with Tanis Helliwell
$19.95, DVD. Helliwell Publications. 25 minutes
New on
DVD
Tanis Helliwell, well-known for her work with elementals, also
called nature spirits, brings us easily into her world. Her new
DVD is informative while being entertaining. With the good-humoured spirit akin to an Irish story-teller she brings us on a journey to learn more about elementals.
Tanis’s DVD has real images of fairies and lovely visuals that
create a warm, natural environment that enhance her words.
Viewers, who are both new to elementals, and those that have
read a great deal, and even those who have encountered nature
spirits, will find this DVD engaging.
Some of the topics covered are: Purpose of Elementals, The Body Elemental, The Four
Elements, Meeting Elementals, Learning from Elementals, and Birth of the New Earth.
You will come away from this DVD with an appreciation of the beings with whom
humans share this planet as well as tools to work with them. You will understand
why it is essential that humans learn to co-create with natural and spiritual laws in
order to become guardians of the Earth—which is our purpose. This timely DVD assists us to more fully embrace all consciousness on Earth and to take responsibility for
our place in the plan.
Tanis Helliwell is the founder of the International Institute for Transformation. She
is also author of Pilgrimage with the Leprechauns, Take Your Soul to Work, and Summer
with the Leprechauns. Visit her website www.tanishelliwell.com.
cannot yet explain. After years of research
and thousands of case studies, Sheldrake offers his unique findings in
Dogs That Know When Their
Owners Are Coming Home, a
groundbreaking analysis of
the psychic abilities of animals. He shows that the
very animals that are closest to us have much to
teach us about biology, nature, and consciousness.
Rupert
In this book, he reaffirms
Sheldrake
anecdotal evidence shared
by thousands of pet owners and proves that
animals communicate telepathically. With
detailed, captivating stories and Sheldrake’s
thought-provoking analysis, this book will
fascinate the millions of pet owners who
firmly believe there is an unexplained—but
F
Conscious Evolution
& Planetary Culture
MEMOIRS OF AN
ORDINARY MYSTIC
A True Story: the Authorized Edition
by Tanis Helliwell
BRANCHES OF LIGHT
F
47
strong—bond between them and their animals. His exploration shows how we and our
pets are social animals linked together by invisible bonds connecting animals to each
other, to their owners, and to their homes in
powerful ways.
All three types of perceptiveness—
telepathy, the sense of direction, and
premonitions—seem better developed in
nonhuman species than they are in people,
but they do occur in the human realm too.
Human psychic powers seem more natural,
more biological, when they are seen in the
light of animal behavior....
We have a great deal to learn from our
companion animals. They have much to
teach us about animal nature—and our own.
Among Sheldrake’s other books are Seven
Experiments That Could Change the World
and Morphic Resonance.
F
$20.75, paper. Lorian Press.
Dorothy Maclean may call herself an “ordinary mystic” but in fact she has had an extraordinary life with
an equally extraordinary impact. This outstanding
memoir
tells the exciting story of her journey
from being part of
the British Secret
Service during World
War II to co-founding
the fabled Findhorn
Foundation spiritual
community in northern Scotland and subsequently becoming
a spiritual teacher much in demand
around the world for her down-to-earth insights and wisdom. Her work with the inner
forces of nature is of seminal importance in
our age of global climate change and environmental challenge, offering hope for our
future. Told with honesty and modesty, it is
the record of one of the most significant
and loving spiritual figures of our time.
To relate consciously with the
intelligence of nature is to form a more
conscious relationship with our own
natures. It is opening and holding a
connection through which a vital energy
can flow into the human world. That
energy is a spiritual force which helps us
to cultivate the capacity to “think like a
planet.”
In addition to 180 pages of Dorothy
telling her life’s adventures, the book also
offers four wonderful appendices of
Dorothy’s “attunements”:
F Attuning to the God Within
F Messages from the God Within
F Messages from the Landscape Angel
F Deva Messages
“With amazing courage and a deep commitment to truth, she offers us the gift of
her life experiences and work through a
new no-holds-barred lens. What we get, as a
result, is an extraordinary book of insight,
encouragement and practicality.” —
Michaelle Wright, author of Behaving as if
the God in All Life Mattered
“Dorothy Maclean is one of the great spiritual pioneers of our time. She pioneered
the new spiritual relationship with nature
and its invisible beings. Her story, though, is
not the usual tranquil life of a mystic, but includes espionage and high adventure.
Highly recommended.” —William Bloom,
author of Feeling Safe and Psychic Protection
Among Dorothy Maclean’s other books
are To Hear the Angels Sing and Come Closer:
Messages from the God Within. For more
info: www.lorian.org.
THE MOTHER OF INVENTION
The Legacy of Barbara Marx Hubbard
and the Future of YOU
by Neale Donald Walsch
A biography unlike any other, The Mother
of Invention tells the story of every human
being now on the earth through the telling
of the life story of futurist and visionary
Barbara Marx Hubbard. We are all moving
through the same process, the book and its
subject declare. It is the process of the
birthing of our species.
F
CONSCIOUS EVOLUTION
F
Science & Cosmology
Living Through the Earth Changes
THE BOND
Connecting Through the Space Between Us
by Lynne McTaggart
GAIA’S QUANTUM LEAP
A Guide to Living Through the Coming Earth Changes
by Marko Pogacnik
$29.99, cloth. Simon & Schuster. 304 pages
Here the author of the popular books The
Field and The Intention Experiment uses the interconnectedness
of
mind and matter to
demonstrate that the
key to life is in the relationship between things.
We are always connected with others,
hardwired at our most
elemental level—from
the quantum level to
the cellular, from personal relationships to
business and societal
structures. This view is at the core of Lynne
McTaggart’s The Bond, the fruit of her extensive research with frontier scientists working
in a broad range of fields. The world essentially operates through relationships: within
the space between things. The essential impulse
of all of life is a will to connect.
Her discussion of the Bond encompasses
quantum physics, genetics, evolutionary biology, neuroscience, astronomy, sociology,
psychology, and a host of other disciplines.
She provides ample and fascinating examples of “holistic,” altruistic, and uplifting behaviors in the hugely diverse body of anecdotes she provides.
“The Bond brilliantly reveals the essence
of who we are, backed by rigorous new science and expressed with clarity and power.
McTaggart is a visionary and an extraordinary scholar of the heart. In this seminal
book, she communicates a life-altering message that has the power to transform the way
we see ourselves and therefore the way we
see the world. Read this book. It will open
your heart, and change your life.” —Lynne
Twist, author of The Soul of Money
“There is something on every page of this
book to make you jump for joy. It’s like
things you’ve secretly suspected but figured
must not be true since no one else seems to
think them are suddenly proven to be true!
You don’t even realize how thirsty your soul
has been for another way of looking at the
world, until it’s given you and you can’t stop
drinking it in. Rarely does a book so tell it
like it is.” —Marianne Williamson, author of
The Gift of Change
$21.95, paper. Lindisfarne. 228 pages, 9x8.5
With more than thirty years of geomantic and Earthhealing work behind him, Marko Pogacnik uses his deep
psychic sensitivity and extensive experience to help us understand and attune to the self-healing process of Earth
change. In Gaia’s Quantum Leap, Marko recalls his recent
dramatic dreams with drawings and accompanying commentary to craft a way for us through these deep changes. He brings remedies, insights, and exercises that will help us adapt and survive, and that will help Gaia herself bring forth her true self.
Our Earth, Gaia, is changing. As individuals and as a civilization, we are being drawn
into a cosmic event whose breadth and depth we can hardly imagine. Gaia is entering a
multidimensional form, and we must change, too, if we wish to survive this imminent
transformation. We are not facing the “end of the world,” but rather a fundamental
change in the environment that allows the further evolution of nature and humankind
on the Earth’s surface. Earth’s intelligence has already set in motion certain energyrelated measures to avert the destruction that threatens Earth and its life forms owing to
the irresponsible conduct of our modern civilization. These measures are a unique selfhealing process that will enable “earthspace” to receive a completely new quality. One
thing is certain, however; the inner development of each individual is decisive in
building the coming multidimensional consciousness. This hope for a healing process
must become part of our everyday reality.
Practice the exercises and listen to the truth in your heart. Marko Pogacnik is not
a guru laying down the law from on high, he encourages us to open our hearts and let
the love within flow out. He warns against intellectual manipulations that appear
sound but lack emotional balance.
Gaia’s Quantum Leap represents the completion of a cycle in Marko Pogacnik’s
works of admonition to recognize this immense issue and to cooperate in the Earth’s
and humanity’s changes now. Among his other books are Touching the Breath of Gaia
and Turned Upside Down.
2012: A CLARION CALL
Your Soul’s Purpose in Conscious Evolution
by Nicolya Christi
$17.95, paper. Bear & Company. 240 pages
According to ancient Mayan prophecy, December 21, 2012,
marks the moment of humanity’s rise or fall. Our “rise” depends
on higher consciousness and raised vibration as well as the expanded awareness of a critical mass of people. As humanity enters the evolutionary transition from Homo sapiens to Homo lu3rd-dimensional
human
beings
to
minous—from
5th-dimensional beings of light—we are being called to fully participate in the dawn of a New World built upon unconditional
love, co-support, cooperation, equality, unity, peace, justice, and sustainability.
Sounding the clarion call for a global shift in consciousness starting at a personal
level, Nicolya Christi presents a step-by-step guide to healing and transforming your
inner world—an essential step toward co-creating a world shift as we head toward the
tipping point of 2012. She offers core psychological insights and exercises, spiritual
teachings, guided visualizations, and a concise overview of the spiritual and astronomical events surrounding 2012, as well as identifying the signs and symptoms of
the 12 different stages of ascension, a process that millions are currently experiencing as we approach the global spiritual awakening of 2012. She explains how to clear
past-life, ancestral, and current trauma imprints lodged within your energy field to accelerate the process of conscious evolution and ascension. Revealing that many people chose to reincarnate in this lifetime as “midwives” to help birth the New World, this
book provides a way to rediscover your soul’s higher purpose, thus serving your own
evolutionary journey as well as that of the Earth.
Nicolya Christi is a conscious evolutionist and spiritual teacher. The founder of the
WorldShift Movement, she lives near Rennes-le-Chateau in southern France.
In what may very
well be a new literary style, this biography begins in the fuunraveling
ture,
Barbara’s story backward:
from
December 22, 2012,
to the date of her
birth. Throughout
the book are special
sections inviting us
to explore how we
may directly apply
what Barbara has observed, embodied, and
learned during her remarkable 80-year journey… to our own daily lives.
I am not alone. It is not as if I’m the
only ‘catalyst’ on the earth. It feels as if
there are many, in many different areas,
THE BUDDHA AND THE
QUANTUM
Hearing the Voice of Every Cell
by Samuel Avery
$13.95, paper. Sentient. 132 pages
undertaking many different activities.
—Barbara Marx Hubbard
On this journey, we will witness Barbara as
she became one of the first women ever to
have her name placed in nomination for the
vice presidency of the United States by a major political party, traveled to Russia as a cultural ambassador for peace, visited the Oval
Office and asked the President a question
that he could not answer, and developed a
deep acquaintanceship with the American
space program. Today, we continue to find
her at the leading edge of contemporary
thought
and
innovative
action
regarding our construction of the future.
In a very real sense, the story of
Barbara Marx Hubbard is the story of the
future of all of us, rendering it one of the
most relevant and compelling modern biographies of our time.
BRANCHES OF LIGHT
F
48
The Buddha and the Quantum is the first
book that explains physics and the everyday world in terms
of consciousness
alone. Space and
time—and the physical world they define—are a structure
of consciousness. We
can only understand
the motion of the
planets by putting the
sun at their center;
similarly, we can only
understand modern
physics if we put space and time within consciousness.
The Buddha and the Quantum is also
unique in that it shows why we think there is
a world independent of consciousness. The
concept of material substance is explained
F
in terms of the same structure of consciousness that explains quantum mechanics and relativity theory.
Kalapa is a Buddhist term for a subtle
sensation: a point of consciousness in the
body. Barely noticeable most of the time,
it fills awareness during meditation. It is
the voice of a cell. This book shows that it
is also the quantum. Quanta arranged in
space-time—photons—are visual consciousness: the experience of cells in the
retina. This explains why modern physics
has had so much difficulty understanding
light. Light is not in space; space is in light.
The Buddha and the Quantum describes
how experience in the physical world is
built not from objective reality, but from experience within. Avery’s brilliant model of
consciousness makes difficult and subtle
ideas understandable, surprising you with
the implications.
“The idea that the fundamental nature
of the cosmos is not matter but mind answers many of the hard questions about
consciousness, without undermining the
discoveries of Western science. Sam
Avery’s work on these issues explains a crucial aspect of this exploration—namely how
the dimensional structure of our experienced world arises in consciousness. His
work is unique, and deserves to be more
widely known.” —Peter Russell, author of
From Science to God
TIME LOOPS AND SPACE TWISTS
How God Created the Universe
by Fred Alan Wolf
$28.95, cloth. Conari.
In his most important book since Taking
the Quantum Leap, Fred Alan Wolf explains
how our understanding of time, space,
and matter have
changed in just the
last few years, and
how with these new
ideas we have a
glimpse
into
the
“mind
of
God.”
Making comparisons
to Hindu Vedic and
Judeo-Christian cosmology, Time Loops
and Space Twists takes us into the world of
fundamental particles and shows us how
they are actually made from light—how
they can appear and disappear, move
through time forming loops going forward
and backward, and twist in space resulting
in the appearance of our everyday world of
matter and energy.
Dr. Wolf explains how the universal command of the Deity “Let there be light” now
takes on a new scientific meaning: everything is literally made of light—we are
made of light, and the universe is a light
show on a grand scale. Wolf concludes with
his amazing insight that these new ideas
may give us a glimpse into the “mind of
God.” Science and spirituality meet!
Wolf’s engaging style and charming illustrations lead us through a conceptual understanding of how time loops and space twists.
Written in everyday language and using simple mathematical examples, Time Loops and
Space Twists explains some of the newest and
best ideas quantum physics has to offer.
“Quantum physics could be daunting to
the lay person, but Fred Alan Wolf has simplified and made these abstract concepts
very comprehensible… His approach leads
us in a new view of how consciousness and
science are related.” —Deepak Chopra
F
BRAIN POWER & CONSCIOUS PARENTING
F
The Neurobiology of Well-Being
POWER UP YOUR BRAIN
MINDSIGHT
The Neuroscience of Enlightenment
by David Perlmutter & Alberto Villoldo
The New Science of Personal Transformation
by Daniel Siegel
The quest for enlightenment has occupied mankind for millennia. And from the depictions we’ve seen—monks sitting on
meditation cushions, nuns kneeling in prayer, shamans communing with the universe—it seems that this elusive state is just
for a chosen few. But now, neuroscientist David Perlmutter
and medical anthropologist and shaman Alberto Villoldo
have come together to explore the commonalities between
their specialties with the aim of making enlightenment possible
for anyone.
Joining the long-separated worlds of science and spirit,
Perlmutter explores the exciting phenomena of neurogenesis and mitochondrial
health, while Villoldo brings his vast knowledge of shamanic and spiritual practices to
the table. Together they draw from the most powerful tools in each discipline to create
the Power Up Your Brain program, a ground-breaking, five-week plan that helps prime
the brain for enlightenment. With nutritional advice, dietary supplements, physical exercise, shamanic practices, meditation, and visualizations, Perlmutter and Villoldo guide
readers, step-by-step, through a program to help them clear their minds from previous
trauma and open themselves up to experience the inner peace, vast insight, and extraordinary creativity that defines the experience of enlightenment, paving the way to successfully face the challenges to come.
We combine two complementary strategies: brain-specific nutrients used in
conjunction with fasting and enlightenment practices. Neuronutrients… work to repair
regions in your brain that have been affected by stress, psychological trauma, and
degenerative brain disease to help grow new bring cells and turn on the genes responsible
for longevity, improved immunity, and enhanced brain function. And the enlightenment
practices… help awaken brain regions that allow peace, compassion, innovation, and joy
to arise naturally. Together, they will enable you to establish new neural networks for joy
and well-being.
STRESS-PROOF YOUR BRAIN
Meditations to Rewire Neural Pathways
for Stress Relief and Unconditional
Happiness
by Rick Hanson
Our brains have evolved powerful tools for New on
coping with threats and danger—but in the
CD
face of modern stresses like information overload, money worries, and interpersonal conflicts, our survival
reflexes can do more harm than good. To help you adapt
your nervous system to the challenges of today’s world, neuro-psychologist Rick Hanson presents Stress-Proof Your Brain. On this friendly and accessible two-CD program, Hanson teaches research-based techniques and meditations
that will literally reshape your brain to make you more resilient, confident, and peaceful, including:
F How to replace your brain’s unhealthy reactions to stress with protective and self-nurturing responses
F Techniques for using memory to soothe and release painful feelings of sadness, guilt,
anxiety, inadequacy, or anger
F Guided meditations for calming chronic worries, developing gratitude, building inner
strength, and more
F How to rewire your brain away from frustration, heartache, fear, and anger toward contentment, love, and peace.
Modern brain research has helped us discover which contemplative practices have the
most positive impact on our physical and mental health and this two hour audio program
offers an integration of modern brain science with ancient contemplative insights.
Rick Hanson is also the author of Buddha’s Brain: The Practical Neuroscience of
Happiness, Love, and Wisdom.
CONSCIOUS PARENTING
Revised Edition
by Lee Lozowick
Anyone who cares for children needs to
attend to the essential message of this book:
that the first two years are the most crucial
time in a child’s education and development, and that children learn to be healthy
and whole by living with healthy, whole
adults. Conscious parenting, says author
and child-advocate Lee Lozowick, includes
love, affection and life-positive boundaries
for our children, and requires honesty, generosity, compassion and common sense
from parents and caregivers.
$18.00, paper. Bantam. 314 pages
From everyday stresses to severe trauma, many obstacles to a full
life can be overcome by developing what Daniel Siegel calls “mindsight”—our ability to step back and see the workings of our own
minds, and then to use that skill to literally rewire our brains, activating the circuits that underlie mental health and happiness. In
Mindsight, Siegel combines Western neuroscience with Eastern
meditation in an exciting exploration of how a troubled mind can
right itself.
The power of reflection allows us to approach, rather than
withdraw from, whatever life brings us. Learning to stay with a feeling, even a threatening
one, is the beginning of discovering that this emotion is just a set of neural firings in our
brain.
Drawing on current science and case studies, Siegel—a clinical professor of adult,
child, and adolescent psychiatry—demonstrates how through our powerful capacity for
insight and empathy, we can “rewire” crucial connections and open ourselves to relationships in a new way.
Based on thirty years of work with patients and on research drawn from nearly a dozen
scientific fields, Mindsight brings these concepts alive through vivid case histories that
show what happens when mindsight is missing, and how it can be strengthened in nine
essential areas. There is enormous pain in these case studies, but also enormous hope—
that therapy, sometimes even without medication, can guide a patient through life.
Readers will discover new ideas about memory, emotion, trauma and brain-mind integration—plus a richer sense of their own humanity.
“An extraordinary and practical wedding of neuroscience and spiritual wisdom…
bound to be a classic.” —Jack Kornfield, author of The Wise Heart
“In his graceful, wise, creative, and utterly approachable book, Dr. Siegel uses beautiful and often remarkable case histories to show us how, far more often than we might
imagine, we can change our minds, brains, relationships, some lifelong character
traits, and even the course of certain mental illnesses.” —Norman Doidge (The Brain
That Changes Itself)
Also by Daniel Siegel are The Mindful Brain and Parenting from the Inside Out.
THE MINDFUL BRAIN
Family, Parenting,
Education & Youth!
New in
Paperback
Parental rolemodeling is the
most
essential
component, the
author affirms,
since we can’t
give our kids
what we don’t
have ourselves.
Lozowick invites
parents and educators to examine areas of selfishness,
ignorance and
unconsciousness
in their own lives, pointing out how these
can jeopardize a child’s well-being. While
the book is not based in a sectarian religious philosophy, the author, a respected
BRANCHES OF LIGHT
F
49
The Neurobiology of Well-Being
by Daniel Siegel
New on
CD
Does mindfulness practice improve your physical, social,
and mental well-being? To what extent can your mind shape
your brain? What does the latest research have to say about
meditation and other awareness practices? Now on The
Mindful Brain, Dr. Daniel Siegel—a pioneer of the emerging
field known as interpersonal neurobiology—answers these
questions and more in this original adaptation to complement his breakthrough book, also titled The Mindful Brain.
From paradigm–stretching new discoveries in brain science, to the ways that mindfulness practice can “amplify” health and meaning in your life, Dr. Siegel invites you to discover the many facets of the mindful brain including:
The long–term effects of mind training on your physiology and mental health
Attunement and mindfulness: the measurable influence of individual consciousness
Curiosity, Openness, Acceptance, and Love—the extraordinary effects of simultaneously experiencing these qualities
How mindfulness practices foster emotional balance, physical health, body–based empathy, and deep self–understanding.
For meditators of all levels, mental health professionals, educators, or anyone wanting
to know more about the power of human consciousness, this psychiatrist offers an illuminating exploration of The Mindful Brain.
spiritual teacher, presents a strong case for
making parenting a substantial part of
one’s spiritual practice throughout the
childraising years.
The book begins with a discussion of conscious conception and continues with a
treatment of conscious pregnancy, birth and
bonding. Lozowick stresses the importance
of breastfeeding and keeping the infant “in
arms” especially in the first two years of life.
Giving children this optimal start is absolutely vital to their mental, emotional and
physical health and well-being. Later chapters include such relevant topics as honesty
in our communication with children; our
use of language as the descriptor of reality; a
holistic context of education and the homeschooling alternative; and play, emotions,
and energy management.
Children are like sponges and what they
F
pick up will influence how they grow up,
which in turn will have effects on the
world-at-large that we can’t possibly
imagine; one’s relationship to children has
an impact on many levels of existence.
Conscious parenting, then, is not only
about the welfare of an individual, but
more about the well-being of the Earth.
“I loved this book. The passage about
breastfeeding is incredible. As a pediatrician, I have been struggling for many years
to put into words these ideas treated so eloquently by Lee Lozowick.” —Charles
Attwood, MD
Lee Lozowick is a father and spiritual
teacher who has also written Enlightened
Duality, among other books.
F
BIRTH, KIDS & RAISING HAPPINESS
Partners in Birthing
Parenting Adventures
BIRTH MATTERS
RAISING HAPPINESS
A Midwife’s Manifesta
by Ina May Gaskin
10 Simple Steps for More Joyful
Kids and Happier Parents
by Christine Carter
$15.95, paper. Seven Stories. 250 pages, b/w photos
Renowned for her midwifery practice’s exemplary results and
low intervention rates, Ina May Gaskin has gained international
notoriety for promoting natural birth. She is a much-beloved
leader of a movement that seeks to stop the hyper-medicalization of birth—which has led to nearly a third of hospital births
in America being cesarean sections—and renew confidence in
a woman’s natural ability to birth.
Upbeat and informative, Gaskin asserts that
the way in which women become mothers is a women’s rights issue,
and it is the act that perhaps most powerfully exhibits what it is to be
instinctually human. “Dedicated to the heroic men and women who
have put their own careers on the line to provide the best possible
care for women and babies,” Birth Matters is a spirited manifesta
showing us how to trust women, value birth, and reconcile modern
Ina May Gaskin
life with a process as old as our species.
$17.00, paper. Ballantine. 232 pages
What do we wish most for our children? Next to being
healthy, we want them to be happy, of course! Fortunately, a
wide array of scientific studies show that happiness is a learned
behavior, a muscle we can help our children build and maintain.
Drawing on what psychology, sociology, and neuroscience
have proven about confidence, gratefulness, and optimism,
and using her own chaotic and often hilarious real-world adventures as a mom to demonstrate do’s and don’ts in action, Christine Carter boils
the process down to 10 simple happiness-inducing steps.
With great wit, wisdom, and compassion, Carter covers the day-today pressure points of parenting—how best to discipline, get kids to
school and activities on time, and get dinner on the table—as well as
the more elusive issues of helping children build healthy friendships
and develop emotional intelligence. In these 10 key steps, she helps
you interact confidently and consistently with your kids to foster
the skills, habits, and mindsets that will set the stage for positive
Christine Carter emotions now and into their adolescence and beyond. Inside you will
discover
F The best way avoid raising a brat—changing bad habits into good ones
F Tips on how to change your kids’ attitude into gratitude
F The trap of trying to be perfect—and how to stay clear of its pitfalls
F The right way to praise kids—and why too much of the wrong kind can be just as bad
as not enough
F The spirit of kindness—how to raise kind, compassionate, and loving children
F Strategies for inspiring kids to do boring (but necessary) tasks—and become more
self-motivated in the process.
Complete with a series of “try this” tips, secrets, and strategies, Raising
Happiness is a unique resource that will help you instill joy in your kids—and, in the
process, become more joyful yourself.
“Brimming with brilliantly distilled science, poignant stories from Christine Carter’s
family, and what parents so urgently seek—clear, practical, and informed guidance—
it is an encyclopedia of wisdom for raising children in today’s multitasking, multimedia world… In reading this engaging book, you are very likely to find yourself a bit
happier as well.” —Dacher Keltner, author of Born to Be Good
Christine Carter is director of the Greater Good Science Center at UC Berkeley, an
interdisciplinary research center that “translates” the study of happiness, compassion,
and altruism for the public.
Ms. Gaskin is a bright light shining into a dark chasm of forgetting. With this new
book she once again illuminates from her vast life experience not just practical and
reliable pregnancy and birth information, but also an opportunity for us to remember
the power and the purpose of childbirth… What if there were an atmosphere of respect
and deference to mothers, in which women were empowered to access their inner
strength and wisdom?...
I believe we would do well to hold Gaskin’s writings up among the great
philosophical contributions of our time. —Ani DiFranco, from the introduction
“Simply put, midwife Ina May Gaskin is the most important person in maternity care
in North America, bar none.”—Marsden Wagner, MD, MS, former director of
Women’s and Children’s Health, World Health Organization
Ina May Gaskin has practiced for nearly forty years at the Farm Midwifery Center.
She is the only midwife for whom an obstetric maneuver has been named (Gaskin maneuver). She is the author of Spiritual Midwifery, Ina May’s Guide to Childbirth, and
Ina May’s Guide to Breastfeeding.
THE BIRTH PARTNER
A Complete Guide to Childbirth for Dads,
Doulas, and All Other Labor Companions
by Penny Simkin
$20.95, paper. Harvard Common. 398 pages, b/w illustrations
Women who have continuous support during labor have fewer complications, a lower cesarean section rate, and a more satisfying birth experience. This makes the presence of a prepared,
confident, and calming birth partner essential to the mother’s
overall health during labor and delivery and to the creation of
a positive memory of her baby’s birth.
For almost two decades, The Birth Partner has been the definitive guide for life partners, relatives, friends, and professional doulas (labor assistants) who wish to perform this role and help a woman
through childbirth. These caregivers can rely on The Birth Partner for up-to-date information about techniques, devices, and medications for easing labor pain; tests and
treatments of the fetus and newborn; strategies to help labor progress; potential medical procedures and interventions; how to best help the mother during the early postpartum period; and much more.
The new edition of The Birth Partner also includes more information on “the
3Rs” (Relaxation, Rhythm, and Ritual) for coping with the pain and unpredictability of labor; non-drug techniques to relieve pain and enhance the woman’s sense of
well-being; current medications, tests, technologies, and interventions and how, when,
and why they are used; and the rapidly increasing rate of both first and repeat cesarean deliveries. It’s a must-have for every labor companion.
“In these days of fear-based maternity care, this book is an antidote. Employing the
lessons and information provided, the birth partner, working with delivery staff (and
hopefully with the support of a doula), can form a strategic alliance that will promote
the mother’s desired birth experience. And even when the birth takes an unexpected
turn, the information will fortify the woman and her supporters with what they need
to turn the most complex and medicalized birth into a positive experience.”
—Michael Klein, pediatrics, University of British Columbia
THE MINDFUL CHILD
How to Help Your Kid Manage Stress
and Become Happier, Kinder,
and More Compassionate
by Susan Kaiser Greenland
$19.99, paper. Simon & Schuster. 219 pages
We live in tense times, and many children already feel the stress in their minds and bodies.
In addition, large numbers of parents pressure
their kids at a very early age to be competitive
with others. The result is overscheduled and
exhausted boys and girls who are performing
and socializing at adult levels and missing out
on the freedom and playful dimensions of
WILD PLAY
Parenting Adventures in the Great Outdoors
by David Sobel
$17.95, paper. Sierra Club. 224 pages
When David Sobel’s children were toddlers, he set out to integrate a wide range of nature experiences into their family life,
play, and storytelling. Blending his passion as a parent with his
professional expertise, he created adventures tailored to their
developmental stages: cultivating empathy with animals in early
childhood, exploring the woods in middle childhood, and devising rites of passage in adolescence. Wild Play is Sobel’s vivid
and moving memoir of their journey and an inspiring guide
for other parents who seek to help their children bond with
the natural world. As we share this family’s experiences, we observe how wild play in
nature hones a sense of wonder, provides healthy challenges, and nurtures Earth stewardship—and we share Sobel’s joy as his children, Eli and Tara, grow into earthbound,
grounded young adults.
Richard Louv’s Last Child in the Woods identified the urgent problem of “nature
deficit” in today’s children, sounding the alarm for parents, educators, and policy makers. Wild Play is a hopeful response, offering families myriad ways to blaze their own
trails; it should become another classic in this field.
childhood.
The
Mindful Child shows
how
mindfulness
training can help children approach life
with wonder and an
open mind; it can help
them calm down when
angry or upset, concentrate and ignore
distractions, see what’s
happening within and
around them, and develop social qualities such as patience, humili-
BRANCHES OF LIGHT
F
F
50
ty, happiness, generosity, diligence, and equanimity. These “new ABCs of Attention,
Balance, and Compassion” can be taught in
the home through mindfulness exercises.
Greenland shares age-appropriate exercises, games, and fables that she has developed over more than a decade of teaching mindful awareness to children. She also
presents tools and techniques to enable parents to cope with their children’s stress as
well as deal with specific challenges such as
overeating, ADHD, hyper-perfectionism,
and chronic pain.
The core of this practical and down-toearth paperback are the chapters filled with
exercises on relaxing and calming, learning
how to pay attention, friendly awareness, be-
F
coming aware of the physical world, releasing yourself from destructive thoughts and
feelings, developing parent/child attunement, and living as part of a community. A
few of the mindfulness practices are “Clear
Mind Game,” “Rocking a Stuffed Animal to
Sleep with Your Breathing,” “Bubbles in
Space,” “Eating a Raisin,” and “A String
Around Your Finger.”
“A superb and imaginative distillation of
the essence of mindfulness made available to children, parents, and teachers in
age-appropriate, wise, and playful ways.
Sets a high bar for further work in the
rapidly growing field of mindfulness in K12 education.” —Jon Kabat-Zinn, author of
Wherever You Go, There You Are
F
“REAL LOVE IN THE REAL WORLD”
Relationship & Sexuality
THE WISDOM OF A BROKEN
HEART
How to Turn the Pain of a
Breakup into Healing,
Insight, and New Love
by Susan Piver
New in
Paperback
$16.00, paper. Simon & Schuster.
There is no pain quite like the heartbreak
when a relationship ends. For many, the
devastating, obsessive nature of a broken
heart is a complete surprise. You feel like
something has been physically shattered,
right in the middle of your chest. The an-
guish and disappointment of a broken
heart is devastating,
but Susan Piver shows
heartbreak’s
how
overwhelming pain
also creates an opportunity for genuine spiritual transformation, enabling
you to emerge on the
other side stronger,
softer, and capable of
loving even more deeply than before.
The heart that is broken has been
broken open. When my heart was broken,
F
it changed my life.... I still breathe in the
consequences of this incredibly difficult
event every day—but with gratitude, not
despair. From this most painful experience
came the ability to find and appreciate
lasting love.
teaches. It trains the mind to be your ally,
not your foe. In meditation, you simply
stop struggling with yourself… You simply
notice each thought with a nonjudgmental
“thank you very much” and go back to the
naturalness and honesty of the breath.
In instantaneously recognizable anecdotes—heart-wrenching and, at times, comical—from her own life and others’, she
shows that heartbreak is a rite of passage
for everyone—one that can leave you firmly
convinced of your personal power and secure in your indestructible ability to love.
And like an infinitely patient, trusted friend,
she tells you in a thousand different ways the
most important thing to remember and the
easiest to forget: “You’re going to be okay.”
The Wisdom of a Broken Heart is a practical, steadying, compassionate plan filled
with on-the-spot practices, exercises, meditations, poems, and down-to-earth advice
on living with day-to-day miseries, offering a
kindly prescription of solace and encouragement, wisdom and humour during the
hardest times of your life.
Job number one when it comes to a
broken heart is regaining your mind. This is
exactly what the practice of meditation
Marriage Views & Vows
THE ART OF MARRIAGE
By establishing yourself in uncertainty,
your heart essence refines itself into what
it already is, just beneath the surface of
agitation: a kind of love that is simply
indestructible. In this way heartbreak itself
becomes a most profound and
uncompromising teacher.
Sex: Slow is Beautiful
A Guide to Living Life as Two
by Catherine Blyth
$28.00, cloth. Penguin. 275 pages
SLOW SEX
The thrust of Catherine Blyth’s The Art of Marriage is
that a lifelong marriage is worth all the angst and compromises that are necessary to make it work. Blyth uses
examples from history (Napoléon), philosophy (Diderot),
and popular stardom (Madonna and Guy Ritchie) to illustrate the challenges inherent in everyday relationships and
offers entertaining advice on how to enjoy a successful
marriage. She also shows how to deal with wandering eyes or in-laws who should be
outlawed, and amusingly answers vital questions such as can housework improve sex
life? Why should husbands argue? And why must wives relax? She acknowledges the
unglamorous aspects of being married but puts marriage into the larger context of
home and society.
The Path to Fulfilling and Sustainable Sexuality
by Diana Richardson
While fast, hot, orgasm-driven sex can bring momentary satisfaction, in the long run it can become boring, mechanical,
and depleting, causing many couples to lose interest and stop
making time for physical intimacy. The first step to revive a
waning sex life or make a healthy one more fulfilling, says author Diana Richardson, is to make sex a conscious decision
rather than an accidental encounter. Focusing on eye contact, subtle sensations, and deep breathing, Diana’s practice
of slow sex awakens the body’s innate capacity for ecstasy, unlocking the door to realms of extraordinary sensitivity, sensuality, and conscious communion.
Exploring the healing, spiritual power of slow sex, this book offers a step-by-step
guide for committed couples to transform sex into a meditative, loving union of
complementary energies. It explains how slow sex increases sensitivity and sexual vitality and how, because it creates and restores love, slow sex is loving sex. With a focus on coolness rather than heat, this practice provides couples a way to reach a
shared meditative state and use it as a vehicle to achieve higher consciousness.
Illustrating different positions for eye contact, deep sustained penetration, and soft
penetration, this book reveals that sex truly can be sustainable and enjoyable well into
old age.
“Like everything else in this fast-forward world, our sex lives have been infected by
the virus of hurry. Slow Sex is the perfect antidote.” —Carl Honoré, author of In Praise
of Slowness
“How rare it is for a book to appear about sex and sensuality with a truly fresh and
innovative approach. Diana Richardson has crafted a masterpiece” —Marc David, author of The Slow Down Diet
Diana Richardson is also author of Tantric Orgasm for Women and The Heart of
Tantric Sex and the co-author of Tantric Sex for Men. A disciple of tantric master Osho,
she is a teacher and practitioner of holistic body therapies.
Even if you lived together before, and superficially your life remains the same,
marriage alters the compass of your world. In the eyes of the law, friends, and family,
from now on, you are side by side, in a three-legged race, before the obstacle course of
life. Like an axle between wheels, marrying shifts your center of gravity to somewhere
between you two. This is your wedlock. Henceforth, your first obligation is not to
yourself but to a strange new state of being, us. It means something simple but profound:
putting “we” before “I.”
This is not so much a self-help guide for marriages in trouble as it is inspiration
and assistance for those in relationships that are fairly healthy. As Catherine Blyth
so eloquently puts it, “Each story has at least two sides. Reconciling them is the art of
marriage.”
Blyth’s first book is The Art of Conversation.
COMMITTED
A Love Story
by Elizabeth Gilbert
At the end of her bestselling memoir Eat, Pray, Love,
Elizabeth Gilbert fell in love with Felipe, a Brazilian-born man
of Australian citizenship who’d been living in Indonesia when
they met. Resettling in America, the couple swore eternal fidelity to each other, but also swore to never, ever, under any circumstances get legally married. (Both were survivors of previous horrific divorces. Enough said.) But
providence intervened one day in the form of
the U.S. government, which—after unexpectedly detaining Felipe at an American border crossing—gave the couple a choice: they could either get married, or Felipe would never be
allowed to enter the country again. Having been effectively sentenced
to wed, Gilbert and Felipe spent the next year traveling in exile—
straining the relationship—while Gilbert tackled her fears of marElizabeth
riage by delving into this topic completely, trying with all her might
Gilbert
to discover through historical research, interviews with people from
different cultures, and much personal reflection just what this stubbornly enduring old institution actually is.
TAOIST FOREPLAY
Love Meridians and Pressure Points
by Mantak Chia & Kris Deva North
160 pages, colour & b/w illustrations throughout
Taught to Chinese emperors, their wives, and their concubines for thousands of years, Taoist sexual techniques help
lovers harmonize their cycles of pleasure and utilize the abundance of reproductive power that is otherwise wasted in nonprocreative sex. Combining the study of sex with traditional
Chinese medicine, these practices stimulate and sustain sexual
desire through the meridians and pressure points and enhance relationships by harmonizing male (yang) and female
(yin) energies.
Using easy-to-follow illustrations, Taoist Foreplay guides lovers through simple acupressure massage routines connecting all the points and channels that increase pleasure and spark arousal. It shows how to prolong peak moments, maintain sexual
health through prostate massage and jade egg exercises, and sustain the intensity of
first love through all the seasons of a maturing relationship. It also explains how to
reveal and overcome incompatibility with the Taoist Zodiac. From foreplay to climax,
these practices offer a way to keep the flame of sexual energy alive.
A student of several Taoist masters, Mantak Chia has taught and certified tens of
thousands of students and instructors from all over the world He is the director of the
Universal Healing Tao training center in northern Thailand and is the author of many
books, including Cosmic Fusion, Sexual Reflexology, and the bestselling The MultiOrgasmic Man.
Perhaps I was asking too much of marriage. Perhaps I was loading a far heavier cargo
of expectation onto the creaky old boat of matrimony than that strange vessel had ever
been built to accommodate in the first place.
Told with Gilbert’s trademark wit, intelligence and compassion, Committed attempts to “turn on all the lights” when it comes to matrimony, frankly examining
questions of compatibility, infatuation, fidelity, family tradition, social expectations, divorce risks and humbling responsibilities. Presented in her easy-going, conversational
style, the material is intriguing and often insightful. However, readers may wonder if
Gilbert has actually made her peace with marriage.
Forgive me then, if, at the end of my story, I seem to be grasping at straws in order to
reach comforting conclusions about matrimony.
Ultimately though, Gilbert’s memoir is a clear-eyed celebration of love with all the
complexity and consequences that real love, in the real world, actually entails.
BRANCHES OF LIGHT
F
51
F
F
SEX, MEN’S BRAINS & WOMEN’S WISDOM
“Piver has managed to perform an extraordinary task, namely, to inspire a person to
want to love again. She knows how to repair
the shattered soul, using her personal experience as well as the wisdom of great saints,
poets, and cultural elders.” —Caroline
Myss, author, Entering the Castle
“Quite beautiful, a natural read for healing. Many do not realize how much more
painful divorce, the betrayal of the heart,
can be than even the loss of death.” —
Stephen & Ondrea Levine, co-authors of
Embracing the Beloved
SEX, SIN AND ZEN
A Buddhist Exploration of Sex
from Celibacy to Polyamory and
Everything in Between
by Brad Warner
160 pages, colour & b/w illustrations throughout
Leave it to the iconoclastic ex-punk-rocker Zen teacher Warner (Zen Wrapped in
Karma Dipped in
Chocolate) to plunge
in, double entendres
in footnotes and all.
With his one-of-akind blend of autobiography, love of pop
culture, and plainspoken Buddhist philosophy, Brad Warner
explores an A-Z of
sexual topics —from
masturbation
to
abortion,
gender
identity to pornography. In addition to approaching sexuality from a Buddhist perspective, he looks at Buddhism—emptiness, loving kindness, karma—from a
sexual vantage point. Throughout, he
stares down the tough questions: can prostitution be a right livelihood? Can a good
spiritual master also be really, really bad?
And ultimately, what’s love got to do with
any of it? Though he’s no Puritan when it
comes to adventuresome sex, Warner offers
a conscious approach to sexual ethics and
intimacy fit for all appetites. Since
Buddhism is no longer the province of sequestered seekers, this is real world wisdom
for our times.
The subject is as fundamental as the human sex drive, which does not go away as
one spends time on the cushion. Since most
Buddhists are laypeople (yes, the author intends that pun), Warner offers practice- and
experience-based analysis and reflection
over a wide range of sex-related topics and
flavors, from vanilla (traditional hetero) to
kink. A mind-opening interview with Zeninfluenced porn star Nina Hartley is included, as is discussion of a difficult topic in
Buddhism: student-teacher sexual involvement. Warner is as usual at his best in confessional-analytic mode; he’s been romantically involved with a student and written a
Buddhist column for a sex-positive website.
“Bitingly funny, unapologetically honest,
razor-sharp, and the most useful and healing book about sex (and Zen) you’ll find…
Whenever anyone tells me that sex is the key
to happiness, or the key to damnation, I’m
handing them this book.” —Violet Blue, sex
columnist for the San Francisco Chronicle
Men & Women
THE MALE BRAIN
by Louann Brizendine
$16.99, paper. Broadway. 270 pages
Why do little boys find such endless fun
in sheer physical movement? Why do teen
boys withdraw emotionally? When young
men pursue sex single-mindedly, mature
men obsess over their
place in their professional hierarchy, and
grandfathers rediscover their tender
side, what underlying
biological
imperatives are they following?
In this fascinating
follow-up to her bestselling The Female
Brain, Harvard neuropsychiatrist Brizendine leads readers
through the lifespan of a man’s brain, using
lively prose and personable anecdotes to
turn complex scientific research into a
highly accessible romp.
Through every phase of life, from babyhood to old age, the “male reality” is fundamentally different from the female one.
By eight weeks after conception, the male
brain is flooded with enough testosterone
to radically alter its structure. And over the
course of a lifetime, a male’s brain will be
shaped and reshaped by genes and sex hormones, resulting in the behaviors that alternately attract and exasperate, intrigue
and baffle women—and that remain
equally mysterious to men themselves.
Research shows the male brain is a lean,
mean, problem-solving machine. Faced
with a personal problem, a man will use his
analytical brain structures, not his emotional ones, to find a solution. It thrives under
competition, instinctively plays rough and is
obsessed with rank and hierarchy. It also
has an area for sexual pursuit that is 2.5
times larger than the female brain.
Readers will learn why it is that young
boys seem unable to stay still (they are
learning through “embodied cognition”);
why behaviors may change so suddenly during puberty (among other changes, testosterone increases 20-fold); and the ways in
which chemicals, physical touch, and play
bond fathers with their children. With
clearly detailed scientific explanations for
how characteristics like anger expression,
analysis of facial expression, and spatial manipulation differ between the sexes,
Brizendine’s review of brain and behavioral
research offers some refreshing light on the
mysteries of the male.
Feminine Womb Wisdom
WILD FEMININE
Finding Power, Spirit & Joy in the
Female Body
by Tami Lynn Kent
$19.99, paper. Beyond Words. 370 pages
Wild Feminine offers a unique, holistic approach to reclaiming the power, spirit, and joy of the female body and to
understanding its connection to creative energy flow. By
restoring physical and energetic balance in the pelvic bowl,
women can learn to care for themselves in a nourishing and
respectful manner, heal spiritual fractures, and renew their
relationship with the sacred feminine.
Although the feminine body is an access
point to the greater realm of the spirit, many
women have lost their connection to this source. Author Tami Lynn
Kent has an answer. Drawing from her experiences as a woman’s
health physical therapist who works with the physical body and female energy system, Kent provides a framework for healing the body
and navigating the realms of feminine spirit. Through pelvic bodywork, healing stories, visualizations, rituals, and creative exercises,
Tami Lynn
women can explore the deep and natural wisdom inherent in the feKent
male body.
Wild Feminine reveals the amazing potential of the female body: the potential to create, to heal, and to transform the energy of a woman’s everyday life. Journey deep into
the heart of your body. Travel the terrain of feminine wounds. Go to your root place,
the center of all womanhood and radically shift your relationship with your body and
spirit. Wild Feminine offers you the tools to awaken and retrieve your ancient wild self,
restore your creative energy, and reconnect to your sacred center.
“By suggesting a return to the root, Tami Lynn Kent offers direction for a path
largely forgotten. Within the pages of Wild Feminine lies great hope for women, natural birth, and all things precious to the female body.” —Ina May Gaskin, author of
Spiritual Midwifery
“There is not a woman in the world who would not benefit from reading it. Whether
you are seeking healing from emotional or sexual wounding or you just want to learn
how to more fully enjoy and inhabit the most feminine aspect of yourself, this book
will be a friend for life.” —Elizabeth Lesser, co-founder of Omega Institute, author of
The Seeker’s Guide
WOMB WISDOM
Awakening the Creative and
Forgotten Powers of the Feminine
by Padma & Anaiya Aon Prakasha
In the past and in present-day indigenous traditions, women
have known that the womb houses the greatest power a woman
possesses: the power to create on all levels. Utilized in the
process of giving birth, this power of creation can also be
tapped in the birth of projects, careers, personal healing, spirituality, and relationships. However, because the womb stores
the energetic imprint of every intimate encounter—loving or
not—the creative voice of the womb is often muffled or absent
altogether, affecting the emotional, mental, and spiritual
health of women and their relationships.
Drawing on sacred traditions from ancient India, Tibet, Egypt, Gnostic Christianity,
and Judaism, the practice of Womb Wisdom empowers women to become aware of
the intuitive voice of the womb outside of pregnancy and the moon cycle to unlock
this potent inner source for creativity, birthing the new conscious children, spiritual
growth, and transformation not only for themselves but also for their male partners.
The authors include exercises to clear the past, release toxic emotions, open the
womb’s energetic pathways, activate the sacred sensual self, bring balance to relationships, and harness creative potential.
Including intimate, individual stories of women experiencing the opening of the
womb, this book also explores the forgotten sacred sites of the womb around the world
as well as how the womb’s energies are crucial to birth a new civilization in the spiritual shift of 2012. The accompanying 45-minute CD includes a soundscape to assist
in the awakening of these creative forces.
“Womb Wisdom is a book that can reactivate the deep, inherent, often forgotten feminine power within us. It is a vital key to dissolving the problems in modern-day relationships and to entering the mystical chamber of the heart in union with the womb,
in relationship. Women and men together as one!” —Margot Anand, author of The
Art of Sexual Ecstasy
Padma Aon Prakasha is an evolutionary catalyst and author of The Power of Shakti
and The Christ Blueprint. Anaiya Aon Prakasha shares her personal experience of
opening her womb and heart.
Living the Best Year of Your Life
by Sara Avant Stover
288 pages, line drawings
BRANCHES OF LIGHT
F
52
Book
& CD
$23.50, Book+CD set. Inner Traditions. 272 pages + 50-minute CD
THE WAY OF THE HAPPY WOMAN
The Way of the Happy Woman playfully invites women to honor each season of the
year with wholesome
foods, yoga, meditation, and reflections.
When we listen to
and follow our biorhythms, health and
happiness
follow.
After
introductory
chapters that explore
women’s health and
lifestyle needs, the
book provides specific information and
life-giving practices
for each season of the year.
Yoga teacher and retreat leader Sara
Avant Stover presents suggestions for yoga
sequences, meditations, affirmations,
journaling exercises, and healthy meals
and recipes for each season. This thorough and engaging book reveals that the
key to a woman’s health and happiness resides in the ancient, and nearly forgotten,
knowledge of how to live in accordance
with daily, seasonal, and yearly rhythms.
F
Women don’t have to stop helping others
to fulfill their own needs and desires.
Women are deeply intuitive and intimately
connected to the rhythms and cycles of nature, and The Way of the Happy Woman will
help them reconnect to that aspect of their
body and mind.
F
Each season offers opportunities for selfdiscovery and healing, as well as for letting
go and leaving behind those patterns that
no longer serve you. Springtime is a time of
renewal and discovery; summer, celebration and creativity; autumn, harvesting and
reorganizing, and winter, deep rest and
F
“ I A M A N E M O T I O N A L C R E AT U R E ! ”
contemplation. On a larger scale, each season represents a stage in our own creative
process, or in our entire life journey.
Readers will learn to prepare ceremonious and simple healthful foods according
to ayurvedic wisdom for spring, summer,
fall, and winter. These recipes will help
align the body with nature’s rhythms for optimum energy, rest, and radiant health.
Yoga postures and contemplations will further help to synchronize readers’ inner and
outer worlds. The Way of the Happy Woman is
an owner’s manual for the radiant mind,
body, and spirit at the core of every woman.
APHRODITE’S MAGIC
Celebrate and Heal Your Sexuality
by Jane Meredith
$29.95, paper. O Books. 168 pages
Far above and beyond a regular sex manual, Aphrodite’s Magic is a journey into seven aspects of your sexuality. Enter the temple of
Aphrodite,
ancient
Greek Goddess of
Love and explore
your most intimate,
private, feminine self.
Resolve and heal trauma, grief and abuse
from the past to set
your sexuality free.
Honour and celebrate your unique
embodiment of the
Divine Feminine. Included are creative journaling, inspiring rituals and activities as well
as guided visualizations to support each
step of your journey.
Renew your relationship to your sexuality
as you discover the threads that have created
it. Rework each one into a clear, sacred strand
and then weave them together with your
magic, your dance and your life. Create your
own magical Goddess girdle and a spell that
culminates in a powerful affirmation of selfhonouring and sexual embodiment.
The essential things needed to create
Aphrodite’s Magic are your commitment,
your intention and your willingness to trust
in the process. Along the way you will
develop your relationship with the
Goddess and your own self. Like
Aphrodite, you will come to understand
and revel in your own sexuality, your
unique embodiment of the feminine, your
beauty and your freedom.
BLOODTIME, MOONTIME,
DREAMTIME
Women Bringing
New on
Forth Change
DVD
by Roberta Cantow
$39.95, DVD. Buffalo Rose. 118 minutes
This poetic trilogy of films, directed by
Roberta Cantow with musical score by
Bronwen Jones, is an
evocative re-contextualization of the experience of menstruation,
blood,
creativity and power
for women today.
Bloodtime,
Moontime, Dreamtime
is a documentary trilogy containing poetic, experimental and
conventional documentary elements. The theme of the ancient “blood mysteries” threads throughout the trilogy and provides a lens through
which to view this contemporary landscape of women invested in bringing forth
change. Collectively, the three parts depict
an alternative culture and alternative
modes of being which might be considered
the empowering preliminary steps to transformative social action. A musical score by
Bronwen Jones, hauntingly layers voice and
instrument, provides beauty, depth, and integrity to the trilogy as a whole.
Included are three films:
Part 1: Bloodtime: Claiming the Territory
Part 2: Moontime: Celebrating the Blessing
Part 3: Dreamtime: Creating Art & Ritual
The DVD also comes with a 3-page pdf of
discussion questions, making it very appropriate for use in groups and circles.
“How lovely this work is!... We are reminded, elegantly and generously, how
rites of passage can support our transitions, and why values of the Feminine (community-keeping and peace-making) are being recalled, re-valued and put to work.”
—Karen Hawthorne, Trauma Specialist
I AM AN EMOTIONAL CREATURE
The Secret Life of Girls
Around the World
by Eve Ensler
$15.00, paper. Random House.
160 pages
New in
Paperback
In this daring and insightful book, author
and playwright Eve Ensler (The Vagina
Monologues) writes
fictional
monologues and stories
inspired by girls
around the globe.
Moving through a
world of topics and
emotions, these voices are fierce, alive,
tender, complicated,
imaginative,
and
smart. Most girls today find themselves
in a struggle between
remaining strong and true to themselves
and conforming to society’s expectations in
an attempt to please. They are taught not to
be too intense, too passionate, too smart,
too caring, too open. They are encouraged
to shut down their instincts,
their outrage, their desires
and their dreams, to be polite, to obey the rules. I Am
an Emotional Creature is a
celebration of the authentic voice inside every girl
and an inspiring call to action for girls everywhere
Eve Ensler
to speak up, follow their
dreams, and become the women they were
always meant to be.
Among the girls Ensler creates are an
American who struggles with peer pressure in
a suburban high school; an anorexic blogging as she eats less and less; a Masai girl from
Kenya unwilling to endure female genital
mutilation; a Bulgarian sex slave, no more
than fifteen; a Chinese factory worker making Barbies; an Iranian student who is tricked
into a nose job; a pregnant girl trying to decide if she should keep her baby.
Through rants, poetry, questions, and
facts, we come to understand the universality of girls everywhere: their resiliency, their
wildness, their pain, their fears, their secrets, and their triumphs. I Am an Emotional
Creature is a call, a reckoning, an education,
an act of empowerment for girls, and an illumination for parents and for us all.
Whether read in silence or performed
on a stage, these monologues carry the
hope of recalling us to our better selves.
They remind us of a store of energy in our
midst that doesn’t cost anything and does
not pollute, a source of power waiting to
be set free… As humans, we are all
emotional creatures.
BRANCHES OF LIGHT
F
53 F
F
F
INDEX OF AUTHORS & THEIR TITLES
Adyashanti. Falling into Grace 29
Alexander, William. Ordinary Recovery 22
Anderson, Ray. Business Lessons of a Radical Industrialist 41
Armstrong, Karen. 12 Steps to a Compassionate Life 27
Armstrong, Karen. The Case For God 27
Avery, Samuel. The Buddha and the Quantum 48
Ballentine, Rudolf. Radical Healing 18
Bancroft, Anne. The Buddha Speaks 13
Bartholomew, Alick. The Spiritual Life of Water 45
Batchelor, Stephen. Confession of a Buddhist Atheist 13
Benenson, Bill. Dirt: The Movie 10
Bengston, William. Hands-On Healing 19
Bengston, William. The Energy Cure 19
Benke, Karen. Rip the Page! 11
Berezan, Jennifer. In These Arms 8
Berger, Susan. The Five Ways We Grieve 31
Berners-Lee, Mike. How Bad Are Bananas? 44
Berry, Wendell. Leavings 11
Bigelsen, Harvey. Doctors Are More Harmful Than Germs 18
Blair-Hunt, Susyn. Tarot Prediction & Divination 37
Blavatsky, H.P. The Secret Doctrine 38
Bly, Robert. Reaching Out to the World 11
Bly, Robert. Talking into the Ear of a Donkey 11
Blyth, Catherine. The Art of Marriage 51
Bodsworth, Fred. Last of the Curlews 12
Boldt, Laurence. Zen and the Art of Making a Living 40
Bolen, Jean Shinoda. Like a Tree 44
Boyce, Barry. The Mindfulness Revolution 28
Bringhurst, Robert. A Story as Sharp as a Knife 34
Brizendine, Louann. The Male Brain 52
Brodsky, Barbara. Cosmic Healing 40
Brown, Edward Espe. The Complete Tassajara Cookbook 21
Brown, Edward Espe. The Tassajara Bread Book 21
Brown, Wendy. Surviving the Apocalypse in the Suburbs 46
Buhner, Stephen Harrod. Ensouling Language 11
Calais-Germain, Blandine. No-Risk Abs 20
Cantow, Roberta. Bloodtime, Moontime, Dreamtime 53
Carter, Christine. Raising Happiness 50
Castell, Graem. Earthquake! 46
Cathcart, Thomas. Heidegger and a Hippo Walk Through
Those Pearly Gates 31
Chapin, Ross. Pocket Neighborhoods 45
Chaplin, Patrice. The Portal 35
Charing, Howard. Ayahuasca Visions of Pablo Amaringo 33
Cherry, Lisa. Stories from the Yogic Heart 12
Chia, Mantak. Taoist Foreplay 51
Chia, Mantak. Taoist Shaman 17
Chia, Mantak. The Healing Energy of Shared Consciousness 17
Chiasson, Ann Marie. Energy Healing for Beginners 19
Chodron, Pema. Natural Awareness 16
Chodron, Pema. Taking the Leap 16
Chopra, Deepak. Reinventing the Body, Resurrecting Soul 23
Chopra, Deepak. The Shadow Effect 23
Christi, Nicolya. 2012: A Clarion Call 48
Clarke, Lynden. Beyond the Book of Shadows 34
Cori, Jasmin Lee. The Emotionally Absent Mother 25
Cori, Patricia. Before We Leave You 39
Cori, Patricia. Beyond the Matrix 39
Cowan, David. Navigating the Collapse of Time 39
Cunningham, Lori Bailey. The Mandala Book 10
Dalian, Eliza Mada. No Yes Active Meditation 28
Daniel, Peter & Beryn. Rawlicious 21
Das, Krishna. Chants of a Lifetime 11
Dave Eggar Quartet, . The Yoga Sessions: Mozart 9
Day, Christine. Pleiadian Initiations of Light 40
Deva Premal. Tibetan Mantras for Turbulent Times 9
Digitalis, Raven. Planetary Spells & Rituals 34
Dimon, Theodore. The Body in Motion 20
Dyer, Wayne. Excuses Begone! 23
Easwaran, Eknath. Gandhi the Man 30
Easwaran, Eknath. Nonviolent Soldier of Islam 30
Edelstein, Scott. Sex and the Spiritual Teacher 29
Emerson, David. Overcoming Trauma Through Yoga 25
Ensler, Eve. I Am An Emotional Creature 53
Ernst, Carl. Sufism 36
Esbjorn-Hargens, Sean. Integral Ecology 41
Estés, Clarissa Pinkola. The Power of the Crone 27
Fadiman, James. The Psychedelic Explorer's Guide 32
Fenster, Mark. Cantoria 9
Forbes, Bo. Yoga for Emotional Balance 12
Fox, Matthew. Christian Mystics 36
Francis, John. The Ragged Edge of Silence 29
Frey, Darrel. The Bioshelter Market Garden 46
Friedman, Howard. The Longevity Project 26
Gaskin, Ina May. Birth Matters 50
Gilbert, Elizabeth. Committed 51
Gilding, Paul. The Great Disruption 42
Gilkeson, Linda. Backyard Bounty 46
Goldstein, Joseph. Abiding in Mindfulness Vol. 3 14
Golliher, Jeff. Moving Through Fear 36
Gorman, Peter. Ayahuasca in My Blood 33
Gray, Martin. Sacred Earth 10
Greenland, Susan Kaiser. The Mindful Child 50
Hall, Trevor. Trevor Hall 8
Hallsmith, Gwendolyn. Creating Wealth 41
Hanh, Thich Nhat. Our Appointment with Life 15
Hanh, Thich Nhat. Peace Is Every Breath 15
Hanh, Thich Nhat. Savor 22
Hansen, James. Storms of My Grandchildren 42
Hanson, Rick. Stress-Proof Your Brain 49
Helliwell, Tanis. Elementals and Nature Spirits 47
Helliwell, Tanis. Summer with the Leprechauns 47
Helminski, Kabir. Love's Ripening 37
Hickey, Isabel. Astrology, A Cosmic Science 37
Hobbs, Christopher. Women's Herbs, Women's Health 19
Hoffman, Edward. The Wisdom of Maimonides 35
Holden, Lee. Qi Gong For Health and Healing Course 17
Holden, Lee. The Qi Healing Kit 17
Hollender, Jeffrey. Planet Home 43
Holmes, Ernest. The Science of Mind 22
Housden, Roger. For Lovers of God Everywhere 35
Howe, Linda. Healing through the Akashic Records 38
Ienco, Rosanna. Awakening the Divine Soul 34
Ireland, Richard. Your Psychic Potential 39
Kaivalya, Alanna. Myths of the Asanas 12
Karr, Andy. The Practice of Contemplative Photography 10
Kaur, Snatam. The Essential Snatam Kaur 8
Kempton, Sally. Beginning Meditation 28
Kempton, Sally. Meditation for the Love of It 28
Kent, Tami Lynn. Wild Feminine 52
Kessel, Brent. The Money and Spirit Workshop 41
Khalsa, Harijiwan. Kundalini Meditation 12
Kingsley, Peter. A Story Waiting to Pierce You 28
Korman, Mary Ellen. A Woman's Work 29
Kornfield, Jack. Guided Meditations for Self Healing 14
Kornfield, Jack. The Jewel of Liberation 14
Kraig, Donald. Modern Magick 34
Krishnamurti, J. The Quotable Krishnamurti 31
Krishnamurti, J.. Where Can Peace Be Found? 31
Kumar, Satish. Earth Pilgrim 44
Kwong, Jakusho. No Beginning, No End 13
Lane, John. The Art of Ageing 26
Laszlo, Ervin. Thomas Berry, Dreamer of the Earth 44
Lattin, Don. The Harvard Psychedelic Club 32
Lau, Theodora. The Handbook of Chinese Horoscopes 38
Lawrence, Robyn Griggs. Simply Imperfect 45
Leonard, Annie. The Story of Stuff 44
Levine, Noah. The Heart of the Revolution 13
Lockhart, Maureen. The Subtle Energy Body 18
Lodu, Lama. Bardo Teachings 15
Long, Jeffrey. Evidence of the Afterlife 31
Long, Ray. The Key Muscles of Yoga: Scientific Keys Vol. 1 13
Long, Ray. The Key Poses of Yoga: Scientific Keys Vol. 2 13
Lozowick, Lee. Conscious Parenting 49
Lundstrom, Meg. What To Do When You Can't Decide 19
Luton, Frith. Bees, Honey and the Hive 26
MacIver, Roderick. Heron Dance Book of Love & Gratitude 22
Maclean, Dorothy. Memoirs of an Ordinary Mystic 47
Maisel, Eric. Mastering Creative Anxiety 10
Masters, Jarvis Jay. That Bird Has My Wings 14
Mckennitt, Loreena. The Wind that Shakes the Barley 8
McKibben, Bill. Eaarth 42
McTaggart, Lynn. The Bond 48
Meech, Richard. Vine of the Soul 33
Men, Humbatz. The 8 Calendars Of the Maya 40
Meredith, Jane. Aphrodite's Magic 53
Miller, Gill Wright. Exploring Body-Mind Centering 19
Millman, Dan. Peaceful Warrior 24
Millman, Dan. The Four Purposes of Life 24
Mistlberger, P.T.. The Three Dangerous Magi 30
Moore, Thomas. Writing in the Sand 26
Mortifee, Ann. In Love with the Mystery 30
Moss, Richard. Inside-Out Healing 32
Moss, Robert. Active Dreaming 25
Muller, Wayne. A Life of Being, Having and Doing Enough 32
Myss, Caroline. Defy Gravity 24
Naiman, Rubin. The Yoga of Sleep 18
BRANCHES OF LIGHT
F
54
F
F
Nepo, Mark. Finding Inner Courage 24
Nicols, Georgia. You And Your Future 37
O'Donohue, John. Echoes of Memory 35
Orloff, Judith. Emotional Freedom 25
Orsillo, Susan. The Mindful Way through Anxiety 24
Palmo, Jetsunma Tenzin. Into the Heart of Life 15
Perlmutter, David. Power Up Your Brain 49
Pesso, Tana. First Invite Love In 15
Pharaoh's Daughter. Haran 8
Phoenix, Sri'Ama Qala. Opening Our Spiritual Eyes 39
Piver, Susan. The Wisdom of a Broken Heart 51
Playing for Change. Songs Around the World 8
Pogacnik, Marko. Gaia's Quantum Leap 48
Prakasha, Padma & Anaiya Aon. Womb Wisdom 52
Raphaell, Katrina. Crystalline Illumination 18
Reinecke, Mark. Little Ways to Keep Calm and Carry On 24
Restakis, John. Humanizing the Economy 41
Richardson, Diana. Slow Sex 51
Robbins, John. The Food Revolution 21
Robbins, John. The New Good Life 40
Robin, Marie-Monique. The World According to Monsanto 43
Robin, Marie-Monique. The World According to Monsanto 43
Roth, Geneen. Women, Food and God 22
Rotondi, Rod. Raw Food for Real People 22
Rowland, Amy. The Complete Book of Traditional Reiki 20
Ryan, Regina Sara. Igniting the Inner Life 30
Ryan, Regina Sara. Praying Dangerously 30
Sanguin, Bruce. If Darwin Prayed 35
Sauer, Sharon. Trigger Point Therapy Low Back & Hip Pain 20
Schroer, Oliver. Silence at the Heart of Things 9
Schwartz, Barry. Practical Wisdom 43
Seewald, Peter. Wisdom from the Monastery 36
Seidl, Amy. Early Spring 43
Shafak, Elif. The Forty Rules of Love 37
Shaw, Martin. A Branch from the Lightning Tree 27
Sheehy, Gail. Passages in Caregiving 26
Sheldrake, Rupert. Dogs That Know When Their Owners Are
Coming Home 47
Siegel, Daniel. Mindsight 49
Siegel, Daniel. The Mindful Brain 49
Sills, Franklyn. Foundations of Craniosacral Biodynamics 20
Simkin, Penny. The Birth Partner 50
Sobel, David. Wild Play 50
Spear, William. Feng Shui Made Easy 45
Spilsbury, Ariel. The Mayan Oracle 38
Steffen, Alex. Worldchanging 42
Stephens, Arran. The Compassionate Diet 21
Stover, Sara Avant. The Way of the Happy Woman 52
Tajadod, Nahal. Rumi: The Fire of Love 37
Taylor, Steve. Waking from Sleep 32
Thrangu, Khenchen. Vivid Awareness 15
Thubron, Colin. To a Mountain in Tibet 16
Tipping, Colin. Radical Self-Forgiveness 23
Tolle, Eckhart. Creating A New Earth 29
Tompkins, Ptolemy. The Divine Life of Animals 47
Toussulis, Yannis. Sufism and the Way of Blame 36
Tracey, David. Urban Agriculture 45
Trungpa, Chogyam. Work Sex Money 16
Turner, Tina. Beyond 9
Upledger, John. Cell Talk 20
Vanamali, . Hanuman 12
Various Artists. Yoga Revolution 9
Villoldo, Alberto. Illumination 33
Walljasper, Jay. All That We Share 43
Wallace, B. Alan. Minding Closely 16
Walsch, Neale Donald. The Mother of Invention 47
Wang, Jun. Cultivating Qi 17
Warner, Brad. Sex, Sin and Zen 52
Weisman, Arinna. Beginner's Guide to Insight Meditation 13
Wesselman, Hank. The Bowl of Light 33
Wilfong, Cheryl. The Meditative Gardener 46
Wilkinson, Richard. The Spirit Level 43
Williamson, Marianne. A Course in Weight Loss 23
Wolf, Fred Alan. Time Loops and Space Twists 48
Wolf, Linda Star. Shamanic Egyptian Astrology 38
Wong, Eva. Taoism 17
Wood, Jamie. The Faeries' Guide to Green Magick from the
Garden 34
Woolger, Roger. Healing Your Past Lives 38
Young, Shinzen. Natural Pain Relief 18
Yunus, Muhammad. Building Social Business 41
BRANCHES OF LIGHT
F
55
F
The essence of Yasodhara Yoga
is to live life with quality
and awareness.
Yasodhara Ashram
Kootenay Bay, BC
www.yasodhara.org
1.800.661.8711
<RJD 5HWUHDWV
DOO \HDU URXQG
Awaken your potential. Learn practical tools
to enhance your health and well-being. Open
your heart and restore a sense of inner peace.
3 -10 Day Retreats
April through December
3-Month Yoga
Development Course
Jan 9 - Apr 8, 2012
BANYEN BOOKS & SOUND
3608 West 4th Avenue
Vancouver, BC V6R 1P1
Canada
Publications Mail Agreement # 40063300
&DUULHG E\ D 3URPLVH
$ /LIH 7UDQVIRUPHG 7KURXJK <RJD
by Swami Radhananda
This new memoir by the
Ashram’s president offers
a very human example of
how a heartfelt promise to
the Divine can carry us on
the spiritual path. Above
all, it gives an intimate
look into the love between
a guru and a disciple.
www.timeless.org
6XVWDLQDELOLW\ .XQGDOLQL
QHZ FRXUVHV
Learn sustainable garden techniques and
sustainable living practices. Work hands-on in
the Ashram’s organic gardens as you explore
your reflections on the elements of the
Kundalini system, a path to
higher consciousness.
Earth & Water: June 10-12
Fire & Air: July 15-17
Ether & Subtle: Sept 16-18

p. 48 p. 48 p. 43 p. 52 p. 30 p. 16 p. 40 p. 25 p. 36 p. 14 p. 29 p. 37 p

Transcription

Similar documents

om magazine - Middle Piccadilly

Yoga Therapy Clinic - Bodhi Tree Yoga Centre

Haramara flyer

healing yoga for cancer survivors

Interested? - Blazing Wisdom Institute

The Flow of

Kauai Flyer

Brouchure_rina_aromatherapy

Gregor Maehle Poster

Read Review - Sounds of Sirius